HAVERFORD COLLEGE CATALOG 1988-89

The College 1 Fellowships and Prizes 5 Academic Calendar Phi Beta Kappa Statement of Purpose Endowed Fellowships for History Haverford Graduates Resources Prizes and Awards

The Program 2 Faculty and Administration 6 Admission Faculty Expenses Academic Council Financial Aid Administration Scholarship Funds College Visitors on Special Funds Curriculum Requirements and Corporation and Board of Managers Related Matters Alumni 7 Courses of Instruction 3 Alumni Association Numbering and Grading System Alumni Clubs Departments Areas of Concentration Supplement Information 8 Index Student Services and Activities 4 Directory for Correspondence Health Program Campus Map Counseling Services Career Development Women's Center Eighth Dimension Minority Affairs Office Student Government Extracurricular Organizations and Publications CONTENTS

Academic Calendar 6 Statement of Purpose 8 History 8 Resources 9

THE COLLEGE 1 HAVERFORD COLLEGE CALENDAR 1988-89

FIRST SEMESTER Friday 14 August Fall vacation begins at 4:00p.m. Tuesday 30 Wednesday 19 Customs Teams Arrive Classes resume at 8:30 a.m. September Friday 21 Thursday 1 End of half-semester courses First year and transfer students Saturday 22 arrive (Customs Week) Homecoming Day Sunday 4 and Monday 5 Monday 24 - Friday 28 Returning students arrive Faculty reports of concern to CSSP Monday 5, 8:30 p.m. due Opening Collection Friday 28 Monday 5 Academic flexibility proposals due First semester classes begin at November Swarthmore Thursday 17 and Friday 18 Tuesday 6, 8:30 a.m. Registration for spring semester First semester classes begin at Wednesday 23 Haverford and Bryn Mawr Thanksgiving vacation begins at Thursday 8 4:00p.m. First semester classes begin at the Monday 28 University of Pennsylvania Classes resume at 8:30 a.m. Sunday 11 December Rosh Hashanah begins at sundown Tuesday 13 Wednesday 14 Classes end at Haverford and Bryn Last day to register - new and Mawr readmitted students Tuesday 13 Thursday 15 and Friday 16 All papers (except those in lieu of Final academic verification at examinations) and laboratory note­ Haverford and Bryn Mawr books due Friday 16, by 5:00p.m. Wednesday 14 and Thursday 15 Last day to drop a credit at Bryn Reading period (self-scheduled exami­ Mawr College nations may be taken) Tuesday 20 Friday 16 through Friday 23, 5:00 Yom Kippur begins at sundown p.m. Friday 23 FINAL EXAMINATIONS AND Last day to request NNG or Credit I PAPERS IN LIEU OF EXAMINA­ No Credit at Haverford and Bryn TIONS FOR SEMESTER I Mawr College Friday 23 October Semester I ends at 5:00 p.m. Saturday 1 January Parents Day Monday 9 Monday 3 Final grades due in Registrar's Office Last day to drop a credit without by noon penalty at Haverford

6 1

SECOND SEMESTER Thursday 20 Tuesday 17 Returning students' Financial Aid Classes begin at the University of Applications due Pennsylvania May Monday 23 Friday 5 Classes begin at Haverford, Bryn Classes end at Haverford and Bryn Mawr and Swarthmore Mawr February Friday 5 Thursday 2 and Friday 3 All papers (except those in lieu of Final academic course verification at examinations) and laboratory note­ Haverford and Bryn Mawr books due Friday 3 Saturday 6 through Tuesday 9 Last day to drop a credit at Bryn Reading period (self-scheduled exami­ Mawr College nations may be taken) Friday 10 Monday 8, Tuesday 9 and Last day to request NNG Option Wednesday 10 and Credit/No Credit at Senior Comprehensive Examinations Haverford and Bryn Mawr Wednesday 10 through Monday 15 College by noon Friday 17 FINAL EXAMINATIONS AND Last day to drop a credit without PAPERS IN LIEU OF EXAMINA­ penalty at Haverford TIONS FOR SENIORS March Wednesday 10 through Friday 19 Friday 10 by 5:00p.m. End of half-semester courses FINAL EXAMINATIONS AND PAPERS IN LIEU OF EXAMINA­ Friday 10 TIONS FOR JUNIORS, SOPHO­ Spring vacation begins at 4:00 p.m. MORES, AND FRESHMEN Monday 20 Tuesday 16 Classes resume at 8:30 a.m. Senior grades due in Registrar's Monday 20 thru Friday 24 Office by noon Faculty reports of concern to CSSP Friday 19 due Semester II ends at 5:00 p.m. Friday 24 Sunday 21 *Good Friday COMMENCEMENT AT Friday 24 HAVERFORD COLLEGE A.M. Academic Flexibility proposals due COMMENCEMENT AT BRYN April MAWR COLLEGE P.M. Thursday 13/ Friday 14 Friday 26 Registration for Fall semester (1989) Final Grades due in Registrar's Office Friday 14 by Noon Sophomore declaration of major *Date recorded as reminder to those forms due in the Registrar's Office responsible for scheduling speakers Wednesday 19 for both College lectures and individ­ *Passover begins at sundown ual classes.

7 STATEMENT OF PURPOSE The College does not have as many averford College is committed to formal rules as most other colleges; H providing a liberal arts education rather it offers an opportunity for in the broadest sense. This education students to govern their affairs and is distinguished by a commitment to conduct themselves with respect and excellence and a concern for individ­ concern for others. Each student is ual growth based on a rich academic expected to adhere to the Honor curriculum at its core. Haverford has Code as it is adopted each year by chosen to remain small and to retain the Students' Association. a low student to faculty ratio to Haverford College, while a non­ achieve these objectives. sectarian institution, has Quaker The College's rigorous academic roots. These show most clearly in the program is flexible in form and con­ relationship of faculty and students; tent to meet the needs of individual in the emphasis on integrity; in the students, and rests on the assumption interaction of the individual and the that the able students who come here community; and through the College's will use their capacities fully. concern for the uses to which its stu­ Haverford's faculty is noted for its dents put their expanding knowledge. strength in both scholarship and teaching, and its members expect to HISTORY transmit to students their enthusiasm averford was founded in 1833 as and high standards. The faculty H the Haverford School Associa­ members are teaching at an under­ tion by a group of New York and graduate college of arts and sciences Philadelphia Quakers reflecting the by choice and they expect to learn, as intellectual wing of Gurneyite Ortho­ well as to teach, in this close relation­ dox Friends. The school was more in ship with undergraduates. the nature of an academy than a col­ The full resources of the College, lege and provided "a guarded educa­ in and out of the classroom, are tion [as well as] an enlarged and lib­ designed to promote the personal and eral system of instruction." Based on intellectual growth of students. this philosophy, a seven-member Through an ambitious program of faculty educated 21 Quaker boys in visiting lecturers, cultural activities, Greek, Latin, natural and moral phi­ self-governance and service programs; losophy, mathematics and literature. through a student-centered athletic After various vicissitudes, the program and through day-to-day liv­ School became a College in the late ing on campus, the College seeks to 1850's, with the right to grant broaden and enrich each person's degrees, and to admit non-Quakers. development. Students are asked to Under the leadership of Thomas give of themselves, even as they draw Chase and Isaac Sharpless, by the new strength from others. We seek to turn of the century, the College had create excellence throughout the become a national institution, com­ entire environment. peting for students and faculty with Haverford strives to be a college leading institutions in the nation. in which integrity, honesty and con­ cern for others are dominant forces.

8 1

Haverford had evolved into a col­ (1918), and Haverford College, A His­ lege with both a varied academic pro­ tory and an Interpretation by Profes­ gram and a diverse scholarly commu­ sor Rufus M. Jones, which traces nity. Today, with a 125-member development to 1933. A history, The faculty and a coeducational student Spirit and the Intellect: Haverford body, Haverford has an average College, 1833-1983, written by 19 dif­ enrollment of 1,040 students repre­ ferent authors and edited by Gregory senting varied ethnic and religious Kannerstein '63, Director of Athletics backgrounds and a wide geographic and Associate Dean of the College, area. It offers a rigorous liberal arts was published in 1983 in celebration curriculum ranging from the classics of the sesquicentennial of the College. and computer science to the fine arts and astronomy. RESOURCES Although Haverford began admit­ Library ting women as first-year students in From the beginning the Library has 1980, Haverford's commitment to been planned and developed to pro­ educating women began much earlier, vide the intellectual resources needed and has been greatly strengthened by to sustain a liberal arts academic cur­ cooperation with Bryn Mawr College, riculum. The earliest College building which was also founded by Orthodox designed for library purposes was Friends. This relationship enriches built in 1864 and called Alumni Hall; the academic, cultural and extracur­ in 1952 this wing was handsomely ricular offerings of both institutions. renovated and renamed in honor of The natural beauty of William Pyle Philips, Class of 1902, Haverford's campus is one of its most bibliophile and benefactor of the Col­ cherished assets. The grounds were lege. The Library has been enlarged originally landscaped by an English at various times, most recently in gardener. In planning new construc­ 1968 through the initiative of James tion on campus, great care is taken to P. Magill, Class of 1907, and named preserve the natural surroundings. in his honor. The varied architectural styles of Over the years the faculty and the 70 buildings which have been librarians, working together, have built since the College's founding selected most of the volumes, but reflect the tastes of their times and others come through gifts. Open provide a special charm to the cam­ shelves and free access to most books pus. Contact between students and continue as library policy. The faculty is aided not only by the dining Library is open to students, faculty, facilities, but also by the fact that a alumni, Library Associates and, with large proportion of students and some restrictions, to the wider public faculty live on campus or nearby. for nearly 100 hours per week during More detailed information about the academic year. Haverford's history may be found in The Library now holds about 465, a volume, History of Haverford Col­ 000 volumes and receives some 1,250 lege, prepared by the Alumni Associa­ periodicals and serials. It has about tion in 1892, The Story of a Small 73,000 sq. ft. of floor space, six levels, College by President Isaac Sharpless

9 shelf space for 500,000 volumes, seat­ The Roberts Collection contains more ing capacity for 500 persons, a fire­ than 20,000 manuscript items such as proof vault with controlled humidity a complete set of the signers of the and temperature for rare books and Declaration of Independence and let­ manuscripts, and 260 study carrels, of ters of famous authors, statesmen, which 30 are enclosed and reserved educators, artists, scientists, ecclesias­ for faculty. tics and monarchs, and valuable Special collections and work areas papers on religious, political and mili­ in the Library include the following: tary history. The Quaker Collection began in 1867 The Philips Collection of rare books when the Board of Managers decided and manuscripts, mostly of the Ren­ to gather "an important reference aissance period, includes among its library, especially for works and man­ outstanding items first editions of uscripts relating to our own Religious Dante, Copernicus, Spenser, Leo Afri­ Society." At that time the Library canus, Cervantes, the King James already contained many Quaker books Bible, Milton, Newton and the four and manuscripts. folios of Shakespeare. Today the Quaker Collection is a Rufus M. Jones, Class of 1885, was a major repository for both printed and widely known Quaker philosopher manuscript material about the Soci­ and teacher (1863-1948). His collec­ ety of Friends. Its 32,000 titles tion of 1,400 books on mysticism, a include more than 3,500 volumes complete collection of his published printed before 1700. The nucleus of writings, his personal papers, and a these early works is the William H. reconstruction of his study at 2 Col­ Jenks Collection of Friends' Tracts, lege Circle, are all housed in the containing 1,600 separately bound Library. titles, mostly from the 17th century. The Quaker Collection's 240,000 Other Special Collections: manuscripts, documents, maps and The Dean P. Lockwood Collection of pictures include the journals of about some 3,000 volumes of works by and 700 important Friends, the papers of about Italian Humanists; the J. leading Quaker families as well as Rendel Harris Collection of more papers of individual men and women, than 60 Hebrew, Latin, Arabic, Syriac Meeting records, archives of Quaker and Ethiopian rolls and codices; the organizations and material on Christopher Morley Collection of Friends' relationships with Native many books, more than a thousand Americans. letters and memoranda donated by Through gifts and purchases, the the author and augmented by letters Quaker Coll~ction is constantly grow­ from his friends; the Maxfield Parrish ing. Especially welcome are gifts of Alcove containing books on the art of family papers, books and other illustration, a Parrish painting and a materials related to the history of number of his drawings, as well as Friends. On request, the librarian will prime examples of books illustrated send a brochure giving more informa­ in the Brandywine tradition; the C. tion on the Quaker Collection. Christopher Morris Cricket Library and Collection containing several

10 1

thousand books and memorabilia scholarly journals for all. A large pro­ about the history of cricket; an portion of the new books acquired by expanding collection of study photog­ the two libraries is selected through a raphy to support the curriculum. joint book purchase program. Since Other services and facilities 194 7 the card catalogs in each library include the Microforms Room which reflect the collections in the other contains files of the Philadelphia through cross-filed entries. Students Public Ledger, The New York Times, at each institution have full access to the Landmarks of Science, and other the library of the other; a series of recent publications in microform. leaflets describes the materials and Branch libraries are maintained in services available in these two Stokes Hall for chemistry, physics, libraries. and mathematics; in Sharpless Hall Haverford students also have full for biology; in the Strawbridge Obser­ access to the McCabe Library at vatory for astronomy; and in the Swarthmore. Union Music Center for music. Interlibrary Loan. Haverford partici­ Bibliographic Instruction Services pates in OCLC, a national data base teach students research skills, both in which provides access to the holdings general and in ways specific to indi­ of 6,000 member libraries through vidual courses and disciplines. The terminals in the Magill and Stokes primary goal of the instruction pro­ libraries. gram is to introduce types of library Academic Buildings sources, research methods, and evalu­ The major classroom and laboratory ative skills which will allow the stu­ buildings are: dent to identify, locate, and judge Chase Hall, built in 1887, used for material independently within an aca­ Fine Arts in recent years, is now demic discipline. Instruction is tai­ being completely renovated and in lored to individual needs through the future will house the Dean of the small group discussions and one-on­ College, the Registrar's office, and one reference tutorials. classrooms; Computerized search services enable The William J. Strawbridge '94 students to compile partial subject Memorial Observatory, given in 1933 bibliographies by searching several and built around an earlier structure; databases of book and journal citations. The Haverford Union, given by Alfred Percival Smith in 1909 as a The Bryn Mawr/Haverford Coopera­ center for social and religious life, tive Library Program has greatly now housing the Music Department; enlarged the library facilities available on both campuses. The reference col­ Stokes Hall, built in 1963, honoring lections of the Magill Library and the S. Emlen Stokes, M.D., Class of 1914, Canaday Library at Bryn Mawr Col­ and a former chairman of the Board of Managers, housing the Physics, lege have been built to complement Chemistry and Mathematics Depart­ one another. The periodicals collec­ tions have been assembled in a com­ ments and libraries, and providing a mon effort to enlarge the range of

11 general-purpose auditorium of 205 Sun 3-160C scientific computing sys­ seats; tem with high-resolution color graph­ Sharpless Hall, built by alumni sub­ ics, special hardware for floating­ scription in 1917 in honor of Presi­ point operations, and a remote Sun dent Isaac Sharpless, remodeled in 3/50 workstation. In addition there 1963 and again in 1983, housing the are two PDP-11 laboratory computers classrooms, offices and laboratories of and four microcomputers for data the Biology and Psychology acquistion and analysis. All of these Departments; computers are connected to the cen­ tral campus network. The Lyman Beecher Hall Building, The Department has an interna­ long-time built in 1911, honoring a tionally known laboratory for fluid the professor of Chemistry, originally dynamics research, including a state­ location of the Chemistry Depart­ of-the art system for digital process­ ment, now the offices and classrooms ing of images, and equipment for of various departments; remote laser measurement of flow The Emily Judson Baugh and John velocities. A laser light scattering lab­ Marshall Gest Center for the Cross­ oratory provides the basis for many Cultural Study of Religion, inaugu­ undergraduate projects. This facility rated in 1973 in a remodeled struc­ includes a vibration-isolated optical ture of 1853-55, housing the offices table, digital correlator, and ultra-low­ and classrooms of appropriate depart­ noise photomultipliers. ments and displaying many paintings For the instructional laboratory by Miss Margaret Gest; program, the Department maintains a Woodside Cottage, has been made low temperature laboratory equipped available by the College as a Residen­ for experiments at temper'ltures of tial-Meditation Center for the Gest one degree above absolute zero, a new program. thin film evaporator system for mak­ ing optical coatings, a dedicated real­ Science Facilities time spectrum analyzer for F6urier The Physics Department is housed in analysis of electronic signals, a Hew­ Stokes Hall, a modern building with lett-Packard digital logic analyser, abundant facilities for reasearch and and a microcomputer-controlled teaching, including five laboratories mutichannel spectroscopy system for for courses and four separate labora­ nuclear physics. The physics labora­ tories devoted to research activities tories have an extensive array of involving both faculty and students. modern electronic instrumentation, The physics program places a including digital multimeters, elec­ special emphasis on the use of com­ tronic counter-timers, and high fre­ puters for both numerical computa­ quency oscilloscopes. Complementary tion and laboratory data acquisition facilities in the areas of nuclear phys­ and analysis. In addition to the cam­ ics, quantum optics, and magnetic pus-wide computer facilities, the resonance are to be found at Bryn Physics department maintains a new Mawr College; the two departments cooperate closely.

12 1

Facilities for the Chemistry crystal structure analysis. IBM PC's Department in Stokes Hall enable and a DEC-1103 computer with plot­ students to use modern, sophisticated ter are available to all students for instrumentation extensively at all problem work and laboratory levels of study. There are five labora­ calculations. tories for course work, an instrument In addition to these items, other room, specialized equipment rooms, gas chromatographs, colorimeters, and six laboratories in which students vacuum systems, pH meters, and conduct research projects jointly with pieces of high precision electrical and the faculty. Major equipment items optical equipment are available and available for use by students in struc­ used in instructional work. The sci­ tured courses and in research tutorial ence division machine shop provides work include an IBM NR-80 Fourier for construction of special apparatus. Transform NMR Spectrometer The instrument pool at Bryn Mawr equipped with 13C/1H dual frequency College is available as needed through probe, pulse programmer, variable the cooperation of the Bryn Mawr temperature unit, decoupler and 32 Chemistry Department. MByte CDC disk drive; a Hewlett­ The Biology Department is Packard 5988A mass spectrometer, housed in two adjacent buildings, fully under computer control, for Sharpless Hall and the Rilles Build­ operation up to mass 1200, with elec­ ing, both renovated in 1983. In the tron impact or chemi-ionization capa­ former there are seven fully equipped bility, interfaced with a Hewlett­ research laboratories for faculty and Packard 5890 gas chromatograph, and senior biology majors. There is also a also equipped for direct sample inser­ laboratory for juniors which is well tion; a Packard Tri-Carb liquid scin­ equipped to enable students in Biol­ tillation spectrometer for use in radi­ ogy 300 to carry out work in electron oactive tracer studies; a megawatt microscopy, protein purification and pulsed carbon dioxide laser for photo­ enzymology, immunology, nucleic acid chemical studies; IBM 9420, Cary chemistry, and molecular gene 118, and Perkin Elmer-Coleman 124 cloning. ultraviolet-visible scanning spectra­ The Rilles Building contains the photometers; a Perkin Elmer large introductory laboratory, MPF -3L fluorescence spectrophotom­ equipped to do basic microbial and eter; a Perkin Elmer 683 infrared cell biology experiments for Biology spectrophotometer with computer 200. It contains a media kitchen, light data stations; a Perkin Elmer 237B and heavy instrument rooms, a dark­ grating infrared spectrophotometer; room and a smaller multipurpose an IBM 9560 ternary gradient high laboratory, currently used for an pressure liquid chromatograph advanced course in gene cloning. equipped with UV !VIS detector, Haverford is well equipped for autosampler, and 9002 the study of modern molecular and Chromotagraphy Workstation; a cell biology. There are several con­ Varian 3700 gas chromatograph; an stant-temperature rooms (four at 4C, x-ray generator; and precession, one at 37C and a small walk-in W eissenberg, and powder cameras for

13 freezer room), two -70 freezers, dark­ cognitive laboratories is controlled by rooms, three Beckman ultracen­ microcomputers. trifuges, a new Hitachi electron For Astronomy the Strawbridge microscope with associated Observatory contains a 10-inch f/15 ultramicrotomes, vacuum evaporator, refractor; an astrographic mounting and photographic darkrooms; Beck­ with a 4-inch guide telescope and two man, LKB and Gilford recording UV­ 4-inch f/7 cameras, one corrected for visible spectrophotometers; a high­ blue wavelengths, the other corrected pressure liquid chromatograph for red; a radio telescope equipped (Waters); high voltage electrophoresis with an 8-foot dish and operating at systems; two Packard Tri-Carb scin­ a wavelength of 3.0 em.; a Grant tillation spectrometers for radioiso­ comparator with x- andy-traverse 1 tope counting; several Sorvall high­ and automatic position and density speed refrigerated centrifuges; two recording; various smaller instru­ freezedriers; an ELISA plate reader ments and an astronomical library of for immunoassays; an LKB densitom­ some 3,000 bound volumes. All of eter for scanning acrylamide gels; and these facilities are available for use by animal facilities for both rabbits and students. mice. Computer Center There are Apple lie and IBM PC The Academic Computer Center - computers interfaced to equipment on located in Rilles 112-A - maintains all the Biology floors in Sharpless, clusters of computers in Rilles 1, Hall and an IBM PC-XT for collection 9, Stokes 8, and other campus loca­ and analysis of DNA sequence data tions. The College supports (determined either in Haverford's microcomputers (more than 70 IBM labs, or down-loaded from the Bionet PCs, XTs, and their clones) as well as federal genetic sequence database). a cluster of minicomputers (Digital This IBM PC is also hard-wired to VAX-111750 and MicroVax II); all of the VAX 111750 superminicomputer this equipment is interconnected in the Rilles computer center, if more through a local area network. computing power is needed. Haverford is a node on the BITNET The Psychology Department occu­ wide area network, which provides pies the upper two floors of Sharpless mail, file, and interactive message Hall, containing a cognitive psychol­ transmission to more than 300 aca­ ogy laboratory, animal quarters, an demic institutions and research cen­ animal laboratory with sound-proofed ters. Haverford's VAXs are also con­ electronically controlled experi­ and nected to those at Bryn Mawr College mental rooms and a set of individual via DECnet. On the microcomputers, and human-research rooms. animal- MS-DOS, Microsoft Word, Turbo room on the third floor A computing Pascal, and KERMIT are universally houses a variety of IBM PC/XT, available; other software is supplied II and Macintosh computers Apple in limited quantities as needed. On are available for student pro­ which the VAX cluster, which runs the work and data analysis, and ject VMS operating system with Unix as apparatus in both the animal and a subsystem, Pascal, C, Fortran, BASIC, SPSSx, and KERMIT are

14 1

available. Discounted microcomputers must obtain their dean's permission are available in the Bookstore. The to live off campus. Entering students Computer Center supports an ongo­ are notified of their housing assign­ ing series of informal workshops, user ments before they arrive on campus groups, a newsletter, and training for in September; upperclassmen recieve student assistants employed by the their housing through a series of lot­ Center. teries known collectively as Room Draw which is held each spring. (A Languages smaller draw is held annually in The Language Laboratory is located December for second semester in Magill Library. The new state-of­ openings.) the-art facility contains 14 individual workstations, each equipped with cas­ All students living in College housing sette recorders for audio material. In are expected to be on the meal plan addition, eight of the stations contain except for upperclassmen living in multi-standard monitors and VCRs so 710 College Avenue, the Black Cul­ that students may watch films and tural Center (BCC) or the Haverford other video material. IBM PCs have Park Apartments (HPA) where stu­ been installed in the other six sta­ dents are permitted to go off the tions, where students use the machine meal plan. Those who choose to be for computer-assisted drills and off the meal plan should notify Ms. exercises. Gail Tobin in the Business Office. The Language Laboratory also Freshmen and are required to be on contains a variety of audio tapes, the meal plan both semesters of their recordings of foreign radio broad­ first year at the College. casts, computer software, films, for­ Exceptions to the above rules may be eign television programs and video­ made by the Dean of the College tapes. The facility is open eight hours under the following conditions: each day and is staffed by student (a) For students who have the per­ monitors. Two mobile video units are mission of their Dean to live off cam­ housed in two of the classroom build­ pus (required for freshmen and ings on campus and are used by freshwomen not living at home). instructors in the classroom. Upperclasssmen may live off campus Residence Halls at will. Haverford College has always been (b) For medical reasons known prior essentially a residential institution, to Room Draw, no excuse from the and it expects that students other meal plan is permitted: the student than those living at home or who are should exercise her /his option at married to take advantage of the room draw time for meal-plan-exempt opportunities for full participation in housing. For medical reasons that college life provided by dormitory liv­ arise after Room Draw, the student's ing at either Haverford or through family physician must send a letter to the Residence Exchange program at the Dean of the College specifying the Bryn Mawr College. (Haverford has illness, when it appeared, how long it no fraternities or sororities.) First is expected to last, and detailing the year students, including transfers, prescribed diet. This letter should be

15 on the physician's official stationery. hall groups (single rooms sharing a In the event that the Dining Center common entrance door off of a corri­ cannot provide the required diet, the dor.) All of the major dormitories on student will be permitted to remain central campus have been extensively off of the meal plan, but s/he will renovated in recent years. Barclay have to move into HPA, BCC, or 710 Hall houses 128 students in singles, as soon as a space becomes available. doubles, triples, and two-person Such students will recieve top priority suites. Lloyd Hall has mostly suites for room openings. for six students, although there are a (c) For members of Havurat Shabbat few suites for two; its total occupancy who sign an agreement that they will is 108 students. Leeds Hall houses 64 not eat food prepared in the Dining students and has single suites for five Center because they are observing the and two doubles. Gummere Hall, in laws of Kashruth and are therefore addition to singles and four-person obliged to eat only kosher foods. The hall groups, has a limited number of agreement is available at the Housing suites for two and three students. Office, and it must be signed in The North Dorms, Jones, Lunt, and accordance with the Honor Code. Comfort, are comprised of singles, (d) For religious, philosophical, or four-person suites, and five person other grounds held prior to Room hall groups. Jones and Lunt house 70 Draw, no excuse from the meal plan students each, and Comfort has space is permitted; the student should exer­ for 71. Slightly under one-third of the cise her /his option at room draw time student body lives at the Haverford for meal-plan-exempt housing. For a Park Apartments, a complex of 21, conversion to such a position after two story garden apartments pur­ Room Draw, the student may be chased by the College in the 1970's. excused from the meal plan, but s/he HPA has one and two bedroom will have to move to 710, BCC, or apartments housing a total of 350 HPA as soon as space becomes avail­ students. Each apartment has a living able. Such students will recieve top room, kitchen, and private bath. In priority for room openings. addition to the main dormitories on Students who go off of the meal plan central campus and the Haverford are reminded that they will incure a Park Apartment dormitories, there financial penalty if they notify the are six dorm houses which were origi­ Business Office after the semester nally private dwellings. La Casa His­ begins. Please see Gail Tobin, who panica contains a faculty apartment handles Student Accounts in the Bus­ as well as six singles for students who iness Office, for particulars. The Bus­ are taking Spanish and genuinely iness Office may waive the penalty interested in Spanish culture and his­ under certain circumstances. tory, or native Latins who are inter­ Haverford's residence halls offer a ested in speaking the language. diversity of housing options and French House, which is not a lan­ styles. The majority of students on guage house but a quiet study dorm, central campus live in single rooms also has a faculty apartment and con­ grouped either in suites (single rooms tains both singles and doubles hous­ sharing a common living room) or ing 13 students. Yarnall House has

16 1

single and double rooms for 12 stu­ Isaac W. Morris. Major renovations dents, Drinker House for 18 and 710 of the interior were made in 1967-68. College Avenue for 11. The Black The building houses a modern dis­ Cultural Center has housing for four pensary and treatment unit, plus sev­ students, all in singles, who are or eral offices. The Hilles Building, will be, enrolled in courses in the given in 1929 in memory of the Col­ Afro-American area of concentration, lege's first Superintendent and who are active in the leadership of Matron, formerly the Laboratory of the Black Students League, or who Applied Science, is now the Business are involved in other minority group Office, Admissions Office, Computer activities. Center and General Services Office. It is assumed that students will In 1983 the Hilles Annex was remod­ treat College property with care; they eled to provide additional laboratory are financially responsible for any space for the Biology Department; in damage to their room or to other Col­ addition, a new general classroom, lege property. The Students' Associa­ support space, additional office space tion is financially responsible for and office space for academic com­ damages that cannot be allocated to puting were provided. In 1948 the individual students. Skating House was given in memory Other Buildings of Barbara McConnell by her parents. The Dining Center, Founders Hall, a solid stucco-covered built in 1969, contains several large and small stone building constructed in 1833 at din­ ing areas, mail room, game area, a cost of $19,251.40, long sufficed for com­ munity center (containing a snack bar all the operations of the College. It and lounge), and the College now chiefly houses a variety of Store which stocks not merely textbooks administrative and faculty offices, the but also a large variety of Department of Safety and. Security, a other items. The Ryan Gymnasium, few classrooms and College guest Alumni Field House, John A. Lester Cricket rooms. In 1905 it was enlarged by a Pavilion, Locker Building and dining hall, kitchen and large meeting Sesqui­ centennial Squash Courts are room, some of which space is now described in the Physical reserved for the English Department. Education section. Roberts Hall, given in 1903 by Lucy B. Roberts in memory of her hus­ Exhibition Program and Art band, Charles Roberts, contains the Collection offices of the President, Provost, and Located in Comfort Dormitory, the Vice President for Finance and Art Gallery is host to historical and Administration; the Marshall Audito­ contemporary art exhibitions in the rium, renovated in 1983 in honor of mediums of painting, drawing, sculp­ Bettye Bohanon Marshall and J. ture, photography and graphics. It is Howard Marshall II '26; and several open throughout the academic year music practice rooms. Health services and is free to the public. are provided in the Morris Infirmary, The exhibitions, installed to given in 1912 by John T. Morris in museum standards, are organized by memory of his brothers James T. and

17 t~e gallery from the College's collec­ The art collections housed in the tio~s and loans from individuals, gal­ treasure room of Magill Library are lenes, and museums. These exhibi­ catalogued and available for study. tions are often accompanied by Music exhibition notes and catalogs pub­ The Union Music Center houses lished by the gallery. classrooms, practice rooms, a score The exhibition program serves and record library, a listening facility, both the College community and the and the MacCrate Recital Hall. A Philadelphia area. Comfort Gallery is Bose_ndorfer Imperial concert grand, maintained by the College and contri­ obtamed with the help of the Cam­ butions from the membership of the eron Baird Foundation, and a Haverford Patrons of Art. Schlicker pipe organ equip Marshall Students are encouraged to par­ Auditorium in Roberts Hall, where ticipate in all aspects of the exhibi­ several new practice rooms also have tion program from installing work to been added. writing catalog essays. Each year in the spring the Gallery shows works by graduating Haverford and Bryn Mawr Fine Arts majors.

18 1

19

Admission 22 Expenses 23 Financial Aid 25 Scholarship Funds 26 Curriculum Requirements and Related Matters 34

THE PROGRAM 2 ADMISSION achievement tests and should be he policy of Haverford College is taken in December. T to admit to the freshman class The applicant is responsible for those applicants who, in the opinion completing all arrangements to take of the College, are best qualified to the tests and to have the scores profit by the opportunities which reported directly to Haverford. Infor­ Haverford offers and at the same mation about them may be obtained time to contribute to undergraduate from school guidance counselors or life. Due regard is given not only to from the College Entrance Examina­ scholarly attainment as shown by tion Board, Box 592, Princeton, NJ school record and examination, but 08540. also to character and personality, plus A candidate for freshman admis­ interest and ability in extracurricular sion should apply early in the senior activities. Applicants compete for year of secondary school. The appli­ admission to a carefully selected and cation should be accompanied by a comparatively small student body of check or money order for $30, drawn approximately 1,040 men and women. to the order of Haverford College. Haverford admits students of any This application fee is not refundable. sex, sexual orientation, race, color, Haverford offers three application age, religion, national origin, physical plans for prospective freshmen: Fall disability or handicap to all the Early Decision, Winter Early Deci­ rights, privileges, programs and activ­ sion, and Regular Decision. Winter ities generally accorded or made 1989 will be the last year that Winter available to students at the College. Early Decision is offered. Candidates A candidate's preparatory course must choose one of the three plans. should include a minimum of: four Criteria for admission are the same years of English; three years of math­ under all three. Early Decision appli­ ematics, including two years of alge­ cants agree to enroll if admitted. bra; three years of one foreign lan­ Applications of unsuccessful candi­ guage, in preference to two years in dates for Early Decision usually will each of two languages; a laboratory be transferred to the Regular Deci­ science; and a year in history or sion group. social studies. Personal interests dic­ Fall Early Decision applications tate additional courses in foreign lan­ must be filed by November 15. Win­ guage, mathematics, science, social ter Early Decision applications must studies and history. Most candidates be filed by January 1. Regular Deci­ will have taken honors, enriched or sion applications must be filed by Advanced Placement courses if January 15. offered. Transfer Students applicant must Each freshman Haverford welcomes transfer students Aptitude Test take the Scholastic whose academic credentials are very Tests (SAT) and three Achievement strong. In addition to filing an appli­ Entrance Examination of the College cation, a transfer candidate may be February of the senior Board before asked to submit a secondary-school Test year. The English Composition transcript, the results of College is required as one of those three

22 2

Board examinations, a college tran­ Students who have taken high script, and a letter of recommenda­ school courses under the Advanced tion from a responsible official of the Placement Program may take the college currently or last attended. The tests in these subjects offered by the Admissions Committee will notify College Entrance Examinations each student regarding the required Board each May. One credit will be credentials. Transfer students must awarded for a score of 5 and one-half be eligible to enter the sophomore or credit will be awarded for a score of junior class and must spend a mini­ 4. Advanced credit does not necessa­ mum of two years at Haverford. The rily involve placement nor does place­ application deadline is March 31 for ment necessarily involve credit. September admission; decisions are For students entering the College usually announced in April and May. from the International Baccalaureate New students may not start in Program, credit may be granted only January. for IB Higher Level courses com­ Foreign Students pleted with a grade of 5.0 or above. Foreign students may apply for fresh­ Each case will be reviewed separately man or transfer admission. Appli­ before credit is approved. cants must submit a regular applica­ Credit may also be granted for tion form and fee, results of the work a student does at another col­ TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign lege before entering Haverford. To be _ Language) or the SAT, and official considered for such credit, a tran­ transcripts (in English) of all aca­ script of that work must be sent to demic work since beginning secondary the Dean of the College. school. The deadline for freshman A maximum of four course cred­ application is January 15 (decisions its altogether may be granted to announced in mid-April); the transfer entering freshmen on the basis of the deadline is March 31 (decisions Advanced Placement Examinations, announced in May). A very limited International Baccalaureate Higher amount of financial aid is available. Level, or for courses taken at another Honor Code college. In order to accept admission all can­ EXPENSES didates are required to subscribe to he tuition charge for all regular the Haverford College Honor Pledge T students is $12,525 for the (see page 161). 1988-89 academic year. For special Advanced Standing students, tuition is currently $1,600 Qualified freshmen may be permitted per course per semester. The resi­ to omit one of the introductory dence fee for 1988-89 is $4,400 for the courses in a given department and academic year. There is also a Stu­ proceed directly to intermediate dents' Association fee of $150 per courses in that department. Some year. These fees - tuition, residence departments give placement examina­ and Students' Association (but tions during Customs Week to deter­ excluding the College's optional Acci­ mine a student's qualifications; other dent and Health Insurance Plan, for departments use less formal criteria. which see page 158) total $17,075 for the year.

23 The residence fee covers room A student carrying one or more and board charges when College is in on-campus credits and one or more session. This includes: heat, electric O.C. credits is charged full tuition for light, weekly housekeeping service, that semester. and the use of bedroom furniture A non-resident student carrying including bureau, table, chair and a one or more independent study cred­ bed. Students supply any other its is charged for each credit at the desired furniture, plus blankets, tow­ rate for Special Students. els and bed-linen. The vacation recesses scheduled The Students' Association fee during the school year are fall, mid­ covers the student activities fee and year, and spring. During the fall and admission to the art series of spring recesses the residence halls are entertainment and cultural events. open, but with specified hours when A student carrying two or more hot water is available and with some credits on campus is charged full tui­ reduction in heat. The Dining Center .tion. (See Credit Requirements, page is closed during the fall and spring 39). recesses; all residence and food facili­ Students are charged full tuition ties are closed during the midyear for each of the first eight semesters recess. they are in attendance at the College, A $250 deposit is required, paya­ or until 32 credits have been earned ble in full, before the beginning of the in the seven-semester program, or 30 first semester, to cover the cost of credits have been earned in a six­ books and any other incidental semester program. Six and seven­ charges that arise during the school semester programs allow students to year. This deposit must be brought reduce both the number of semesters back up to $250 in January. If there and the financial costs required for a are any outstanding charges at the Haverford degree (see page 51). Stu­ end of the semester, no diploma or dents who finish seven semesters official transcript will be issued. Any without completing all degree require­ unspent balance is refundable at the ments will be required to enroll for a end of the academic year. final semester at full tuition even if Bills for the following semester's the number of credits needed is only tuition, room, board, Students' Asso­ one or two. ciation fee and deposit are rendered A ninth-semester student is in July and December. They must be charged at the Special Student rate of paid in full before the beginning of $1,600 per credit. the semester and, to avoid last min­ A student carrying only Non-Col­ ute congestion, preferably by mail in legiate Supervised Academic Work advance. Students whose fees are not (see page 54), referred to as 'off cam­ paid are not considered enrolled at pus' or "O.C. credits," is charged for the College. Unpaid accounts are sub­ one course at the Special Student ject to a 1% per month late fee, can­ rate of $1,600 regardless of the num­ c&llation of bookstore privileges and ber of O.C. credits carried in that participation in the meal plan and semester. exclusion from the room draw.

24 2

Freshmen and other new students Payment Plans are charged a one-time fee of $95 to Students who prefer to pay tuition cover the cost of their orientation and other fees in monthly install­ period, called Customs Week. ments may do so through payment Refunds plans provided by Academic Manage­ Student withdrawals must have the ment Services (AMS) and Mellon approval of the Dean, and are subject Bank. Details of these plans, includ­ to the following refund schedule: a ing charges of financing, may be full refund of tuition payments will be obtained from the Business Office. given for students who withdraw FINANCIAL AID prior to the start of the semester, inancial aid is administered by a during the first week 80%, second F committee chaired by the Direc­ week 60%, third week 40%, and dur­ tor of Financial Aid. It is awarded on ing the fourth week 20%. There is no the basis of financial need according tuition refund for withdrawals made to the College's system of needs anal­ after the fourth week of the semester. ysis. Recipients are expected to exer­ Room and Board fees are cise diligence and economy in han­ refunded on a pro rata basis. If with­ dling their financial affairs. drawal is made prior to the start of Although no aid is awarded for the semester, all room and board pay­ more than one year, it is normal ments are refunded. If withdrawal practice to continue to meet a stu­ takes place after the first day of clas­ dent's financial need analysis system. ses of each semester but prior to the There are some limitations to College last four weeks, 80% of the outstand­ funded aid; the principles and proce­ ing balance of the room and board dures used to award College aid are charges will be refunded. There is no outlined in the brochure "Financial refund for withdrawal during the last Aid at Haverford" which is included four weeks of the semester. During in the Admissions Application the 1988-89 school year the last four Packet. weeks are from November 26 through In meeting a student's financial December 23, 1988, and April 22 need, aid is usually awarded in a through May 19, 1989. combination of (1) employment, (2) The Students' Association fee is long-term loan and (3) grant. refunded only in the event of with­ Candidates for freshman or trans­ drawal prior to the start of the fer admission who intend to apply for semester. financial aid should follow the College Responsibility instructions included in the Admis­ The College is not responsible for loss sion Application Packet. because of fire, theft, or any other A student who is currently cause. For regulations governing acci­ enrolled at the College and who dent and health insurance see page wishes to apply for aid must file an 132. Information on all types of application with the Director of insurance is available at the Business Financial Aid by April 20 preceding Office. the year for which aid is requested. Complete information on financial aid for current students is contained

25 in the Upperclass Financial Aid This fund is to be used to make non­ Packet which must be picked up in interest bearing loans to students the Admissions Office. with good intellectual promise and The financial aid program princi­ financial need. pally rests upon a large number of HowardS. and Matilda C. Bevan endowed scholarships created since Memorial Fund, established in 1983 1842 by a wide variety of persons by Emma B. Bevan, M.D., David C. with faith in youth and in Haverford Bevan '29, HowardS. Bevan Jr. '35 College, often to memorialize or and Thomas R. Bevan '36 in memory honor a member of the College com­ of their parents, to assist deserving munity. Where appropriate, these students in pursuing their education. have been combined into a single Helen and Jules Bingham Scholar­ fund from which grants are made and ship Fund, established in 1980 by to which additions are welcomed. Jules Bingham '47 to assist one stu­ Since all scholarships are awarded dent with financial need who ranks solely on the basis of financial need, high in scholarship, character and it is not necessary for applicants to personality. apply for a specific scholarship. Applicants will be automatically con­ Joseph C. and Anne N. Birdsall sidered for scholarships when they Scholarship Fund, established in 194 7 file the usual applications for College by Joseph C. Birdsall '07 to assist aid. students with financial need who plan careers in medicine. SCHOLARSHIP FUNDS C. Walter Borton Scholarship Fund, M. A. Ajzenberg Scholarship Fund, established in 1978 by Emil Halonen established in 1962 in memory of M. in appreciation and admiration of his A. Ajzenberg, for students majoring friend C. Walter Borton. Preference or planning to major in physics or is given to children of members of the astronomy, preferably graduates of Society of Friends and graduates of public schools in New Jersey or New Westtown School. York City. William Henry Chamberlin Scholar­ Charles M. Bancroft '34 Memorial ship Fund, established in 1969 by a Scholarship Fund, established by his bequest from William H. Chamberlin spouse and his classmates, with pref­ '17 to assist students with financial erence given to international need. students. Caroline Chase Scholarship Fund, Marion C. Bartow Scholarship Fund, established in 1951 by Caroline established through the Marion C. Chase, daughter of Thomas Chase, Bartow Trust, for financial aid to one-time president of the College. four students from the Delaware This fund is an expression of Thomas Valley. Chase's enthusiastic appreciation for Alphonse N. Bertrand Scholarship­ its high standards of scholarship in Loan Fund, established in 1966 by a Greek, Latin, and English literature. bequest from Alphonse N. Bertrand. Chemical Bank Scholarship Fund, established through a four-year grant

26 2

from Chemical Bank for student Class of 1937 Memorial Scholarship financial aid. Fund, established in 1983 by mem­ The Class of 1890 Memorial Scholar­ bers of the Class of 1937 to assist ship Fund, established in 1950 by a students with financial need. member of the class of 1923 in mem­ Class of 1949 Campaign Scholarship ory of his father, a member of the Fund, established by the Class of Class of 1890, and in recognition of 1949 to maintain the quality and his father's friendship with members increase the diversity of the student of the class, to assist a student with body. financial need. Class of 1955 Scholarship Fund, Class of 1904 Scholarship Fund, established in 1980 by the Class of established in 1954 by the Class of 1955 at its 25th Reunion in honor of 1904 at its 50th Reunion to assist a Archibald Macintosh to assist stu­ student with financial need. dents with financial need. Class of 1912 Scholarship Fund, J. Horace Cook Fund, established in established in 1962 by the Class of 1955 by a bequest from J. Horace 1912 at its 50th Reunion to assist a Cook of the Class of 1881. A scholar­ student with financial need. Prefer­ ship is awarded to a member of each ence is given to African or Asian stu­ undergraduate class. dents when possible. Howard M. Cooper Scholarship Fund, Class of 1913 Scholarship, established established in 1966 by a Deed of by the Class of 1913 to assist a stu­ Trust created by Emily Cooper John­ dent with financial need. Preference son to assist students with financial is given to descendants of members of need, with preference for members of the Class of 1913 who may apply and the Religious Society of Friends and who meet the usual requirements of especially for those affiliated with the College. Newton Monthly Meeting of Friends Class of 1917 Scholarship, established of Camden, New Jersey, of which by the Class of 1917 to assist a stu­ Howard M. Cooper was a lifelong dent with financial need. Preference member. is given to descendants of members of Thomas P. Cope Fund, established in the Class of 1917 who may apply and 1842 by Thomas Cope to assist stu­ who meet the usual requirements of dents with financial need who plan to the College. become teachers. Class of 1926 Scholarship Fund, Charles A. Dana Scholarship Fund, established in 1977 by the Class of established in 1981 by a challenge 1926 after its 50th Reunion to assist grant from The Charles A. Dana a student with financial need. Foundation. This scholarship is to be Class of 1936 Scholarship Fund, used to identify and to encourage stu­ established in 1961 by the Class of dents of academic promise and good 1936 at its 25th Reunion to assist a character with financial need who student with financial need. have completed at least one year of college. Preference is to be given to

27 those students having traits of poten­ Class of 1900, to assist a student with tial leadership. In addition to the financial need. scholarship recipients, nine students Fleischmann Scholarship Fund, are selected from the sophomore, jun­ established to assist students with ior, and senior classes solely in recog­ financial need. nition of outstanding leadership on John Sharpless Fox '02 Scholarship campus. Fund, established by his sons, John Daniel E. Davis Jr. Memorial Schol­ P. Fox '29, William T. R. Fox '32, arship provides assistance to a stu­ and David S. Fox '42 to honor their dent on the basis of character, schol­ father and other family members and arship and financial need. friends, the fund assists students with Audrey Dusseau Scholarship Fund, financial need. established in 1980 by John Dusseau Joseph E. Gillingham Fund, estab­ '34 in memory of his late wife, lished in 1907 by a bequest from Audrey, to assist students with finan­ Joseph E. Gillingham. A portion of cial need who rank high in scholar­ this fund is to be used to assist meri­ ship, character and personality. torious students with financial need. David P. Earhart Memorial Scholar­ Elihu Grant Memorial Scholarship ship Fund, established in 1975 by a Fund, established in 1944 by Dr. and Trust of Anna M. Earhart to assist Mrs. Elihu Grant to commemorate students who are between the ages of the service to the College of Dr. 16 and 21 and who are members of Grant, Professor of Biblical Litera­ the Society of Friends, or non­ ture from 1917 to 1938. This fund is Friends who hold pacifist beliefs. to be used to assist students in humanistic studies, primarily those Jonathan and Rachel Cope Evans specializing in the study of Biblical Fund, established in 1952 by the chil­ Literature and Oriental subjects. dren and grandchildren of Jonathan Roy Thurlby Griffith Memorial Fund, and Rachel Cope Evans. A portion of established in 1952 by Grace H. Grif­ this fund is to be used to assist stu­ fith in memory of Roy Thurlby Grif­ dents with financial need. fith '19. This fund is to be awarded to The F of x Scholarship, established students who are in need of financial by a bequest from Legh Wilber Reid, assistance. Professor of Mathematics at the Col­ Maud Doeblin Grimes Scholarship lege from 1900 to 1934. The scholar­ Fund, established in 1973 by a ship is to be awarded to a student in bequest from G. Randle Grimes '23 in the sophomore, junior or senior class memory of his wife, Maud Doeblin who has successfully completed the Grimes, to assist students with finan­ freshman course in Mathematics and cial need. who has given promise of future work The Stella and Charles Guttman in that subject. Foundation Scholarships provide Christian Febiger Memorial Scholar­ assistance for two students. Prefer­ ship, established in 1946 by Made­ ence is given to a junior or senior sci­ leine Seabury Febiger in memory of ence major with plans for graduate her husband, Christian Febiger, of the study.

28 2

E. Berkeley Harris '55 Scholarship John B. Hurford Fund, established in Fund established in 1985 by his fam­ 1982 by John B. Hurford '60 in honor ily, friends and classmates, to assist of his father, James Rayner Hurford, students with financial need who dis­ to assist students who have a special play talent and interest in pursuing a interest in economics, with preference career in theater and theater arts. for students who are economics William K. Hartzell Scholarship Fund majors. provides aid to students with finan­ Isaac Thorne Johnson Scholarship, cial need who rank high in scholar­ established in 1916 by Isaac Thorne ship, character and personality. Johnson of the Class of 1881 to assist Samuel E. Hilles Memorial Scholar­ young men of the Wilmington (Ohio) ship, established in 1935 by Mina Yearly Meeting or of the Central Colburn Rilles in memory of her hus­ West. band, Samuel E. Rilles from the Mary M. Johnson Scholarship Fund, Class of 187 4, to assist a student with established in 1897 by a bequest from financial need. Mary M. Johnson to assist students Sarah Tatum Hilles Memorial Schol­ with financial need. arship Fund, established in 1954 by a Jacob P. Jones Endowment Fund, bequest from Joseph T. Rilles of the established in 1897 by a residuary leg­ Class of 1888, in memory of his acy of Jacob P. Jones for the general mother, Sarah Tatum Rilles. This purposes of the College, with a por­ fund is to be used for scholarships to tion being used for scholarship aid to needy and deserving students. students with financial need. Herbert and Virginia H. Howard Richard T. Jones Scholarship Fund, Scholarship Fund, established in 1978 established in 1885 by a bequest from by a bequest from Herbert Howard to Jacob P. Jones in memory of his son, assist students who have earned an Richard T. Jones, of the Class of average grade of at least "B" or its 1863, to assist students with financial equivalent during the preceding need. semester. Rufus Matthew Jones Scholarship Hughes Scholarship Fund, established Fund, established in 1959 by Clarence in 1968 by a bequest from James E. E. Tobias Jr. '30 as a testimonial to Hughes of the Class of 1894, to assist Rufus Jones 'and in gratitude for the students with financial need. excellent educational facilities Richard Humphreys Foundation Haverford provided for me and my Scholarships provide assistance to son.' This fund is to be used for financially needy students of African scholarships or loans to students descent. majoring in philosophy. Preference is J. Quincy Hunsicker III '28 Memorial given to seniors. Scolarship Fund, established to pro­ Wilmot R. Jones Fund, established in vide financial aid to one or more stu­ 1970 by a bequest from Wilmot R. dents from the New York metropoli­ Jones '23 to increase endowment tan area. funds for scholarship purposes.

29 C. Mahlon Kline Memorial Fund, Maryland who show promise of being established in 1969 by a gift from the valuable members of their C. Mahlon Kline estate. A portion of communities. this fund is to be used to assist stu­ Clinton H. Longshore Fund, estab­ dents enrolled in the bio-medical lished in 1976 by the bequest of disciplines. Helen B. Longshore in memory of C. Prescott Knight Jr. Scholarship, Clinton H. Longshore to assist stu­ established in part by the Haverford dents with financial need. Society of New England to assist a Archibald Macintosh Scholarship student from the New England area Fund, established in 1959 by Gilbert with financial need, based on charac­ F. Marquardt, father of John Mar­ ter, personal qualities and quardt '56, as a testimonial to Archi­ scholarship. bald Macintosh '21, former Director Deborah A. Lafer '80 Scholarship of Admissions and Vice President. Fund, established by Deborah A. This fund has been added to by Lafer for student financial aid. admirers and friends of Macintosh Deborah Louise Landau '84 Scholar­ over the years and assists students ship Fund, established by her par­ with financial need. ents, Dr. and Mrs. Bernard R. Lan­ The Magill-Rhoads Scholarship Pro­ dau, family members, and classmates gram, established in 1973 by James in her memory. Scholarship aid will P. Magill '07, an emeritus manager of be awarded to students who best the College, to honor Dr. Jonathan E. exemplify qualities of determination, Rhoads '28, an internationally promi­ perseverance and concern for others, nent surgeon and medical educator. and who intend to pursue a career in This fund is awarded on the basis of medicine. academic excellence, plus significant Morris Leeds Scholarships, estab­ achievement in the arts, athletics, or lished in 1953 by the Board of Man­ school or community service. Two agers of the College in memory of recipients are sought every year from Morris E. Leeds of the Class of 1888 each of six national regions - New and chairperson of the Board of England, Middle Atlantic States, Managers from 1928 to 1945. South, Midwest, Southwest and West - and six more are sought each year Max Leuchter Scholarship Fund, at large. established in 1949 in memory of Max Leuchter by his wife, Cecila P. Winnie Mandela Scholarship Assis­ Leuchter, and his sons BenZ. tance Fund, established by donors Leuchter '46 and Joel C. Leuchter. from the Class of 1985 and the Black This scholarship is awarded on the Students League of Haverford College basis of character, scholarship and to supplement financial aid for black financial need. students from South Africa. Christian R. and Mary F. Lindback Joseph L. Markley Memorial Scholar­ Foundation Scholarships provide aid ship Fund, established in 1949 by to students from the states of Penn­ Mary E. B. Markley in memory of sylvania, New Jersey, Delaware and her husband, Joseph L. Markley.

30 2

This scholarship is awarded to stu­ Moses '51, who was an assistant pro­ dents on the basis of character, schol­ fessor of art at the University of Chi­ arship and financial need. cago before his death in 1966. Bettye and J. Howard Marshall II W. LaCoste Neilson Scholarship, Scholarship Fund, established in 1981 established in 1957 in memory of W. by Bettye and J. Howard Marshall II LaCoste Neilson '01 by his family and '26 to assist students with financial friends. This fund provides assistance need who rank high in scholarship, to students with financial need. Pref­ character and personality. erence is given to those taking scien­ Sarah Marshall Scholarship Fund, tific or practical courses rather than established in 1897 by the bequest those in the field of the arts. from Sarah Marshall to assist a stu­ Paul W. Newhall Memorial Scholar­ dent with financial need. ship Fund, established in 1931 by the Charles McCaul Fund, established in bequest from Mary Newhall in mem­ 1953 by the bequest from Mary N. ory of her father, Paul W. Newhall, a Weatherley in memory of her stepfa­ manager from 1844 to 1848. This ther, Charles McCaul. This fund pro­ fund provides assistance to students vides assistance to students with with financial need. financial need who show special inter­ Inazo Nitobe Scholarship Fund, est in the fields of religion and the established in 1955 by a bequest from social sciences. Anna H. Chace to provide scholarship William Maul Measey Trust, estab­ aid to a Japanese student who is a lished in 1952 by William Maul resident of Japan at the time of his Measey, a neighbor and friend of the being awarded the scholarship. This College, to assist students with finan­ fund may also be used for travel cial need who live on campus. expenses from and to Japan and liv­ ing expenses during the period the Minority Student Scholarship Fund, student holds the scholarship. established by an anonymous donor to provide financial aid to minority Bobby Nofer Scholarship Fund, estab­ students. lished in 1980 by George H. Nofer '49 in memory of his late son, Bobby. J. Kennedy Moorhouse Memorial This fund provides assistance to stu­ Scholarship, established in 1926 by dents with financial need who rank members of the Class of 1900 in high in scholarship, character and memory of their classmate J. Ken­ personality. nedy Moorhouse. This scholarship is awarded to a freshman who appears Martin Norr Memorial Scholarship best fitted to uphold the Haverford Fund, established in 1981 by David standard of character and conduct as Norr in memory of his brother, Mar­ typified by J. Kennedy Moorhouse. tin Norr '30. This fund provides Paul B. Moses Scholarship Fund, assistance to students with financial need who are strong academically. established in 1982 by an anonymous donor to assist students with finan­ Leonard Folsom Norsworthy Fund, cial need who exemplify the charac­ established in 1983 by Leonard F. ter, talent and qualities of Paul Norsworthy '38 to assist students

31 with financial need. Preference is Haverford. This fund provides aid to given to members of the Society of foreign students with financial need. Friends. Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarship Armand R. Ouellette '50 Scholarship Funds, established in 1965 and sub­ Fund, established in 1985 by JaneY. stantially increased in later years by Ouellette in memory of her husband, grants from the Reader's Digest Armand R. Ouellette '50, to assist Foundation, the DeWitt Wallace students with financial need. Fund, Inc., and the Lakeview Fund. PQ Corporation Scholarship Fund, They provides scholarship aid to stu­ established in 1977 by a gift from dents who are at least sophomores, The Philadelphia Quartz Company to from professional families, teachers, provide two scholarships to students preachers, businessmen, engineers, planning on careers in business and/ etc. or majoring in economics. While the William Heartt Reese Music Scholar­ College is free to make these awards ship Fund, established in 1977 to at any level, it is understood that honor William Heartt Reese, Profes­ under normal circumstances one jun­ sor of Music and conductor of the ior will be named each year as a Phil­ glee club and orchestra at Haverford adelphia Quartz Scholar, to hold the from 1947 to 1975. This fund pro­ award for two years. vides assistance to students with The Jose Paden Puerto Rican Schol­ financial need, with preference to arship Fund, established in 1966 by music majors. Paulina A. Padin in memory of her Ira DeA. Reid Scholarship, estab­ husband, Dr. Jose Padin '07. This lished in 1979 in memory of Ira DeA. fund provides assistance to students Reid, Professor of Sociology at from Puerto Rico with financial need. Haverford from 1946 to 1966. This Louis Jaquette Palmer Memorial fund provides assistance to minority Scholarship Fund, established in 1928 students who have strong academic by the Triangle Society in memory of and extracurricular records and need Louis Jaquette Palmer of the Class of financial support. 1894. This scholarship is awarded on J. Henry Scattergood Scholarship application, preferably to a member Fund, established in 1976 by the of the freshman class who, in the Friends' Freedmen's Association to opinion of a committee representing provide financial aid and other sup­ the donors and the President of the portive services to black students. College, shall give evidence of pos­ The Thomas H. and Mary Williams sessing the qualities of leadership and Shoemaker Fund provides a scholar­ constructive interest in student and ship annually for children of members community welfare which his friends of the Society of Friends. observed in Louis Jaquette Palmer. Daniel B. Smith Scholarship Fund, R & R Foreign Student Scholarship established in 1943 by Mrs. Henry Fund, established in 1979 by gradu­ Wood, granddaughter of Daniel ates of the Relief and Reconstruction Smith, on the centenary of his program of the early 1940's at appointment as Principal, to assist

32 2

students with financial need. Prefer­ to students from Oskaloosa, Iowa, or ence is given to descendants of Benja­ from William Penn College, on the min R. Smith. basis of character, scholarship and The W. W. Smith Charitable Trust financial need. provides scholarships to students James G. Vail Scholarship Fund, with financial need. established in 1980 by Ruth Russell John Curtis Stanton Scholarship Vail in memory of her husband, Fund, established in 1975 by Lois and James G. Vail, to assist students with William Stanton in honor of their financial need. son, John, to assist students with George Vaux Jr. Memorial Scholar­ financial need. ship Fund, established in 1973 by C. V. Starr Scholarship Fund, estab­ George V aux '30 in memory of his lished in 1980 by the Starr Founda­ father, of the Class of 1884, and a tion in memory of their founder, C. member of the Board of Managers V. Starr, to provide aid to foreign from 1891 until 1927. This fund pro­ students, based on merit and need. vides aid to students pursuing a Jonathan M. Steere Scholarship course of instruction in the liberal Fund, established in 1948 by arts or the exact sciences. Jonathan M. Steere of the Class of Theodore Whittelsey, Jr. '28 Memo­ 1890. This scholarship is intended rial Scholarship Fund was created by primarily for a graduate of Moses members of his family, classmates, Brown School, Providence, who shall and friends to provide financial aid to be a member of the Society of students. Friends. A. Clement Wild Scholarship, estab­ Herman K. Stein Scholarship, estab­ lished in 1951 by Mrs. Gertrude T. lished in 1969 by a bequest from Her­ Wild in memory of her husband, A. man K. Stein '05 to provide two Clement Wild, of the Class of 1899, scholarships annually to juniors and to assist students with financial need. seniors in the science departments. Preference is given to an English Summerfield Foundation Scholarship exchange student or someone in a similar category. Fund, established in 1956 by a grant from the Summerfield Foundation to Isaiah V. Williamson Scholarships, provide aid to students based on established in 1876 and increased in character, scholarship and financial 1883 by gifts of sundry ground rents need. from Isaiah Williamson to assist stu­ Dudley W. Summers Scholarship dents with financial need. Fund, established in 1970 by an Caspar Wistar Memorial Scholarship anonymous donor in memory of Dud­ Fund, established by Edward M. and ley W. Summers '61 to provide assis­ Margaret Wistar, parents of Thomas tance to students with financial need. Wistar of the Class of 1898, in mem­ William Graham Tyler Memorial ory of his brother and their son Cas­ Scholarship, established in 1949 in par Wistar '02. Preference is given to sons of parents engaged in Christian memory of William Graham Tyler of service. the Class of 1858. Preference is given

33 D. Robert Yarnall Fund provides aid Students should realize that there to foreign and domestic students with are many different types of educa­ financial need. tional experiences available at the Edward Yarnall Scholarship, estab­ College, where a great deal of freedom lished in 1860 by a bequest from and responsibility in planning a Edward Yarnall to assist students course of study rests upon the indi­ with financial need. vidual. It is expected that, with the help of their advisors, students will Robert Martin Zuckert Memorial design a course of study to meet par­ Scholarships, established in 1935 by ticular interests, educational back­ Harry M. Zuckert, in memory of his grounds, and intellectual strengths son, Robert Martin Zuckert '36, to and weaknesses. While there are dis­ assist financially needy students. agreements about the detailed defini­ Preference is given to students who tion of a liberal education, there is a are natives of New York or Connecti­ consensus concerning its general cut and who now reside in one of shape, as embodied in the following these states. requirements. CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE averford is a liberal arts college. DEGREE H Its curriculum is designed to Summary of Degree Requirements: develop in its students the capacity to 1. Freshman English - one year learn, to understand, and to make 2. The mastery of a foreign sound and thoughtful judgments. The language requirements for the degree 3. A single course that fulfills encourage the exercise of these skills Diversity Requirements in each of the broad fields of human 4. Fulfillment of Distribution knowledge, and a fuller development Requirements of them in a single field of 5. Fulfillment of the Physical concentration. Education Requirements 6. Completion of a Departmental, Guidelines For Liberal Education Interdepartmental, or an Inde­ In its original meaning "liberal" was pendent Major applied to those arts and sciences 7. Completion of a minimum of that were considered worthy of free 32 semester credits people, as opposed to "servile" or "mechanical" disciplines. "Liberal 1. Written and Oral education" has persisted as an ideal Communication which is not only worthy of free peo­ Among the most important skills ple but is also the means of liberating are those of writing and speaking and freeing them by providing them lucidly and coherently. Students will with an understanding and apprecia­ discover few areas of human knowl­ tion of the tradition that has shaped edge that they can explore in depth them and the social and natural without perfecting these abilities. The world in which they live. Freshman English course particularly stresses these skills. Students must include, therefore, a year-long, two

34 2

credit English course, currently enti­ directly to the Registrar at tled Freshman English 10 1, in partial Haverford College for fulfillment of the general Degree evaluation. requirements of the College. Students (b) In the cases of Latin and are advised to take other courses as Modern Hebrew, a score of well in which writing and speaking 600 or above on the College receive substantial attention. Entrance Examination Board 2. Foreign language (CEEB) will satisfy the lan­ ~he mastery of a foreign language, guage proficiencey require­ ancient or modern, serves many ends. ment. As with CLEP, stu­ It deepens an appreciation of one's dents should have the results own language, increases sensitivity of such examinations sent and understanding of the nature of directly to the Registrar at language itself, and enables the stu­ Haverford College for dent to gain a far more intimate evaluation; understanding of different cultures (c) In languages where neither than is possible through translations. test is available, a year of ele­ Further, with regard to specific disci­ mentary course work with an plinary ends, many graduate pro­ average or achieved (second grams require a reading knowledge of semester) grade of 2.7 or at least two foreign languages. higher will fulfill the For all these reasons, Haverford requirement; College has instituted a requirement (d) A grade of 2.0 or higher in a that all students demonstrate profi­ foreign language at an ciency in a foreign language. Profi­ advanced level (200 or above) ciency may be acquired and/or will fulfill the requirement; demonstrated in any one of the fol­ (e) Students whose native lan­ lowing ways in order to fulfill this guage is not English automat­ Degree requirement: ically fulfill the requirement. (a) In the cases of French, Ger­ Proficiency of such must be man and Spanish, students demonstrated, however, with must pass the College-Level the student's Dean. Students Examination Program who speak a foreign language (CLEP) tests offered by the not tested by the Educational Educational Testing Service Testing Service should dis­ at various times and in many cuss the language requirement locations throughout the year. with their Dean; The minimum passing score (f) Students who major in a for­ acceptable to Haverford Col­ eign language automatically lege is 45. CLEP tests are fulfill this requirement. offered at Haverford both in Proficiency in a foreign language the Fall and the Spring but may be acquired as the student may be taken before a stu­ desires: through study or travel dent matriculates. Students abroad, through formal course work should have the results of at Haverford or another college, or such examinations sent through high school courses. However

35 it is acquired, that proficiency must of relevant courses is compiled annu­ be demonstrated as indicated above. ally by the Committee on Diversity Beginning with students entering and is available in the Office of the Haverford College in the Fall of 1989, Registrar, where the fulfillment of a student may fulfill the foreign Ian­ such a requirement is recorded. For guage requirement only as follows: exceptions to this rule, students 1. He or she must have completed should contact the Director of Minor­ successfully four years of training ity Affairs for appropriate procedures. in one foreign language at the sec­ 4. Distribution requirements: ondary level; or Dimensions of Liberal Education 2. Score 600 or higher on a language In addition to fulfilling the writing, achievement test of the College foreign language and diversity Entrance Examination Board; or requirements noted above, students 3. Complete successfully a third are required to have course experi­ semester course in a foreign lan­ ence in each of seven areas of the guage at Haverford or Bryn Mawr, curriculum. Courses are coded with or its equivalent. Access to a third regard to the major areas, or dimen­ semester in a foreign language is sions, of academic experience they normally expected to be available offer. The coding system assigns to students with two or three years three points to each semester of any of secondary study in foreign lan­ course except Freshman English and guage. This requirement does not elementary modern foreign languages. apply to students whose first lan­ In any given course these points may guage is other than English. be assigned to one or to two of the 3. Diversity requirement seven dimensions represented in the Haverford College as an institution code. Students, ultimately, are is committed to educational diversity. required to achieve a minimum of The College sees education as a pow­ three points in each of the seven erful means for confronting and dimensions for fulfillment of this understanding cultural differences Degree requirement. Each dimension and for appreciating the contributions can be fulfilled in either of two ways: of diverse groups to the dominant by a single course, for which all the culture. Candidates for a Haverford points (3) are coded on that dimen­ degree shall successfully complete at sion; or by other combinations of least one course which focuses on (a) courses that yield the required total the history, perspectives or culture of of at least three points. Finally non-Western peoples, United States regarding this requirement, beginning minorities, or women, or (b) the with the Class of 1992 and all trans­ nature, history and workings of fer students entering Haverford Col­ prejudice as exemplified among other lege in September, 1988, NO things by the history and workings of COURSE MAY BE TAKEN NNG persecutions suffered by any collectiv­ OR CR/NO CR WHICH FULFILLS ity because of religion, culture, per­ OR PARTIALLY FULFILLS DIS­ ceived membership in an ethnic TRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS. group, or sexual orientation. The list

36 2

Description of the Seven Dimensions not sufficient to lead to coding along N-Natural Science this dimension. To be included, This dimension is usually found in events must be studied as parts of the courses offered by the departments of broader context in which they occur. Astronomy, Biology, Chemistry, Geol­ V-Being and Value ogy at Bryn Mawr College, Psychol­ This dimension is typically encoun­ ogy, and Physics. It includes the tered in courses in Philosophy, Relig­ observation and systematic study of ion, Political Science, Sociology, His­ natural phenomena, and the under­ tory, and Literature. It is concerned standing of basic methods and con­ with the significance and evaluation cepts used to select, produce, relate, of what is or ought to be, as these and predict these phenomena, and questions are discussed in metaphys­ some acquaintance with the historical ics, ethics, epistemology, theology, and intellectual processes which have and political philosophy. woven these into coherent patterns. S-Social and Behavioral Science A-Quantitative or Symbolic This dimension is typically encoun­ Analysis tered in courses in Anthropology, This dimension is often found in Economics, History, Political Science, courses in Mathematics, Physics, Psychology, Sociology, and sometimes Chemistry, Anthropology, Economics, Biology. It includes the application of Linguistics, and Logic. It consists of the scientific method to the study of the study and application of mathe­ human behavior and the comparative matical and other formal symbolic study of human behavior and the systems, both numerical and non­ comparative study of human actions, numerical. It includes the develop­ institutions and their material prod­ ment of syntactic skills for symbol ucts. It also studies the conditions manipulation and calculation, and and consequences of human action some grasp of how such systems are for individuals, groups, and social created, utilized, extended and systems. evaluated. L-Aesthetics and Literature H-History This dimension is usually found in In addition to courses in the History courses in Literature, Fine Arts, and Department, this dimension is often Music, and sometimes in Philosophy, found in History of Art, Philosophy, History, Anthropology, or Religion. It Political Science, Religion, and Soci­ treats the problems presented by ology and Anthropology. It is con­ works of creative imagination in liter­ cerned with the complete context of ature and the arts and the responses life, social organization, ideas, arti­ elicited by these works. It involves facts, art, beliefs, etc., of times not only appreciating the aesthetic removed from one's own. In addition and expressive aspects of creative to creating an understanding of past work, but also learning to deal with contexts, it also addresses the ways in such works critically and with which these contexts change over discrimination. time. Mere concern with sequences of E-Laboratory, Field or Artistic events ordered in time, however, is Experience

37 This dimension is typically found in 6. Departmental Major certain courses in Astronomy, Biol­ Requirement ogy, Chemistry, Economics, Fine Each student must meet the Arts, Music, Physics, Sociology, and requirements for a departmental (or Anthropology. Its distinguishing fea­ interdepartmental) major program. ture is the interplay of concepts and During the fourth semester of theory with direct activity or experi­ attendence, or earlier in the case of ence, whether in the laboratory, field, transfer students, all students should or studio. It requires that activities be confer with the major supervisors of undertaken in a context of disciplined the departments in which they wish study and that they be subject to crit­ to major and apply for written ical analysis and evaluation. approval of a a program of courses 5. Physical Education for their final four semesters. Such Requirement programs must provide for the com­ year, All students at Haverford, unless pletion, by the end of the senior excused for medical reasons, are of approximately 12 credits or the required to participate in some area equivalent, at least 6 of which must of the physical education program be in the major department and the during their first two years in college others in closely related fields. Stu­ in partial fulfillment of the Degree. dents are accepted into major pro­ For physical education purposes, the grams according to the following rule: academic year is divided into four (a) Acceptance is automatic with an quarters, of which students must suc­ earned average of 2. 7 or above in cessfully complete six quarters within preliminary courses in the depart­ the first two years unless they make ment concerned; arrangements for deferred completion (b) Acceptance is at the discretion of satisfactory to the chairperson of the the major supervisor if the aver­ Physical Education Department. Stu­ age in such courses falls between dents may not be permitted to regis­ 2.0 and 2.7; ter for a fifth semester without hav­ (c) Acceptance is rare but occasion­ ing fulfilled this requirement. All ally contigent upon further work cases of failure to fulfill the require­ in the department if the average ment will be reviewed by a committee falls below 2.0; consisting of a Dean, the Chairperson (d) A student who is not accepted as of the Physical Education Depart­ a major by any department will ment, and one student. No student not be permitted to continue at will be permitted to graduate without the College. satisfying this requirement, which is Students who have been formally designed to assure exposure to a pro­ accepted as majors by any depart­ gram from which students may ment have the right to remain in that choose wisely those forms of activity department as long as they are in the which will promote physical welfare College. Each student is expected to and recreational satisfaction during file with the Dean of the College, College and beyond. The physical before the date specified on the Aca­ education requirement does not carry demic Calendar, a copy of his/her with it academic credit. major program signed by the major

38 2

supervisor. Haverford students, fur­ 7. Credit Requirement thermore, may major at Bryn Mawr To graduate from Haverford Col­ College on the same terms as those lege, a student, finally, must complete that apply to Bryn Mawr students successfully the equivalent of four and in certain departments at years of academic work, or a mini­ Swarthmore College, with permission mum of 32 semester credits. of the chairperson and of their Freshman Program Haverford advisor and Dean. Since the College requires that stu­ For information about interdepart­ dents be exposed to areas of knowl­ mental, independent and double edge and ways of thinking which may majors, please read the section in be new to them and which may radi­ Academic Regulations entitled "Resi­ cally change their ideas about even­ dency and Other Requirements for tual specialization, and since it is the Degree." The College affirms the important that this diversified experi­ responsibility of each department to ence be gained early, the faculty make the work in the major field as strongly recommends that freshmen comprehensive as possible for the take no more than one course in any senior. There is need, in the senior department in either semester of the year especially, to challenge the stu­ first year. For the same reasons, dent's powers of analysis and synthe­ sophomores normally will not be per­ sis and to foster the creative use of mitted to take more than two courses the knowledge and skills that have simultaneously in any one depart­ been acquired in previous studies. ment. The Committee on Student There is also the need to evaluate the Standing and Programs exercises gen­ performance of the senior in the eral supervision over unusual combi­ major field, not only to safeguard the nations of courses. academic standards of the College, Freshmen and their advisors but to help the student's self-evalua­ select a program of courses for the tion at an important moment. In first semester during the orientation short, synthesis and evaluation in (Customs) period. The courses open some form are both essential and to freshmen are generally numbered may be achieved by various means as below 200, but if qualified a freshman specified by the major departments in may be permitted by the Department their statement of major concerned and by the appropriate requirements: Dean to take more advanced courses. (a) A Senior Departmental Study Students will be helped to plan a course culminating in a compre­ course of study for the first four hensive examination; or semesters, taking into account the (b) A thesis or advanced project "Guidelines for Liberal Education" paper; or and the Degree and distribution (c) A course or courses specially requirements. designed or designated, or ACADEMIC REGULATIONS (d) Some combination of these or Registration other means Detailed information concerning registration procedures is issued by the Registrar at registration time twice a year and may be examined in

39 the Registrar's Office at any time. STUDENTS PERMITTED TO Most deadlines for registration are PARTICIPATE IN SUCH FLEXI­ the same at Haverford and Bryn BLE ON-CAMPUS PROGRAMS Mawr. The dates, however, are differ­ MUST PAY FULL TUITION, ent at both Swarthmore and the Uni­ REGARDLESS OF THE NUMBER versity of Pennsylvania. Essentially, OF CREDITS TAKEN; registration at Haverford will involve 2. No Numerical Grade Option any or all of the following: (NNG) 1. Course Load and Credit Students who are carrying four Students normally register for 4 credits may elect one credit for which course credits per semester. To facili­ no numerical grade will be recorded tate involvement in non-academic on the official academic record activity, however, students may (unless the course is failed). The arrange their programs with some grade entered on the record for the flexibility. With the consent of their NNG course will be "P," if passed, advisors they may enroll for 5 credits "0.7," if failed and "W," if withdrawn. in a given semester. To carry more Students in a regular program may than 5 credits they must secure the extend the option to take a credit approval of their Dean. Students also NNG to any courses which are in may be permitted to enroll for as few excess of the normal load of four as 2 credits in a semester, provided credits, provided they are not behind they are making normal progress schedule in total earned credits at toward completion of 32 credits in that time. Therefore, those on sched­ four years, either by having accumu­ ule who choose to carry five credits in lated extra credits or by evidencing, a given semester may elect the NNG to the Committee on Student Stand­ option in two credits. Certain courses ing and Programs, an ability to make may not be taken NNG. Among these up a deficit in the future. Advisors are English 101, Freshman English, normally will approve more than the and the elementary foreign language normal 4 credit load only when they courses, unless the student has are confident that a student's aca­ already satisfied Haverford's language demic development will not be proficiency requirement in another impaired; less than 4 credits normally language. This NNG elementary Ian­ will be approved only when advisors gage requirement also applies to are convinced that the time freed will Haverford students who take such be well used. If the student wishing to courses at Bryn Mawr, Swarthmore, carry fewer than 4 credits in a semes­ and Pass/Fail at any other College. If ter does not have sufficient extra a student desires to take a course credits to be on schedule by the end NNG, he or she must inform the of the semester, the student must Registrar, in writing on a form pro­ also seek approval of his or her Dean, vided, by the third week of classes of who acts for the Committee on Stu­ any courses to be so treated. At the dent Standing and Programs in such time of choice of a major in the soph­ matters. A student dissatisfied with omore year, the major advisor and the Dean's decision may have the the student may jointly authorize the case reviewed by the full Committee. changing of the NNG designation to

40 2

a numerical grade in courses which times observe CRINO CR dead­ become part of the major program. lines as published by Bryn Mawr NNG carries with it, finally, the fol­ and Swarthmore, as well as P IF lowing limitations: deadlines published by the Uni­ (a) no courses may be taken NNG versity of Pennslyvania; which fulfill or partially fulfill any (f) Haverford students may take requirement in a student's major; each semester one course NNG or (b) During the junior and senior one course CRINO CR, but not years, courses taken NNG must both, unless on schedule in be outside the division of the stu­ earned credit and enrolled in five dent's major department except courses. No student may take two that, with the permission of the courses CRINO CR. student's major advisor, such a With the NNG and CRINO CR or PI course may be taken in the divi­ F options, the instructor is not sion of the major provided it is informed about the student's election not offered for major credit; of the option, since that status should (c) All Haverford students are lim­ in no way affect the student's respon­ ited to 4 NNG (or CRINO CR at sibility in the course. The student, Bryn Mawr and Swarthmore, or the advisor, the Committee on Stu­ P IF of the University of Penn­ dent Standing and Programs, and sylvania) in their time at the Col­ others concerned at the College will lege. Thus, a student who has recieve an unofficial grade report already taken three courses NNG showing the actual numerical grade. at Haverford, may take one, but 3. Course Changes not two courses CRINO CR or PI Courses may be changed during the F at either Bryn Mawr, first two weeks of each new semester Swarthmore, or the University of as noted in the Academic Calendar. Pennsylvania. Courses in which During that time, students are free to the instructor decides to use the make changes after consulting with NNG option for all students are their advisors. After this period, not included in this restriction; course changes may be made only (d) Beginning with the Class of 1992 with permission of the Dean of the and all Transfer students entering College, and no changes will be per­ Haverford in September, 1988, no mitted after the first four weeks of course may be taken NNG or classes. Exception: a Haverford CRINO CR or P IF which either course may be dropped without per­ fulfills or partially fulfills distri­ mission until the end of the fourth bution requirements at Haverford week of classes. PLEASE NOTE College; THAT DATES FOR DROPPING A (e) All NNG regulations in effect for COURSE WITHOUT PENALTY courses taken at Haverford Col­ VARY AT THE COOPERATING lege apply equally to courses COLLEGES. BRYN MAWR AND taken at Bryn Mawr College, SWARTHMORE COLLEGES, FOR Swarthmore College, and the Uni­ EXAMPLE, ALLOW COURSE versity of Pennsylvania. CHANGES TO BE MADE ONLY Haverford students will at all

41 DURING THE FIRST TWO register for only one credit of Inde­ WEEKS OF ANY SEMESTER. pendent Study per term. These courses are normally of half-credit 4. Repeating Courses Students may not count among the value unless specified for a full credit 32 courses required for graduation by the instructor. To undertake more any course that substantially repeats than one credit of such work, stu­ the content of another course already dents must secure permission in advance from the Committee on Stu­ completed, even though the course numbers may suggest an advancing dent Standing and Programs. STU­ DENTS MAY NOT UNDERTAKE sequence. For example, Bryn Mawr Chemistry 104 may not be taken for INDEPENDENT STUDY WORK IN credit if the student has already com­ SUBJECTS BEING TAUGHT IN REGULAR COURSES. Students p_leted Haverford Chemistry 101, smce 104 repeats approximately half wis~ing to explore more thoroughly a the work of 101 at the same level. subJect covered in an existing course are urged not to undertake an Inde­ 5. Lab! No Lab Courses pendent Study course, but rather to A laboratory course taken without consider the "course intensification" the lab, or a lab without the lecture option described below. cannot be included among the courses required for graduation or among 7. Course Intensification courses required outside the major. The College believes that experi­ ence in a wide diversity of courses is 6. Independent Study Courses an essential part of a Haverford edu­ Many departments offer indepen­ cation, but the College also recognizes dent study course to encourage inde­ that students may sometimes profit pendent work by qualified students. from the opportunity to work more These courses provide opportunities intensively in a smaller number of to investigate topics not covered in subjects. Therefore, with the approval formal courses, to do extensive read­ of their advisor and with the instruc­ ing on a subject, to do field work or tor's permission, students may regis­ to engage in library research. Stu'­ ter for double credit in one course dents wishing to undertake Indepen­ and, in unusual cases, in more than dent Study must secure permission one course. In a double-credit course for the project from their advisor and students undertake an approved pro-' from a faculty supervisor prior to reg­ gram of independent work in conjuc­ istering for the course. Members of tion with a regular course and submit the faculty are under no obligation to a paper or pass an examination based supervise Independent Study courses. on the independent work. Such inde­ Such courses done without faculty pendent work is not suitable in all supervision will not be given college subjects, and the instructor of the credit. Requirements, such as exami­ course must be the final judge of nations or papers, are determined whether or not it should be jointly by the instructor and the stu­ attempted. dent. Written evaluation of the work performed may be submitted in place 8. Year-long Courses Ordinarily, full-year courses must of a numerical grade. Students may be carried through two semesters for

42 2

two semesters for a student to recieve 11. Limit on Courses taken at Coop­ any credit. In some cases, a student erating Institutions may recieve credit for one semester (a) Bryn Mawr College - 24 courses without taking the other, but only (b) Swarthmore College - 24 courses with the permission of the Chair of (c) The University of Pennsylvania - the Department concerned. Students 2 courses per semester for a maxi­ should ask the Registrar's Office for mum of 16 courses for a student who the proper form to be used for this spends 4 academic years at purpose, since each departmental per­ Haverford. Students should note that mission must be in writing. STU­ courses at the University of Penn­ DENTS MAY NOT RECIEVE sylvania will be approved by the stu­ CREDIT FOR THE FIRST SEMES­ dent's advisor and the Registrar only TER OF FRESHMAN ENGLISH on a space available basis, and only OR AN INTRODUCTORY MOD­ for courses not offered on a regular ERN FOREIGN LANGUAGE basis at either Haverford or Bryn WITHOUT SATISFACTORILY Mawr. Scheduling conflicts are not COMPLETING THE SECOND considered adequate reasons for seek­ SEMESTER. ing admission to courses at the 9. Continuing a Failed Course University. In a year-long course in which the 12. Final Registration in Senior Year work of the second semester depends A senior who elects to take a year­ heavily on that of the first, students long or a second-semester course at who fail the first semester but never­ either Swarthmore or the University theless are allowed by the instructor of Pennsylvania is responsible for to continue, may recieve credit for making sure before the class is begun the first semester (although the grade that the instructor will be able and will not be changed), if the grade for willing to submit a final course grade the second semester is 2.0 or above, to the Haverford College Registrar by provided that the instructor in the noon on the day that Senior grades course states in writing to the Regis­ are due as outlined in the official trar at the beginning of the second Academic Calendar (usually the Tues­ semester that this arrangement day before Commencement). If the applies. final grade is not submitted by that 10. Audited Courses date and the course is required for Students who wish to audit a graduation, the senior should not course should obtain permission of expect to graduate until the following the instructor. There are no charges May. for auditing and audited courses are 13. Notice of Anticipation of not listed on the academic record Graduation (transcript). Any decision to list the Each student who expects to gradu­ course for credit must be made by the ate must so inform the Registrar by normal deadline for changing or filing, by November 30 of the gradua­ adding courses. tion year, the appropriate form enti­ tled, "Application for Graduation," as distributed by the Registrar's Office.

43 14. Students Who Intend to Remain In addition to the grades listed at the College above, the following grades or sym­ Continuing students must complete bols may also be used: their registration during the time des­ CIP - Indicates course in pro­ ignated in both the Academic Calen­ gress - Grade added at the dar and the Instructions for Registra­ end of the Second tion, as published by the Office of the Semester Registrar. If they do not register on P - Indicates Pass in an NNG time and do not recieve permission (Pass-Fail) course from their Deans to delay registra­ INC - Indicates an approved tion, it will be assumed that they are Incomplete not returning, and their enrollment, W - Indicates an approved financial aid, and housing, if any, will Withdrawal be considered available for assign­ NGR -Indicates No Grade ment to others. Additionally, there is Reported - One Credit a late registration fee of $40.00 for Given at the End of a each approved registration that is Full-Year course filed after the appropriate deadline, CR - Indicates Credit or Pass in and a late verification fee of $25.00, a Bryn Mawr or for late verification or late course Swarthmore CR/NO CR changes. PLEASE NOTE THAT (Pass-Fail) course THESE FEES APPLY TO ALL NCR -Indicates No Credit or Fail STUDENTS REGISTERING IN in an Bryn Mawr or HAVERFORD COURSES, Swarthmore CR/NO CR REGARDLESS OF THEIR HOME (Pass-Fail) course INSTITUTION. 0.0 - Indicates Failure in a Bryn Formal Evaluation of Academic Mawr course Performance WEA -Indicates a Written Evalu­ ation Attached, explicitly 1. Grading The following grades are awarded at stating pass or failure Following are Faculty rules of grading Haverford College: currently in effect at Haverford 4.0 - Highest Grade College: 3.7 (a) A course may not be counted 3.3 toward the satisfaction of a stu­ 3.0 dent's major requirement if the 2.7 grade submitted is below 1.7; 2.3 (b) A grade of CIP may be submitted 2.0 at the end of the first semester 1.7 for senior research courses which 1.3 run throughout the year and for 1.0 - Minimum Passing Grade certain other courses as agreed 0.7 - Lowest Grade - Indicates upon by the instructor apd the Failure Dean of the College, and so announced at the beginning of the course. The numerical grades

44 2

for such courses are recorded and ALL STUDENTS IN A averaged twice in the second COURSE MUST BE GRADED semester; ACCORDING TO THE SAME (c) If a student drops a course or is SYSTEM; required by the instructor to drop (h) Requests for Changes in Grades it after the penalty date (see Aca­ Students who believe they have demic Calendar), the grade sufficient reason to request that a recorded is 0.7. If, however, a stu­ grade be changed must inform dent is permitted to withdraw the instructor of their request from a course by the Dean of the within two weeks of the mailing College for unusual reasons, nor­ of grades at the end of each mally those beyond the student's semester. If the instructor control (illnesss), the grade believes that the grade recorded is recorded is "W"; too low or too high and the Dean (d) Semester and year averages are of the College concurs, the grade based on Haverford, Bryn Mawr, will be changed; and Swarthmore (as converted) (i) Disputed Grades numerical grades only. Grades A student who believes that the from the University of Penn­ grade submitted by the instructor sylvania appear on the Academic in a course is wrong, and who Record exactly as recieved and fails to convince the instructor of are not calculated within an error, may appeal the case to Haverford College averages; the Chair of the Department con­ (e) Any course for which no grade is cerned. If the Chair cannot be reported on time, or for which an persuaded, the next (and final) incomplete is reported without appeal is to the Provost of the previously approved supporting College. Students should consult documentation duly submitted to their Deans before entering upon the Registrar, will be given a 0.7; such a course of action. They (f) When an incomplete is granted, a should recognize, moreover, that final date for completing the Haverford subscribes to the prin­ course must be specified. Failure ciple of academic freedom, in to complete the course by the light of which the Provost is ordi­ specified date will result in a narily both unwilling and unable grade of 0.7; to authorize a change of grade. (g) In certian senior seminars, a Thus, the principle value of an department may choose to give a appeal to the Provost is a possi­ brief written evaluation of per­ ble identification of a pattern of formance instead of a numerical inequities, in which case an inves­ grade. These evaluations will be tigation into the facts of the mat­ attached to the transcript and ter would be undertaken; and will serve in place of numerical finally grades is those courses. Where (j) A student who, because of special such evaluation is to be used, this circumstances such as illness, fact will be announced to the stu­ dents at the time of registration.

45 recieves a low grade in an exami­ major, 1.7. When the final grade in nation, may petition the instruc­ the course falls below passing, a 0.7 tor and the Dean of the College will be substituted by the instructor. for a special examination. If the 3. Extensions and Incompletes request is granted, the student Extensions and Incompletes are takes the special examination, granted only in case of illness or and the grade in that examina­ where other extenuating circum­ tion will replace the grade origi­ stances of the most compelling nature nally recieved in the mid-year or are involved. A student who wishes to final examination. In computing request an extension or an incomplete the final grade in that course, the should secure the appropriate form new course grade will be entered from the Registrar's Office and, if the in place of the old one on the stu­ instructor sees reason to approve the dent's academic record and the request, specify on the form the work semester average will be revised to be done and the final date by accordingly. To invoke a review which it is due. The form should then under this provision, the student be submitted to the student's Dean must have notified the instructor for final approval. TO HAVE AN immediately after stopping work EXTENSION OR AN INCOM­ on the examination, giving details PLETE PROCESSED BY THE and particulars. REGISTRAR, A STUDENT MUST 2. Deadlines FOLLOW THE PROCEDURES All required work in a course is due OUTLINED. AD HOC ARRANGE­ at the times specified by the instruc­ MENTS OR COMMITMENTS tor, but in no event later than the CONTRARY TO THE REGULA­ dates specified in the Academic Cal­ TIONS OUTLINED ABOVE OR endar. All written work in courses, ANY ARRANGEMENTS TO except final examinations or papers WHICH THE APPROPRIATE in lieu of examinations, is due as DEAN HAS NOT BEEN A CON­ scheduled by the instructor, but not SENTING PARTY WILL, IN ALL later than the last day of classes for LIKELIHOOD, NOT BE that semester. Papers in lieu of exam­ HONORED. NOTE, FINALLY, inations are due as scheduled by the THAT BOTH PROCEDURE AND instructor, but not later than the last DEADLINES DIFFER FROM day of the examination period for HAVERFORD'S AT THE COOPER­ that semester. Late papers or note­ ATING INSTITUTIONS (BRYN books will be given one-half the grade MAWR, SWARTHMORE, AND they would have recieved (e.g., a 1.3 THE UNIVERSITY OF PENN­ instead of a 2. 7) unless arrangements SYLVANIA). STUDENTS ARE have been made in advance with the RESPONSIBLE FOR INFORMING instructor in the course and the stu­ THEMSELVES ABOUT THESE dent's dean for an extension or an MATTERS. incomplete. If a paper represents the Some students who are not able to entire grade for a course, the maxi­ complete a course within the semester mum grade for such a late paper is and therefore receive a failing grade 1.0 or, in a course required for the from the instructor have expressed

46 2

frustration that, having gotten a good student's responsibility to learn how idea late in the semester or just hav­ class attendance will be regarded in ing found the best research data, they each course. are denied a chance to see it through 5. Final Honors to fulfillment. Similar frustration may Final Honors are awarded to stu­ arise in cases where the student has dents who have undertaken and com­ been withdrawn from a course. pleted academic work of high quality. There are two reasonable remedies Final Honors are of two kinds: those for such situations. One is for the awarded by the Departments and student to pursue the work because it those awarded by the College. is interesting and not to be concerned (a) The exact nature of Departmental about credit or grades. The other is Honors work and the criteria to apprbach the same instructor with used in judging it are listed in the whom the failed course or withdrawal departmental statements in this was taken and ask if he or she will catalog. For Honors, the work in sponsor and grade the work during the department must be consider­ the next semester when it surely can ably superior to that required for be completed. This option describes graduation, including a demon­ things as they happened; the course stration of the student's compe­ was failed by non-completion or was tence, insight, and commitment withdrawn from in the first semester to the field of interest. Individual and was passed in the second, and departments may award Honors the student is able to pursue his or to students whose departmental her interests. work has been of high quality, Extension/Incompletes Deadlines and High Honors to those who 1988-89 have demonstrated both high Semester I quality and originality, indicating Extension work due on Monday, an unusual degree of competence. December 26, 1988 (b) The Committee on College Hon­ Incomplete work due on Friday, ors and Fellowships will invite all January 13, 1989 students whose overall perform­ Semester II ance is exceptionally high to Extension work due on Monday, stand for College Honors: magna May 22, 1989 cum laude or summa cum laude. Incomplete work due on Friday, In addition, the Committee will June 9, 1989 consider students nominated by members of the Faculty. Whereas 4. Class Attendance distinguished performance in the As a general rule, students are major is the criterion for Depart­ expected to attend classes unless mental Honors, the award of Col­ excused. In some courses, class lege Honors recognizes students attendance is a requirement for satis­ whose work has been outstanding factory completion of the course. overall. Special consideration is Lack of attendance, in some cases given to breadth of study, as indi­ may be grounds for dropping the stu­ cated by high performance in dent, with a failing grade. It is the fields differing substantially from

47 the major. Students may enhance OF OPTIONS WILL NEED TO the possibility of receiving College PROVIDE FOR A MINIMUM Honors by avoiding extensive use OF 6 SEMESTERS IN RESI­ of the pass/fail option, by going DENCE AT HAVERFORD COL­ beyond the minimal satisfaction LEGE AND AT LEAST 24 of the dimension requirements, HAVERFORD CREDITS. IN and by selecting substantial pro­ CASES OF TRANSFER STU­ grams if they choose to study DENTS, DECISIONS ABOUT abroad. Students under considera­ RESIDENCE AND CREDIT tion are invited to submit a per­ REQUIREMENTS ARE MADE sonal statement to the Committee BY THE DEANS, BUT TRANS­ for its consideration. The Com­ FER STUDENTS MUST COM­ mittee also gives heavy weight to PLETE A MINIMUM OF 16 Faculty recommendations. Both CREDITS AT THE COLLEGE. magna cum laude and summa 2. All Haverford students must take cum laude are awarded by the at least 8 Haverford courses; hence, Faculty on recommendation of normally no more than 24 Bryn the Committee. Summa cum Mawr or Swarthmore credits, or 16 laude is awarded rarely, and gen­ credits from the University of Penn­ erally requires outstanding work sylvania may be counted toward the at an advanced level in fields not Degree. STUDENTS WHO CHOOSE closely allied to the Degree. TO TAKE ADVANTAGE OF ONE Residency and Other Requirements OF THE REDUCED PROGRAMS for the Degree AS OUTLINED ABOVE MUST 1. Students, other than transfer stu­ REDUCE THEIR STUDY AWAY dents, may arrange for reduced pro­ CREDITS PROPORTIONALLY. NO grams of six or seven semesters by STUDENT MAY GRADUATE taking advantage of several options: FROM HAVERFORD COLLEGE (a) They may take five courses per WITHOUT HAVING TAKEN A semester instead of the normal MINIMUM OF 8 CREDITS AT load of four; HAVERFORD. (b) They may use up to four credits 3. To avoid undue specialization in a earned in combination of major program, the College permits approved work done for Advanced no more than 13 courses listed in a Placement, in summer school, in single department to be counted college courses taken before toward a major in that department. matriculation at Haverford, or in There are three exceptions to this work done for "A" Levels or limitation: under the auspices of the Interna­ (a) The limitation does not apply to tional Baccalaureate; or cross-listed courses; (c) They may study at another (b) The limitation does not apply to American college or university or certain majors at Bryn Mawr College; in an approved program abroad and for a semester or a year. (c) An exception to this rule is made IT IS IMPORTANT TO NOTE for students who study abroad in pro­ THAT ANY COMBINATION grams, such as those at Cambridge or

48 2

Oxford, where reading in one subject 7. THE RESPONSIBILITY FOR for the entire year is the norm. In KNOWING AND MEETING THE such cases, up to, but no more than APPLICABLE DEGREE REQUIRE­ 16 courses in a single department MENTS AS WELL AS THE ACA­ may be counted toward a major in DEMIC REGULATIONS OF THE that department. COLLEGE RESTS WITH EACH 4. A student who has demonstrated STUDENT. unusual maturity and who has special ACADEMIC FLEXIBILITY interests and abilities may be permit­ PROGRAM ted to arrange an interdepartmental Since different students have differ­ major. At the time the major is ent needs, abilities and goals, there selected, the program of courses and may be cases where the general regu­ the nature of the comprehensive lations prevent a student from mak­ examination will be worked out by ing the best use of educational oppor­ the student in consultation with, and tunities at Haverford. Provision is subject to the approval of the made, therefore, for changing the chairpersons of the departments con­ normal requirements in certain indi­ cerned, one of whom will be desig­ vidual cases. nated as major supervisor for that Power to act on requests for student. Only one senior thesis or exceptions to any of the academic project is required in such a program. regulations is in the hands of the The permission of the Committee of Committee on Student Standing and Student Standing and Programs is Programs (CSSP), a standing com­ also required for an interdepartmen­ mittee of the Faculty, consisting of tal major. three faculty members, the Director 5. In exceptional cases, a double of Minority Affairs, one of the Deans, major may be arranged, in which case and three students appointed by the the student takes the complete major Students' Council, to whom a written in each of two departments. In order proposal for a special course program to take a double major, the student promoting the student's best intellec­ must obtain the permission of the tual development, signed by the stu­ appropriate Dean as well as that of dent's advisor and Dean, should be the chairpersons of each of the submitted. Students with exceptional departments concerned. abilities or exceptional preparation, or 6. A student, finally, may design an both, are encouraged to consider independent major or incorporate an whether a program out of the ordi­ area of concentration within an inter­ nary may help them to make the disciplinary major. Such majors must most of their opportunities. A propo­ have the approval of the Committee sal for academic flexibility should be on Student Standing and Programs. discussed by the student with the Furthermore, a member of the advisor and others who may be help­ Haverford College Faculty must serve ful. A typed proposal signed by the as the student's advisor and also student and the advisor, which lays must agree to supervise the student's out what is being requested and why, senior project or thesis. should be submitted to the student's Dean. Proposals must reach the Dean

49 by October 28, 1988 (Semester 1), or standards set by departments March 24, 1989 (Semester II). for Honors may be granted Whether approved by the Dean or departmental or interdepart­ not, proposals will be forwarded to mental Honors for these the Committee. If CSSP denies the programs. petition, the student may appear in 2. Credit for Non-Collegiate Academic person to appeal its decision. The Work College suggests consideration of the By petition to the Committee on following as examples of special pro­ Student Standing and Programs a grams which might be followed. student may request the granting 1. Enrichment and Independent of credit for non-collegiate, super­ Study vised academic work undertaken Students with outstanding records away from the College. There may who have the approval of the be important educational opportu­ appropriate departmental chairper­ nities for a student to work in a sons and the Committee on Stu­ non-university research laboratory, dent Standing and Programs may to do a supervised archaeological depart from the usual course pat­ study on site, etc., for which the terns. Three examples follow: College will grant academic credit. (a) A student admitted to the Such work may receive up to four Thesis Program may enroll in credits provided the following con­ the senior year for as few as ditions are met: three credits and complete a (a) The work is closely supervised thesis based on independent by a person who is a faculty work. member at a college or univer­ (b) A student admitted to an sity or who clearly holds the Interdepartmental Program same qualifications; must first have been accepted (b) The student's academic advisor as an interdepartmental major approves the activity. In cases (the two departments need not where the work is in an area be in the same division). The outside the advisor's field, program, which may include a approval will also be required reduced course load and a the­ from a Haverford faculty sis, as in (a) above, will also member competent in the area include some advanced inde­ of the project; pendent work relating to both departments. (c) The project results in a prod­ (c) A student admitted to a Con­ uct which is judged to be satis­ centrated Program will be per­ factory by the field supervisor mitted more than the usual and the Haverford faculty amount of concentration, tak­ member; and ing two double-credit courses (d) In most cases, the work is in the major field, or one unpaid. closely related, in each of two A student approved to carry only or three of the last four semes­ OC credit will be charged for that ters. Students who meet the

50 2

semester for one course at the spe­ and approved by both the depart­ cial student rate of $1,600.00, ment and the Committee. No regardless of the number of OC course taken under the "no-numer­ credits carried. A student wishing ical-grade" option described in the to carry a mixture of OC and on­ College's Academic Regulations can campus credits should follow the be counted toward the 30 credits procedure described above to required for graduation. secure approval and will be charged A student who wishes to gradu­ full tuition. ate under this plan must enroll for 3. Graduation with fewer than 32 5 credits in each semester of the credits first year and should also be in Sufficiently mature students, if contact with the departments of they possess outstanding ability or anticipated major work. Choice of are judged to have legitimate rea­ major should be made by the end son for special consideration, may of the first semester of the sopho­ be allowed to graduate without more year. Students who begin in necessarily accumulating all of the the program may revert to a pro­ prescribed credits other than major gram of 32 credits completed in departmental requirements. seven or eight semesters at any time. 4. Graduation in Six Semesters Students who have clearly defined 5. Graduation in Seven Semesters career goals and strong motivation Students may meet the normal to achieve them may wish to con­ requirements of 32 Haverford cred­ sider a program for graduation in its by enrolling for five credits for three years. This program can four semesters and for four credits allow graduation with 30 course for three semesters. Selection of credits provided that overall per­ this pattern will allow students to formance is at a high level and spend a full semester away from that, in addition to the usual the campus at some time in their requirements, special requirements college careers. are fulfilled. In order to ensure All students who already have breadth in the student's program, been granted, or have declared for, some subject or acceptable combi­ six or seven semester programs nation of subjects outside the divi­ must, by April 15 each year, con­ sion of the major department must firm to their Dean in writing their be pursued for four consecutive intention to continue in these pro­ semesters. These must be grams. While there is no deadline approved in advance by the major for declaring seven-semester pro­ advisor and by the Committee on grams, early notification will be of Student Standing and Programs. real help to the student and the In addition, one of the courses College. In the case of six semester must involve a research project on programs, there are obvious con­ a topic approved in advance by the straints imposed by the need to major advisor and culminating in a obtain the approval of CSSP, as thesis submitted to the department described above. Note also that

51 five courses per semester will nor­ approved by the Committee. A stu­ mally be required for graduation in dent interested in a B.A.-M.A. pro­ six semesters. Students considering gram should follow a six-semester such programs are urged to consult B.A. sequence and, in the fall of their Dean as early as possible, the third (senior) year, should and not later than the end of request the Committee on Student freshman year. Standing and Programs to consider 6. Graduation in More than Eight the M.A. proposal and the stu­ Haverford Semesters dent's qualifications for it. Although most students are 8. 3/2 Liberal Arts Engineering expected to graduate in four aca­ Program demic years, some may be permit­ Haverford College and the Univer­ ted to take more. sity of Pennsylvania have a joint Examples of the latter would program under which a student include students with physical interested in engineering may, handicaps which prevent them after completing three years at from carrying a full load, students Haverford, transfer to the School whose programs would be substan­ of Engineering and Applied Sci­ tially enhanced by another semes­ ence at the University of Penn­ ter of work, and students who wish sylvania to complete an engineer­ to engage in activities for which ing major. At the end of five years, academic credit at Haverford is the student will be awarded a not appropriate. In all cases of Bachelor of Arts or a Bachelor of extended programs, the student Science Degree by Haverford Col­ must secure the approval of the lege and a Bachelor of Engineering Committee on Student Standing Degree by the University of Penn­ and Programs. sylvania. Students interested in the 7. B.A./M.A. Program program should consult their Haverford undergraduates of unu­ faculty advisor about the proper sual ability who might normally course selection. A grade point complete a B.A. in three years average of 3.0 is required to secure may, for special reasons, stay at a recommendation from Haverford Haverford for an additional year in College to transfer to the School of an M.A. program. Such a program Engineering and Applied Science. might use the resources of 9. Areas of Concentration Haverford, Bryn Mawr College, A student may choose to specialize Swarthmore College, or the Uni­ in an interdisciplinary area and to versity of Pennsylvania. Students integrate this perspective with a would have to be accepted by the major program through an Area of department or departments Concentration. The Concentrations involved and have the approval of available in 1988-89 are in African­ the Committee on Student Stand­ American Studies, Comparative ing and Programs for the specific Literature, Computer Science, East program involved. The awarding of Asian Studies, Gender and the Master's degree must be Women's Studies, Intercultural

52 2

Studies, and Peace Studies (with as economics, mathematics, history, Bryn Mawr College). etc. should consult with the chairper­ PREPARATION FOR POST­ son of the department at Haverford GRADUATE STUDY which most nearly corresponds to the Many Haverford College students department of proposed work in grad­ plan to enter upon further courses of uate school. This advisor will be able study after graduation. As a liberal to give guidance in the selection of arts college, Haverford arranges its courses and in the choice of major curriculum so that students with such (which will not necessarily be in the plans are able to meet the entrance department of intended graduate requirements of graduate and profes­ study), and to answer other sional schools. The College does not, questions. however, attempt to anticipate in its Students planning to go to pro­ own curriculum the work of any grad­ fessional schools should seek early uate or professional school. It is the advice from the Career Planning conviction of the faculty that the best Office or from the College's preparation for graduate work is a preprofessional advisors. Schools of liberal education with sound training business, law and medicine, and some in basic disciplines, to which more other graduate schools require appli­ specialized training may be added cants to take special admission tests. later. Arrangements for taking these tests Students intending to enter a are the responsibility of the student professional school are free to choose concerned. a major in accord with their principal STUDY AWAY abilities and interests, since profes­ Between 10 and 15 percent of each sional schools such as those of busi­ class studies away from Haverford for ness administration, education, law, a semester or year. Studying away medicine or theology usually accept can involve several different options students on the basis of merit regard­ for the student: less of their choice of major and, 1. Study Abroad except in the case of medical schools, Upon request, qualified students without specific course requirements. may be granted permission to spend a The requirements of most State semester or a year studying in a for­ Boards of medical licensure are such eign country. The College recognizes that all students who hope to be approximately 45 programs in foreign admitted to a medical school must colleges and universities; approval for present a minimum of eight semester study in these programs and the courses in the natural sciences, each granting of commensurate Haverford of which must include laboratory credit are automatic. The College has work: two in Biology (usually Biology specific arrangements with several 200), four in Chemistry (lOla, 108b, foreign universities, including Cam­ 203a, and usually 204b), and two in bridge and Oxford Universities in the Physics (usually lOla or 105a, and United Kingdom, which allow stu­ 112b). dents to study in those institutions Students planning to do graduate for a year. Students who study work in a departmental subject such abroad pay regular tuition and, in

53 many cases, room and board fees to not fulfill the student's academic Haverford. Haverford, in turn, is needs and how the proposed program responsible for paying the program meets those needs. A statement from fees directly to the institution abroad. the student's major faculty advisor, Some financial aid may be available endorsing the program and explaining for eligible students, although priority how it complements the work of the may be given to those whose major major, must accompany the petition. programs and concentrations most Foreign study information, including depend on foreign study. An advisory brochures, procedures, and regula­ committee of faculty and the Dean tions, is available from the Office of responsible for off-campus study the Dean for Off-Campus Study. determine the preference rankings in 2. Study at Other American Colleges this instance. Students interested in Some students may also study at studying abroad should consult the another college or university in the Dean for Off-Campus Study early in United States for the enrichment to the sophomore year. In recent years, be gained through different or more Haverford students have studied at diversified liberal arts offerings. Some Cambridge University, Hebrew Uni­ go simply to experience college life in versity in Israel, the University of a setting contrasting with that at Edinburgh, the London School of Haverford. In recent years, for Economics, Oxford University, the instance, Haverford students have Pushkin Institute in Moscow, and the enrolled at Boston College, University Sweetbriar Program in Paris, among of California (Berkeley), Colgate Uni­ many others. versity, Cornell University, In the unusual case where a stu­ Georgetown University, Harvard Uni­ dent may wish to attend a program versity, Massachusetts Institute of not on the approved list, the follow­ Technology, Pomona College, Rice ing procedure is required: University, Rutgers University, Wel­ (a) The student must collect all perti­ lesley College, University of Wiscon­ nent information about the program, sin and Yale University. The College including catalogs, course descrip­ has recently inaugurated exchange tions, modes of evaluation of aca­ programs with Claremont McKenna demic performance, and list of College and with Spelman College. faculty; (b)The student must present Permission forms for such study, to the material to the Dean for Off­ be signed by advisor and dean, are Campus Study, who will review and available in the Office of the Regis­ evaluate the program; (c)ln the event trar. All courses must be approved in that the Dean for Off-Campus Study advance by the Chair of the depart­ regards the program as commensurate ment in question. In order to provide with programs on the approved list, a semester's credit at Haverford (four the student must prepare a petition credits), a program at another institu­ for consideration by the Educational tion must represent at least one­ Policy Committee, which is charged eighth of the degree program there; by the Faculty to make the final deci­ and similarly, in order to provide a sion. The petition must explain why the existing approved programs do

54 2

year's credit at Haverford, the pro­ Chairperson of the Haverford depart- · gram must represent one-quarter of ment which corresponds to the field the degree at the other institution. in which the work is to be done. Note Students who expect to study away that advance approval is required for from Haverford for a semester or a obtaining Haverford credit. Seeking year must confirm their intention in approval retroactively will, in all like­ writing to their Dean, using the same lihood, be denied; timetable as that for Deans' Leaves (c) In seeking approval, the student (see below). They should also inform should first complete the descriptive their Dean when they have been information about the course (name, accepted by the institution to which number, amount of credit conferred they have applied. Naturally, they will at the other institution, and the insti­ have discussed at an earlier time ten­ tution's name). The student should tative plans with their advisor and also present a catalog, listing the Dean. They should, finally, be espe­ course description; cially careful to see to it that their (d) The faculty advisor's signature total program provides an adequate should represent an approval of the number of credits outside the major course as a part of the student's pro­ department and that it meets gram at Haverford. Such approval Haverford's distribution should be based on the suitability of requirements. the course for Haverford credit; 3. Independent Study While Not in (e) Faculty assigning credit and Residence dimension points proceed on the Students wishing to carry inde­ principle that at any institution, each pendent study credit while away from course counts as a fraction of the the College should secure the credit required for the Degree. At approval of their advisors and that of Haverford, the graduation require­ the instructor(s) involved before sub­ ment is 32 credits, or 128 semester mitting the written proposal to their hours. Students should use the fol­ Dean for final approval. If approved, lowing table as a guide for prorating the students will be charged at the credits and dimension points with special student rate of $1,600 per courses taken elsewhere: credit. Semester Dimension Hours Points 4. Summer school at Another United 1 Haverford Course ~ 4 and 3 States Institution 1 3 Sem. Hr. Course ~ 3 and 2 1 2 Sem. Hr. Course ~ 2 and 1.5 A student wishing to obtain 1 1 Sem. Hr. Course ~ 1 and 0.5 Haverford credit for summer school Summary of Summer School at another United States institution Regulations should follow the procedures as out­ 1. Courses taken in summer school lined below: will not satisfy Haverford course (a) The student should secure from requirements for the major unless the Registrar a form headed, prior written approval is granted by "Approval for Summer School Work"; the major supervisor; (b) With the form, the student should 2. A summer course must not be a secure the approval of his or her repeat of or at a lower level than a faculty advisor, Dean, and of the

55 course already a part of the student's the United States. Additionally, stu­ Haverford academic record; dents must submit a brief petition to 3. To recieve Haverford credit for CSSP requesting credit approval. courses taken in summer school, a Included in the petition should be the student must earn a grade at least following: 1) course teacher and his or one full grade above the lowest pass­ her academic credentials; 2) informa­ ing mark: on the Haverford scale, at tion about the program offering the least a 2.0; on the A through F scale, course; 3) course description and at least a "C"; reading list if available; and 4) 4. Permission for credit must be method of grade evaluation (types of secured BEFORE the course is taken; material, exams, etc.). 5. No credit will be granted for course STUDENTS WISHING TO work in night or extension programs; REQUEST CREDIT FOR FOREIGN 6. For summer work at Bryn Mawr STUDY DURING THE 1989 SUM­ College, only the permission of the MER MUST SUBMIT THEIR student's Dean is required; PETITIONS TO CSSP VIA THE 7. In all cases of summer schoolwork, OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF THE including courses taken at Bryn COLLEGE, NO LATER THAN Mawr, students should have OFFI­ MARCH 31, 1989. CIAL transcripts forwarded to the Haverford College Registrar. Unoffi­ The proposal should be typewritten with the appropriate signatures and cial grade reports will not be accepted for evaluation. should contain all requested informa­ tion. CSSP may refuse to consider 5. Summer Study Abroad proposals without the required signa­ Bryn Mawr College and the Uni­ tures or without sufficient supporting versity of Pennsylvania summer pro­ data. grams abroad have been approved for 6. Advanced Placement Haverford academic credit. In making Entering students should arrange summer study plans, CSSP encour­ to have Advanced Placement scores ages students to explore these pro­ forwarded directly to the Office of the grams. In these cases only, students Registrar at Haverford College. The should follow the procedures outlined Registrar will award one credit for an for summer school study at another AP score of 5 and one-half credit for institution in the United States. a score of 4. No credit is awarded for All other requests to study for scores under 4. Haverford academic credit outside the United States during the summer The procedures outlined above imple­ ment the Faculty's decision that each must be reviewed and approved by student may avail him or herself of the Committee on Student Standing many special academic apportunities and Programs (CSSP). Since these during the years at Haverford. Cred­ requests for credit are subject to the its earned in summer school, in the Faculty rules concerning the granting Advanced Placement program, in "A" of credit in general for any summer Levels, in the International Baccalau­ course(s), students should follow the reate Program, or in college courses procedures outlined for summer taken before matriculation at school study at another institution in

56 2

Haverford will be recorded in such a his or her Dean. The dates for these way that the total for any one stu­ requests are the same as those for dent does not exceed 4 credits. Stu­ statements of intent to return. dents should note that dimension Dean's leaves may also be granted points are not awarded to any such with conditions in certain cases. For work with the exception of summer example, students might, because of credits earned during years at the illness or other personal problems, College. miss the deadlines for requesting LEAVE OF ABSENCE POLICY leave. Or they might, uncharacteristi­ Leaves of absence can contribute cally, fail a course or experience some greatly to the general education of other atypical academic difficulty. In some students. The College seeks to such instances, the student's Dean make it a fairly simple matter to may impose conditions to be met to arrange a leave. The authority to the dean's satisfaction before read­ grant leaves and to specify their type, mission can be granted. Failure to duration, and terms rests with the satisfy the conditions will be cause Deans. for changing the leave from a Dean's 1. Dean's Leave Leave to a College Leave. Student's in good academic standing 2. College Leave may request leave without conditions This category covers all other leaves which, if granted, will be for a spe­ and applies, as a rule, to students cific period of time (one, two, or more who are asked to take leave for aca­ semesters). Should a student fail one demic or disciplinary reasons. Return or more courses or otherwise perform from College Leaves is not automatic. poorly before the leave goes into Students who wish to return must effect, the student's Dean may impose reapply through the Office of Admis­ conditions or, in some cases, revoke sions and must recieve a recommen­ the leave and replace it with a College dation to that office by a Dean. Stu­ Leave (see below). dents are expected to present to Application for such unconditional admissions officers convincing evi­ leaves must be submitted in writing dence of readiness to return. To that to the student's Dean not later than end, reapplying students will be asked the final day of registration for the to provide, whenever possible or per­ semester the student wishes to com­ tinent, the names of persons on the mence the leave (the November regis­ Faculty or in the Administration well tration for Semester II leaves, or the enough acquainted with the student April registration for a Semester I to be able to comment on the stu­ leave). Return from such a leave is dent's development during the time automatic as long as the student pro­ away. Deadlines for reapplying are vides written confirmation of intent the same as those for Dean's Leave. to return. A student should write his THE COMMITTEE ON STUDENT or her Dean by March 1 for a Fall STANDING AND PROGRAMS Semester return or by December 1 for The Committee on Student Standing a Spring Semester return. A student and Programs (CSSP), a standing wishing to extend a leave should send committee of the faculty, is composed a written request, giving reasons, to

57 of three faculty members (one from may include taking additional work or each division) appointed by Academic a demonstration of improvement in Council, three students (one of whom the level of achievement, or to require must be a sophomore) appointed by them to leave the College. Students Students' Council, the Director of are accountable to themselves and to Minority Affairs, and one of the the College, through the Committee, Deans. It reviews student's academic for the use to which they put their performance regularly. At such talents and the resources of the Col­ reviews, Deans and admissions lege. This accountability means that officers may be present for consulta­ students who are passing may be tion with the Committee. The Com­ dropped and ones who are failing mittee may consult others who may may, on occasion, be permitted to be able to provide needed informa­ continue. Although they may be per­ tion, such as a student's instructors mitted to continue at the College by or advisor. The Director of the Coun­ the Commitee, students who fail to seling Service often attends such pass all of their courses will be con­ meetings but does not discuss individ­ sidered academically deficient, as will ual cases of students being seen in those who barely pass their courses in counseling. any semester beginning with the In the performance of its duties, the sophomore year. To permit students Committee relies on the Faculty to who are academically deficient to provide information on students in continue at the College, the Commit­ academic difficulty and those who tee must be convinced of the stand in the lowest decile of a class, probability that they will do work regardless of their absolute grade at which is at least consistently mid-term; to report final grades at adequate. the end of the semester; and with Second semester seniors should note informal notes and phone calls to the that simply meeting the College Deans or the Chair of the Committee, requirements and accumulating 32 to identify those students who have credits is not sufficient to ensure aroused the concern of individual graduation. For example, a student instructors. who has earned 30 or 31 credits by Once such students are identified, the the end of his or her seventh semes­ Committee then determines what ter, and then fails two out of four steps are most likely to assist these credits attempted in the eighth students in achieving success in their semester, may not be permitted to academic work, and suggests or graduate. Similarly, seniors who fail requires that these steps be taken. courses in their major may be judged Each case that comes before the to have failed to meet the academic Committee is treated individually standards of the College and may not within the context of College policy. be permitted to graduate, even if they have satisfied the required number In dealing with students' academic and range of courses. deficiencies, the Committee has the authority to set requirements for stu­ Procedures of the Committee dents' continued enrollment, which The Committee meets at the middle of each semester to review

58 2

reports of concern from the Faculty. IS IN THE HANDS OF THE COM­ After the review, the Commitee sends MITTEE ON STUDENT STAND­ letters to some students alerting them ING AND PROGRAMS, EXCEPT to CSSP concern about their situa­ WHERE IT IS SPECIFICALLY tion and urging them to see appropri­ ASSIGNED TO THE DEANS. ANY ate people, such as advisors, instruc­ STUDENT WHO BELIEVES THAT tors, deans, counselors, etc. CSSP will EITHER A SPECIAL PROGRAM also alert the students to the conse­ OR AN EXCEPTION TO AN ACA­ quences of failure, and may impose a DEMIC REGULATION WOULD strict academic probation. PROMOTE HIS OR HER BEST In a few cases, where there has INTELLECTUAL DEVELOPMENT been a history of failure or where a IS INVITED TO PRESENT A PRO­ complete academic collapse is in evi­ POSAL TO THE COMMITTEE. dence, the Committee may consider dropping a student. Such considera­ INTERCOLLEGIATE tion more often occurs at the end of a COOPERATION semester when a similar but more Haverford has long enjoyed a close intensive review of student records is cooperative relationship with its near conducted. neighbor, Bryn Mawr College. When the Committee is consider­ Recently, Swarthmore College has ing asking a student to leave the Col­ joined the two schools in a relation­ lege, the decision will be postponed to ship that gives students from all a second meeting, and the student three colleges access to courses and to and his or her advisor will be notified most of the academic facilities on the that such action is possible. The stu­ three campuses. As a consequence, dent will be invited to appear before students at all three colleges have the the Committee, if he or she wishes, advantages offered by a small college, and is encouraged to invite an advisor together with the academic resources or other Faculty member who knows of a much larger, combined institu­ him or her well to be present also. If tion. The major programs of Bryn the student does not appear, the Mawr and Haverford Colleges are Committee will make a decision in open equally to students of both. In the student's absence and will inform certain cases, Haverford students may him or her of it in writing. major at Swarthmore College. Each Students separated by action of student must satisfy the general col­ the Committee may appeal to the lege distribution requirements of the President of the College on procedu­ institution at which he or she is ral grounds only. Their individual matriculated, but is free to choose appeals must be in writing, must courses from the three curricula. Stu­ state the grounds for the appeal, and dents majoring at a school other than must be recieved by the President the home college have this option within seven days of receipt of the noted on their academic records Committee's letter. (transcripts). THE ACADEMIC REGULATIONS OF THE COL­ POWER TO ACT ON REQUESTS LEGE WHERE A COURSE IS FOR EXCEPTIONS TO ANY OF GIVEN APPLY TO ALL THE ACADEMIC REGULATIONS ENROLLED STUDENTS,

59 REGARDLESS OF THE HOME Pennsylvania, must be paid by the COLLEGE. ADMINISTRATIVE student. Students taking courses at INTERPRETATIONS AND DECI­ the University of Pennsylvania must SIONS ARE MADE BY THE make their own transportation DEANS OF THE COLLEGE arrangements, and are limited to two WHERE THE COURSE IS GIVEN. courses per semester at the Each semester at least 50 percent of University. the students at Haverford and Bryn Visitors and Lecturers Mawr take at least one course on the As elsewhere, the principle of visiting other campus. Class schedules and, in lecturers is time-honored at many cases, course offerings are coor­ Haverford. During the last thirty dinated. Jointly-operated College years the College's regular teaching buses carry students between the faculty has been supplemented annu­ campuses from early morning through ally by about 130 scholars, artists, the evening. scientists and outstanding representa­ Cooperation between Haverford and tives of other fields who are invited Bryn Mawr is extensive also in extra­ as part of Haverford's Distinguished curricular activities. A monthly calen­ Visitors Program. Some may stay dar of events on both campuses is only a few hours, but most remain for published jointly. A dormitory a few days or, in some cases, may exchange program between the two even conduct courses for an entire colleges has been in operation for semester. over sixteen years and currently more Whatever the schedule may be, than 50 students from each college its purpose is to bring the visitor into live on the other campus. Similar close contact with students. A typical arrangements have been worked out visitor might give one or more public with Swarthmore College. A meal lectures, lunch with professional col­ exchange program enables students at leagues on the faculty, participate in the three colleges to use the dining a seminar, or dine with student facilities at all three, and more than majors from Haverford and Bryn 80 percent of the extracurricular Mawr at the home of the department activities organized at Haverford chairperson. operate jointly with Bryn Mawr. The visitors program was greatly strengthened by a generous bequest In addition to the cooperative agree­ from the late William Pyle Philips, of ment with Bryn Mawr and the Class of 1902, who in 1950 left Swarthmore, Haverford has made much of his estate to Haverford, a arrangements with the University of portion of which was specified to Pennsylvanis that permit fulltime underwrite the expenses of bringing students the right to enjoy library "distinguished scientists and states­ privileges and, upon presentation of men" to Haverford. The Philips Fund the proper credentials, to enroll for is the largest of several currently sup­ courses there without added expense. porting the entire Distinguished Visi­ Laboratory fees, which are not tors Program; others are the Emily included under reciprocal agreements Judson Baugh and John Marshall with Swarthmore or the University of Gest Fund, the Scholars in the

60 2

Humanities Fund, the Mary Farnum Annual Lecture series on the Unity of Brown Fund, the William Gibbons Religions that is open to the off-cam­ Rhoads Fund, the Thomas Shipley pus community; an annual Spring Fund administered by the English Dialogue in which adherents of vari­ Department, the J. F. Lincoln Family ous faiths explore common religious Foundation Fund, the David Levin frontiers; and a Community Seminar Memorial Fund, the Alan R. Morse on varying themes in comparative Fund, the Ellis T. Williams Memorial religion. The academic year 1988-89 Fund, the Tilney Memorial Fund, the will feature courses by Professor Moore Fund for the Arts and the Nanji, a lecture series on religion and Humanities, Bruce Hartung French literature, and a spring dialogue on a Fund in Economics and American topic to be announced. History, and a special fund for Afri­ Woodside Cottage has been made can history. Lecturers and visitors to available by the College as a Residen­ the campus on these funds during tial-Meditation Center for the pro­ 1987-88 are listed on page 184. gram. The first floor provides a semi­ The Emily Judson Baugh and nar/dining room, a music room/ John Marshall Gest Center for library, faculty office for the visiting the Cross-Cultural Study of professor, and a Meditation Room. Religion The second floor is the residence for the visiting professor, providing con­ The establishment of the Center was tact for interested students and made possible by a bequest of Mar­ faculty with residents who represent garet Gest in memory of her parents, different religious cultures. Emily Judson Baugh Gest and John Marshall Gest. In keeping with Mar­ T. Wistar Brown Fellowship garet Gest's desires and will, the Haverford College has resources Center aims "to promote better available from the T. Wistar Brown understanding among peoples" Fund which make it possible to pro­ through the study of the "fundamen­ vide a Fellowship each year for a tal unity of religions" without "negat­ mature scholar. The recipient of this ing the differences." The current Fellowship usually conducts research Center program is housed in the Gest in the Quaker Collection of the Center, one of the College's oldest Library. The Fellowship currently buildings, restored through the gener­ carries a stipend of $10,000, which ous gift of a friend of Margaret Gest. may be used in one semester or in The program, supported by the two at the discretion of the recipient. Gest bequest, includes several interre­ Inquiries regarding this Fellow­ lated dimensions: a visiting professor­ ship should be addressed to the office ship, held by Azim Nanji in 1988-89; of the Provost. seminars for registered students; an

61

Numbering and Grading Systems 64 Departments 65 Areas of Concerrttration 148

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 3 Numbering and Grading System

Numbering and Grading System g the letter "g" following a number 001-009 indicate elementary courses. indicates a half-credit course given 100-199 indicate first-year and intro­ during February-March. ductory courses. h the letter "h" following a number 200-299 indicate second-year courses. indicates a half-credit course given 300-399 indicate advanced courses. during April-May. 400-499 indicate special categories of the letter "i" following a number work (e.g., 480 for independent study indicates a half-credit course given courses). throughout the second semester. number a the letter "a" following a number the letter "j" following a indicates a one-credit course given indicates a half-credit course given in the first semester. throughout the year. b the letter "b" following a number Full-year courses (two credits) carry indicates a one-credit course given a numerical designation only. They in the second semester. must be carried through two semes­ c the letter "c" following a number ters. In some cases one semester of indicates a one-credit course given such a course may be taken with two hours a week throughout the credit, but only with permission of year. the chairperson of the department d the letter "d" following a number concerned. Students are reminded indicates a half-credit course given that one semester credit is the during September-October. equivalent of four semester hours. e the letter "e" following a number Haverford uses a grading system indicates a half-credit course given in which 1.0 is the lowest passing during November-December. grade and 4.0 is the highest grade. f the letter "f' following a number indicates a half-credit course given throughout the first semester.

64 Archaeology-Classical and Near Eastern 3 at Bryn Mawr College

he major courses provide an addition, students often are able to take part in exca­ vations sponsored by other institutions. Archaeology extensive survey of the majors who are interested in excavation are strongly ancient Mediterranean and urged to get field experience as soon as possible, and Near Eastern civilizations, to consider attending training programs in the United T States or abroad, as well as in the area of their special with emphasis on classical art and interest. archaeology. STUDY ABROAD: Professor of Classical and Near Eastern Archaeology Study in Italy, Greece or other foreign countries dur­ and of History of Art Phyllis P. Bober ing the Junior year is desirable if the program is Professor Richard S. Ellis approved by the department, in which case credit will Professor Brunilde S. Ridgway, on leave Semester I be given for elective courses, and occasionally for Professor Gloria F. Pinney Chairperson major requirements, subject to satisfactory perform­ Associate Professor James C. Wright ance by the student. For majors concentrating in Assistant Professor Bonnie Magness-Gardiner classical archaeology, the summer program sponsored by the American School of Classical Studies in Ath­ MAJOR REQUIREMENTS ens is strongly recommended.

The requirements for the major are Archaeology 101 INTERDEPARTMENTAL WORK: and 102, 209, one course in ancient architecture (223 or 302 or 324), one course in ancient sculpture (200 or The Department of Classical and Near Eastern 201 or 205 or 206), one course in ancient pottery Archaeology participates in the interdepartmental (301), one course in Egyptian or Near Eastern archae­ majors in Classical Studies and The Growth and ology (202 or 207 or 213 or 216 or 307), one course in Structure of Cities. Courses in Akkadian and Middle ancient history (221 or History 205 or History 207 or Egyptian can be taken at the University of History 208), and the Senior Conference (398-399). Pennsylvania. All majors are urged to take Greek or another ancient language and to acquire a reading knowledge of 101 An Introduction to Ancient Art, part I H-1, French and German. L-2 R. Ellis, J.C. Wright REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR IN 102 An Introduction to Ancient Art, part II H-1, ARCHAEOLOGY L-2 The requirements for the minor are Archaeology 101 B. Ridgway and 102 plus four courses to be determined in consul­ A historical survey of the art of the ancient Near tation with the department and in accordance with East, Greece, Etruria and Rome. Three hours of clas­ the specific interests of each student. ses, one hour of informal discussion a week. 201 Iron Age Sculpture of the Near East H-1, L-2 REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS Staff A year-long research project, culminating in a lengthy 202 Mesopotamia to 1600 B.C. H-2, S-1 paper written under the supervision of a department R. Ellis member is required to be considered for honors. Hon­ ors are granted if the final paper is considered of 203 Ancient Greek Cities and Sanctuaries H-1, superior quality (above 3.3); credit is given for a unit L-2 of independent research (Archaeology 403) in case of J. Wright a lower grade. Students can register by departmental A study of the development of the Greek city-states invitation only. and sanctuaries.

EXCAVATION: 205 Greek Sculpture L-3 B. Ridgway The department has had a series of excavation The development of Greek sculpture to the Hellenistic projects. Three of them, the excavations at Karatas/ period. Semayiik and at Gritille in Turkey and the survey in the Nemea Valley in Greece, have finished their field 206 Hellenistic and Roman Sculpture H-1, L-2 work and are now in the phases of analysis and publi­ G. Pinney or B. Ridgway cation of the results. Further field projects in Greece From the Hellenistic period to the end of the Roman or the Near East are foreseen. There will be opportu­ Empire. nities for Bryn Mawr graduate students and advanced 207 Mesopotamia after 1600 B.C. H-2, S-1 undergraduates to participate in these projects. In R. Ellis

65 Archaeology-Classical and Near Eastern at Bryn Mawr College

209 Aegean Archaeology H-2, L-1 J. Wright or B. Ridgway J. Wright The Greek architectural tradition in its historical The prehistoric cultures of the Aegean area concen­ development. trating on Minoan Crete, Troy, the Aegean Islands and Mycenaean Greece. 305 Etruscan Archaeology H-1, L-2 G. Pinney 213 Egyptian Archaeology H-2, S-1 An introduction to the sites and monuments of R. Ellis Etruria. 216 Hittite Archaeology H-2, L-1 306 Monumental Painting H-1, L-2 B. Magness-Gardiner G. Pinney The arts of wall painting and mosaics in the Greek 221 History of the Ancient Near East H-2, S-1 world and in Italy from the archaic period to the R. Ellis third century A.D. For course description see Bryn Mawr College History 221. 307 Archaeology of Syria and Palestine H-2, L-1 B. Magness-Gardinar 223 Ancient Near Eastern Architecture and Cit­ The archaeology of the Levant and its relationships ies H-1, L-2 with surrounding cultures from the beginnings of R.Ellis urban civilization to ca. 500 B.C. Building techniques, forms and functions of struc­ tures, settlements and cities; effects of environment 309 The Origins of Civilization and the State H-3 and social structure. R. Ellis, R. Davis 261 Roman Art 324 Roman Architecture H-1, L-2 G. Pinney P. Bober A historical survey of the visual arts of Rome and her The architecture of the Republic and the early Roman provinces, sculpture, painting, decorative arts, from Empire. the sixth century B.C. to the early fourth century A.D. 398, 399 Senior Conference Staff 301 Greek Vase-Painting H-1, L-2 Weekly two-hour seminars with assigned reading and G. Pinney reports. Greek vase-painting as an original form of art, its relation to other arts, and its place in archaeological 403 Supervised Work research. Staff 302 Greek Architecture H-1, L-2

66 Astronomy 3

he Departmental work is 105b Introduction to Physics and Astronomy N-2, E-1 designed to give students an Also called Physics 105b understanding of and an N. Sungar and Staff interest in the universe in Three class hours and one laboratory period A study T of Newtonian mechanics, conservation laws, gravita­ which they live, with emphasis upon tional fields, waves and sound. Certain elementary the relation of astronomy to other methods of vector calculus are introduced. Examples fields of learning. illustrating physical laws are drawn from planetary and stellar astronomy. This course is for students who have studied physics at the high school level. Prereq­ Professor Jerry P. Gollub uisites: Physics lOOa or by placement, and Mathemat­ Professor Louis C. Green, emeritus ics 113a or equivalent. Professor R. Bruce Partridge, Chairperson Associate Professor Stephen P. Baughn 204b Introduction to Astrophysics N-2, A-1 S. Baughn Assistant Professor David J. Pine A survey of modern astrophysics; electromagnetic radiation, gravity, planets, stars, galaxies, interstellar MAJOR REQUIREMENTS matter, cosmology. Some laboratory work will be The normal major requirements are Astronomy 105b, required. Prerequisites: Physics 105b and 115a, Math­ 204b (or consent of department), and five additional ematics 114b or equivalent. one-semester courses numbered above 200, one of 311a General Relativity N-2, A-1 which may be replaced by an advanced physics Also called Physics 311a course; Mathematics 204 or 215a, 216b; Physics 115a; S. Baughn three written comprehensive examinations of three Development and application of the tensor calculus to hours each. Bryn Mawr students may substitute Bryn a discussion of special and general relativity; review of Mawr Mathematics 101, 201 and 204 and Bryn Mawr observational and experimental evidence; considera­ Physics 101-102 for the mathematics and physics tion of problems of high energy astrophysics, particu­ requirements. larly gravitational radiation, gravitational collapse and black hole dynamics. Prerequisites: Mathematics 213a REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS and 214b or the equivalent, and Physics 115a or 213a; or consent of the instructor. All Astronomy majors are regarded as candidates for Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years Honors. The award of Honors will be made on the basis of superior work in the departmental courses, in 320b Cosmology N-3 certain related courses, and in the comprehensive B. Partridge examinations. Various theoretical models for the origin and evolu­ lOla Astronomical Ideas N-3 tion of the universe, including the "Big Bang" and Also called General Programs lOla "Steady State" models; review of the relevant obser­ Staff vational evidence. The course ends with an attempt to construct a unified picture of the evolution of the uni­ Fundamental concepts and observations of modern astronomy, such as the motions and surface proper­ verse and some of the systems within it. Prerequi­ sites: Mathematics 113a and 114b or the equivalent, ties of the planets, the birth and death of stars, and the properties and evolution of the Universe, and Physics 115a; or consent of the instructor. Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years presented in a historical matrix. No prerequisites; lit­ tle mathematics and no calculus are required. Not 332b Extragalactic Astrophysics N-2, A-1 intended for students majoring in the natural S. Baughn sciences. A study of selected astrophysical topics including: 102b Astrophysics of the '80's N-2, A-1 early universe, remote galaxies, radio sources, quasars, B. Partridge intergalactic space. Prerequisites: Astronomy 204b, Physics 115a, Mathematics 114b; or consent of the Treatment of one or more of the following recent instructor. advances in astronomy: cosmology {past, present and Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years future properties of the Universe as a whole), General Relativity (the geometry of space-time, black holes 340a Radio Astronomy N-2, A-1 and gravity waves), high energy astrophysics {pulsars, B. Partridge radio galaxies and quasars), and the search for extra­ Introduction to the basic techniques of radio astron­ terrestrial life. The course is nontechnical; no calculus omy, including aperture synthesis, and to the various is required. A previous course in astronomy (lOla, mechanisms that give rise to line and continuum 105b) is recommended but not required. emission at radio wavelengths; presentation of impor­ Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years. tant observational results. Prerequisites: Mathematics 114 or the equivalent, Astronomy 204b or consent of the instructor, and Physics 115a.

67 Biology-Molecular, Cellular and Developmental

Offered 1988-89 and alternate years uring the past three 371b Stellar Structure and Evolution N-2, A-1 decades a revolutionary S. Baughn expansion has occurred in Review of the theory of stellar structure and discus­ our understanding of the sion of the problem of stellar evolution on the basis of D the theoretical and observational evidence. Prerequi­ operation of living organisms at the sites: Astronomy 204b, Mathematics 213a and 214b or cellular and molecular level. The vir­ the equivalent, and Physics 214b. Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years tual obliteration, particularly in the research laboratory, of the traditional 480 Independent Study Staff lines which used to demarcate the Examples of the content of this course are the deter­ areas of genetics, biochemistry, mination of the abundance of the elements in stellar atmospheres based on high dispersion spectra microbiology, cytology and cell physi­ obtained at one of the major American observatories; ology has necessitated a new optical and microwave observations relating to cosmo­ approach to the teaching of cell biol­ logical problems; and research on the origin and early properties of galaxies. Prerequisite: consent of the ogy which emphasizes the common instructor. molecular basis of these disciplines. Furthermore, recent advances have enabled us to study developmental processes with the new and powerful tools of molecular and cell biology. The following course descriptions reflect Haverford's approach to this "New Biology." The courses designed for the major program are built up in a series of stages: (1) A course in cell biology (200) for which Chemistry lOla and organic chemistry (108b) are prerequisites; or, alternatively, concurrent enrollment in Organic Chemistry (211) at Bryn Mawr is required. (2) Two junior laboratory courses (300a and 300b) and six lecture half­ courses (301, 302, 303, 304, 305, and 306), representing a "core" of advanced courses which complete the common experience offered to stu­ dents majoring in the cell, molecular and developmental biology "track" of the Haverford Biology Department. Other "tracks" involving substitu­ tions of neurobiology courses offered at Bryn Mawr College or advanced chemistry courses offered at Haverford College can be constructed

68 3

in consultation with the student's Professor Irving Finger Professor Christopher G. Goff, on leave 1988-89 major advisor. Professor Ariel G. Loewy, Chairperson (3) A series of 350-level advanced Professor Melvin Santer Associate Professor Slavica Smit Matai!ic seminar courses (351, 352, 353, 354, Assistant Professor M. Kaye Edwards, leave in 355, 356, 357) in which scientific arti­ residence First Semester cles and reviews are examined and Assistant Professor Judith A. Owen discussed in detail. These courses are MAJOR REQUIREMENTS designed to give the student an expe­ (a) At least two semester courses in chemistry, includ· rience of the contemporary develop­ ing organic chemistry, taken during the freshman ments in a particular area of cell biol­ and/or sophomore year. ogy and are intended to develop (b) Biology 200. critical faculties as well as creative (c) Biology 300a, 300b, and the following half-semes­ talents. ter courses: 301, 302, 303, 304, 305, 306. (d) One half-semester course at the 350 level. In spe­ (4) A series of 400-level Senior cial cases an upper level seminar course taken at Research Tutorials. These Tutorials Swarthmore or Bryn Mawr may be accepted as a sub­ stitute for a Haverford 350 level course with the con­ taken for single credit, or double sent of the Department. credit with prior approval (chosen (e) For Laboratory Research Track majors: Two from 400, 401, 402, 403, 404, 405, 406 Senior Research tutorial courses at the 400 level, and submission of a lab notebook on the progress and or 408) involve reading current litera­ results of the research project; ture and performing laboratory OR research. Seniors preferring a library For Library Research Track majors: Two additional research project take a one-semester biology half-courses at the Biology 350 level, and one Biology 480 Senior Research tutorial Biology 480 (independent study) course, resulting in a written and, under thesis on a focused topic. the supervision of a Biology 200 is normally taken in the sophomore faculty member, write a thesis on year. In order to qualify for Biology 200, a student their investigations, using Haverford's must have taken Chemistry lOla and 108b, or take Chemistry 211 concurrently at Bryn Mawr. Science Library "Medline" computer Students wishing to postpone Biology 200 to the database service for up-to-date litera­ junior year should obtain consent of the Biology ture references. The topics of Senior Department Chairperson at the end of their freshman year. Research Tutorials, both laboratory As preparation for graduate studies in Biology, the and library, lie in the areas of princi­ department strongly recommends Physics 105b and pal interest of the instructors. Partic­ 115a and Chemistry 203 and 206b. ipation in the department's Philips REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS Lecture series and oral presentations All Biology majors are candidates for Departmental of research projects are activities Honors. These are awarded on the consideration of included in the Senior Research the following criteria: (a) grades in the Major courses, Tutorial and (b) Senior research work, and (c) performance in requirements. Qualified Biology 499. chemistry or physics majors, or quali­ Students doing a Library Research Major in Biol­ fied students from Bryn Mawr Col­ ogy are also eligible for Departmental Honors based on the following criteria: (a) grades in the Major lege, may be admitted to the Senior courses and (b) their written Biology 480 thesis paper Research Tutorials with consent of and (c) oral presentation of thesis paper. the instructor. COURSES WITH NO CHEMISTRY PREREQUISITES

105d Human Genetics N-2, S-1 Also called General Programs 105d

69 C. Goff materials through membranes and mechanochemical This course will outline the principles of human transductions. These topics are covered in about six genetics, discuss genealogy and pedigree in a scientific and one-half weeks. The remainder of the first semes­ fashion, and then look at human biology--our bio­ ter deals with metabolism, leading to the synthesis of chemistry, our "gene pool" of inherited traits, how ATP and intermediates used for biosynthesis; some our sexuality is genetically defined, the nature of representative biosynthetic pathways are discussed, some of our inheritable diseases. The course will followed by introductory sections on DNA, RNA and touch on the newest molecular biological methods of protein synthesis. predicting whether a specific child (or fetus in utero) The second semester is devoted to the areas of has inherited a disease which "runs in his/her fam­ evolution, genetics and regulation: Darwinism and ily." Finally the course will consider what effect our Neo-Darwinism, genetics and mdlecular genetics, the new-found ability to predict a human's genotype nature of the gene, and gene expression. The final before birth will have on society. section of the course uses the knowledge aquired in Not offered in 1988-89 the course to examine cell regulation and growth. The laboratory introduces the student to cytology, bio­ 106g A Historical Introduction to Molecular Biol­ chemistry and genetics and illustrates the use of pro­ ogy N-3 caryotes and eucaryotes as tools for studying the syn­ Also called General Programs 106g thesis of biological macromolecules. Students wishing J. Owen to postpone this course to the junior year should This course examines some of the major discoveries obtain consent of the department at the end of their in molecular biology from the point of view of a non­ freshman year. Prerequisites: Chemistry lOla and scientist. Sufficient biochemistry is studied to prepare 108b, or Chemistry 211 to be taken concurrently at students to read contemporary accounts of two or Bryn Mawr College. three important advances in molecular and cell biol­ ogy. Some time is devoted to a discussion of how a 300a Laboratory in Immunology and Protein new finding is incorporated into the mainstream of Chemistry N-1, E-2 biological sciences. A. Loewy, S. MataCic, J. Owen Two periods per week 107h Evolutionism, Creationism and Reality N-3 Topic I: Cellular Immunology. The interactions of dif­ Also called General Programs 107h ferent lymphocyte subpopulations during the develop­ A. Loewy ment of the humoral immune response. Students This course will present modern biological evolution­ immunize mice, obtain blood samples, generate ary theory and discuss its significance within the fol­ monoclonal antibodies and assay both cells and serum lowing contexts: ideas regarding cosmic evolution, for antibody production after a variety of immuniza­ notions such as fact, theory and reality, other theories tion regimens, using a number of immunological of origins such as creationism. techniques. Topic II: Proteins. A variety of methods applied to 217b Biological Psychology N-1, S-2 the study of protein molecules such as batch fraction­ J. Schull ation, ion exchange chromatography, affinity chroma­ For course description see Psychology 217a tography, and polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis will function of 318b Animal Behavior N-2, S-1 be used for the study of the structure and the blood clot­ J. Schull immunoglobulins and components of For course description see Psychology 218a ting system. Prerequisite: Biology 200, or consent of Not offered in 1988-89 the instructors. Enrollment limited to 40. If more than 40 students 22la The Primate Origins of Society N-1, S-2 request enrollment, preference is given to Biology S. Perloe majors. For course description see Psychology 221a 300b Laboratory in Molecular Biology of Nucleic Acids and in Electron and Fluorescence Micros­ A CORE PROGRAM OF COURSES IN MOLECU­ copy N-1, E-2 LAR AND CELL BIOLOGY WITH PREREQUI­ K. Edwards, S. Matacic, M. Santer SITES IN CHEMISTRY Two periods per week Topic I: Nucleic Acids. Plasmid DNA is digested with 200a,b Cell Structure and Function N-2, E-1 various restriction enzymes and cloned into Ml3 bac­ I. Finger, A. Loewy, J. Owen, M. Santer teriophage vectors. The molecular size and orientation Four hours: three lectures and one laboratory period. of the "insert" is determined using restriction A one-year course in cellular and molecular biology. enzymes and agarose gel electrophoresis. The The course begins with the cell as a unit of biological sequence of the inserted DNA is determined using the activity. There is an introduction to cell structure, a Sanger "dideoxy" method. section on the biochemistry of the major Topic II: Electron Microscopy. Examination of the macromolecules of the cell (nucleic acids and pro­ fine structure of tissue and purified macromolecules teins), and how proteins participate in some impor­ tant cell biological phenomena such as transport of

70 3

with the transmission electron microscope. Also, visu­ the subsequent occurrence within these target cells of alization of cellular components with immu­ appropriate responses such as increased metabolic nofluorescence microscopy. Students learn sample activity and/or cell division. Considerable attention is preparation, operation of the electron and fluores­ paid to the biochemistry of plasma and internal cell cence microscopes and photomicrography. membranes. Prerequisite: Biology 200 or its Prerequisite: Biology 200, or consent of instructors. equivalent. Enrollment limited to 40. If more than 40 students request enrollment preference is given to Biology 307e Cell Biology VI: The Cell in Development majors. N-1 112 K. Edwards THE FOLLOWING COURSES: BIOLOGY 301-307, The development of selected organisms. Mechanisms CELL BIOLOGY I-VI, CARRY HALF-CREDIT. of storage, segregation and activation of developmen­ FOUR OF THEM ARE GIVEN IN ANY ONE tal determinants. The role of the cytoskeleton and the YEAR. Biology majors are required to take all six cell surface in morphogenesis and differentiation. Pre­ during their junior and senior years. Substitutions requisite: Biology 200 or its equivalent may be made only with the consent of the Not offered in 1988-89 Department. ADVANCED SPECIAL TOPIC COURSES IN MOLECULAR AND CELL BIOLOGY OF WHICH 301d Cell Biology I: Molecular and Cellular THREE OR FOUR ARE OFFERED IN ANY 1 ONE Genetics N -1 /2 YEAR. I. Finger An examination of the biochemical basis of gene rep­ lication, mapping and expression, with examples 351h The Cytoskeleton and Cell Motility N-1 1/2 drawn chiefly from the microbial world. Prerequisite: A. Loewy Biology 200 or its equivalent. The molecular basis of cell motility, using ultras­ trucural and biochemical studies of the cytoskeleton 303g Cell Biology II: Structure and Function of and its interaction with membrane systems. Prerequi­ Macromolecules N-1 lJ2 site: consent of the instructor. A. Loewy Not offered in 1988-89 A study of the chemistry of proteins and its applica­ 1 tion to enzymology and assembly systems. Prerequi­ 352d Cellular Immunology N-1 /2 sites: Biology 200 or its equivalent J. Owen Topics include: description and classification of the 304h Cell Biology III: Metabolic Biochemistry cells and tissues of the immune system; cell collabora­ and Biosynthesis of Macromolecules N-1% tion in the immune response; transplantation antigens M. Santer and their role in tissue graft rejection and recognition Topics include the various pathways of carbohydrate of virally-infected cells; immune tolerance; soluble metabolism; ATP synthesis and C02 assimilation in mediators of immunity--lymphokine and interferon. non-photosynthetic and photosynthetic organisms; the Class format involves both lectures and critical dis­ biosynthesis of tryptophan and nucleotide biosynthe­ cussion of journal articles. Prerequisite: consent of sis; biochemistry of DNA replication; RNA processing instructor. which includes RNA as a catalytic molecule; protein Not offered in 1988-89 synthesis. Prerequisites: Biology 200 and Chemistry 203a to be taken previously or concurrently. 353 The Biosynthesis of Organelles N-1 1/2 M. Santer 305g Cell Biology IV: Molecular Basis of Gene Topics include the organization of rRNA and Expression in Developing Tissues N-1 1J2 ribosomal protein operons in E. coli; the regulation of C. Goff expression of these genes; the processing of RNA mol­ Regulatory circuits and molecular mechanisms ecules; the assembly of ribosomal particles. With involved in cellular differentiation. Examples are regard to mitochondrial and chloroplast biogenesis, drawn from both procaryotic and eucaryotic systems, topics include the contribution of nuclear and organ­ and include bacteriophage, unicellular and simple mul­ elle genes in coding for organelle material, and how ticellular organisms and animal tissues. Prerequisite: the cytosolic macromolecules enter organelles. Prereq­ Biology 200 or its equivalent. uisite: Biology 304 or consent of instructor. Not offered in 1988-89 354e Molecular Virology N-1 1/2 306 Cell Biology V: Inter- and Intra-cellular C. Goff Communication N-1 1J2 A seminar and lecture course primarily for seniors. J. Owen Topics include the growth, replication, and transcrip­ A study of the mechanisms by which individual cells tion of specific bacterial and animal viruses; in recent in a multicellular organism communicate via the years the viruses studied have included bacteriophage exchange of molecular signals. The course will focus lambda, human influenza, polio, SV 40, AIDS on the release of "molecular messengers," their spe­ (HTL V111 ), RSV, and other oncogenic viruses. Virus- cific interaction with receptor-bearing target cells and

71 induced cell "transformation" and the function of cel­ Two laboratory periods per week, participation in lular oncogenes are considered as well as viral departmental seminars, control of the expression of oncogenes. These topics change to allow discussion of genes specifying paramecium surface glycoproteins, viral systems which are of current interest to the insolation of genes and transcriptional regulators Pre­ research and health care community. Prerequisites: requisite: consent of instructor. Biology 305 or consent of instructor. 403 Senior Research Tutorial in Developmental 355 Fundamentals of Immunology N-11f, Genetics N-1, E-2 I. Finger K. Edwards Characteristics of the humoral and cell-medicated Two laboratory periods per week, participation in immune responses, properties of antigens and antibo­ departmental seminars. Research on the molecular dies, theories of antibody diversity, quantitative and genetics of developmental mutants in the nematode C. qualitative methods for antibody assay, and the elegans. Laboratory work is supplemented by reading immunilogical basis of self and non-self. Prerequisites: from the literature. Prerequisite: consent of Biology 301 or consent of instructor. instructor. 356 Molecular and Cellular Aspects of Pattern 404 Senior Research Tutorial in Regulation of Formation N -1 lf2 Gene Expression N-1, E-2 K. Edwards C. Goff A seminar course which investigates current research Two laboratory periods per week, participation in about the genes controlling pattern formation during departmental seminars. Student research on the development of the fruitfly Drosophila melanogaster molecular mechanisms which regulate gene expression and other organisms. Prerequisite: Biology 301 and in microorganisms. Laboratory research currently 305 or 307. focuses on the expression of enzymes in baker's yeast (S. cerevisiae), using gene cloning and DNA sequenc­ 357 Molecular Cloning of Genes N-1, E-2 ing as well as genetic and biochemical techniques to C. Goff select and study mutants exhibiting altered regulation. The biology, enzymology, politics and ethics of molec­ Prerequisite: consent of instructor. ular cloning "vectors" and gene-cloning experiments. The course includes lectures, discussions based on 405 Senior Research Tutorial in Gene Expression extensive readings, and a laboratory in which students N-1, E-2 clone specific bacterial genes and characterize the S. Matacic cloned DNA sequences by restriction-mapping tech­ Two laboratory periods per week, participation in niques. Prerequisite: Biology 300a and 300b, or con­ departmental seminars. Studies of roles of promoter sent of instructor. and enhancer activities on transient gene expression. Enrollment limited to 20 Laboratory work is supplemented by readings from Not offered in 1988-89 current literature. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 406 Senior Research Tutorial in Cellular Immu­ SENIOR RESEARCH AND SEMINAR COURSES nology N-1, E-2 J. Owen 400 Senior Research Tutorial in Covalent Inter­ Two laboratory periods per week, participaton in actions Between Protein Molecules E-3 departmental seminars. Comparative studies of anti­ A. Loewy gen recognition by cytotoxic T and B lymphocytes. Two laboratory periods per week, participation in The laboratory focuses on the differences between departmental seminars, studies on covalent assembly naive and immune lymphocyte populations. Labora­ phenomena and energy transductions. Laboratory tory work is supplemented by readings from current work is supplemented with readings related to the literature. area of investigation, and with discussions by stu­ dents. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 408 Senior Research Tutorial at Off-Campus Research Labs N-1, E-2 401 Senior Research Tutorial in Structure and Staff (coordinating research projects in academic, Function of RNA Molecules N-1, E-2 research institute and biotechnology laboratories in M. Santer the local area) Two laboratory periods per week, participation in Two laboratory periods per week, participation in departmental seminars, studies on the primary struc­ departmental seminars. Research in an area of cell or ture and function of RNA of ribosomes, laboratory molecular biology, carried out under the supervision work in cloning, site-specific mutation and sequencing of a member of a nearby research laboratory who has of rDNA; devising host-plasmid systems for expres­ volunteered time and lab space for a Haverford stu­ sing mutant rRNA; readings from current literature. dent. Prerequisites: Biology 300, and consent of both Prerequisite: consent of instructor. the department and the off-campus supervisor. 402 Senior Research Tutorial on the Regulation 480a, b Independent Study N-3 of Surface Antigen Expressionin Gene Action Staff N-1, E-2 Prerequisite: consent of instructor I. Finger

72 Chemistry 3

he program in Chemistry is 105b, 115a; Mathematics 113a, 114b. designed to meet the needs German language study is strongly of students who are pursu­ advised. T ing chemistry for any of a Chemical Physics: Chemistry lOla, variety of reasons. Introductory 108b, 203a, 206b, 207a, 30la, 302b, courses in the Department provide a 303b; Chemistry 303a or Physics broad introduction to the science of 214b; Chemistry 310d,e or Physics chemistry as one of the liberal arts. 314b; and one additional advanced Intermediate and advanced courses course in Physical Chemistry or provide sound preparation for a wide Physics; Physics 105b and 115a; range of professional activities in the Mathematics 113a, 114b, 213a. physical, biological and medical sci­ Chemical Biology: Chemistry lOla, ences. At all levels extensive use is 108b, 203a, 206b, 207a, 30la, 302b, made of the wide range of instru­ 356b; Biology 200, 300a, 303, 304; ments available for student use. Physics lOOa, 105b; Mathematics The major program recognizes 113a, 114b. that chemistry as a discipline occu­ Premedical Students: See the section pies the broad area between physics of the catalog on preparation for pro­ and biology with strong ties to both; fessions, page 40. indeed, some of the most exciting Freshmen taking their first course areas in science today are found in in the Department are required to the interdisciplinary fields of chemi­ take a placement examination given cal physics and chemical biology. The during Customs Week. This examina­ major allows the student maximum tion, the results of Advanced Place­ flexibility in designing a program ment tests, and school records will which can be directed either toward form the basis for recommended one of these interdisciplinary areas or placement in Chemistry. toward one of the more traditional In addition to the course pro­ areas of chemistry. This flexibility is gram, opportunities are offered for apparent in the major requirements, pursuit of laboratory research which accept advanced courses in problems under faculty direction as Biology, Chemistry or Physics. described under Research Tutorials This flexibility further allows the on page 59. major advisor and each student in consultation to plan a program which Professor John P. Chesick takes into account that student's Professor Colin F. MacKay Professor Claude E. Wintner, Chairperson interests and career aims. Students Associate Professor Terry L. Newirth who are interested in graduate study Assistant Professor Daniel A. Geselowitz, on leave are strongly urged to go beyond the 1988~89. Assistant Professor Eric R. Johnston 9.5-course program which constitutes Assistant Professor Robert C. Scarrow the College major. Some typical pro­ grams which prepare for graduate MAJOR REQUIREMENTS study are given below: Chemistry lOla or 103a, 108b, 203a, 206b, 207a, 30la, Chemistry: Chemistry lOla, 108b, 302b, 39lj; Mathematics 113a, 114b; Physics lOOa or 105b; plus two advanced courses in Chemistry, Biol­ 203a, 206b, 207a, 30la, 302b, 303a, ogy or Physics. One of these advanced courses must 310d,e, 320b, 355g,h, 356b; Physics be in the area of organic chemistry or biology and one must be in the area of advanced inorganic or physical

73 chemistry, or advanced physics. In order to qualify for viewed within the context of the chemistry of the major credit, upper level biology or physics courses, other light elements as developed in Chemistry lOla taken at Haverford or elsewhere, must be approved in or 103a. Prerequisite: Chemistry lOla, or 103a, or advance by the Chemistry Department major advisor. consent of instructor. Research tutorials may not be used to satisfy the two N-3 advanced course requirements. The Chemistry 15la Case Studies in Chemistry 30la-302b sequence meets the College advanced level C. Mackay comprehensive requirement. Any requirement may be Three lectures of recent important developments in met by taking a course of equivalent level at Bryn A discussion the shape of the Mawr College. chemistry. Topics: cis-platinum, double helix, the underlying chemistry of Bhopal, the It is advised that Physics lOOa or 105b be com­ effect, the ozone hole. A course intended pleted during the freshman year, to provide maximum greenhouse not been exposed to science flexibility in course planning. In order to qualify for for students who have level. admission to an advanced course a student must earn courses at the college a grade of at least 2.0 in those courses listed as 203a Topics in Organic Chemistry N-2, E-1 prerequisites. E. Johnston Three lectures and one laboratory period REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS Topics in stereochemistry, reaction mechanisms, bio­ chemistry and natural-products chemistry, building on who are considered qualified will be invited Students the fundamentals developed in Chemistry lOla and to become candidates for Departmental Honors dur­ 108b. Prerequisite: Chemistry 108b. ing the second semester of the junior year. Honors candidates will be expected to do superior work in 206b Physical Chemistry I N-2, A-1 major courses and to complete a full-year senior J. Chesick, C. MacKay, E. Johnston research problem at a level superior both in quality Three lectures and one laboratory period and quantity of effort to that expected in normal The first, second and third laws of thermodynamics; course work. Research work extending through two free energy, equilibria in gas and condensed phas~ semesters, a final paper, and oral presentation of the systems; electrochemistry, liquid state, and chemical work are usually expected of a candidate for Depart­ kinetics. Prerequisites: Chemistry 203a and Mathe­ mental Honors. matics 114a or b, or consent of instructor. lOOb Basic Concepts of Chemistry N-2, A-1 207a Physical Chemistry II N-2, A-1 E. Johnston C. MacKay Three lectures Properties of atoms and molecules, Three lectures periodic relations, stoichiometry, acid-base equilibria, Quantum theory of atoms and molecules; spectroscopy molecular architecture and elementary thermodynam­ as a tool in the determination of molecular structure; ics as groundwork for future work in chemistry. Open simple statistical thermodynamics. Prerequisite: to students with no previous training in chemistry or Chemistry 206b or consent of instructor. those who, on the basis of a placement test, are found to be in need of review of high school chemistry. 30la, 302b Laboratory in Chemical Structure and Reactivity A-1, E-2 lOla Atoms and Molecules in Isolation and Inter­ C. Wintner, R. Scarrow, C. MacKay action N-2, E-1 Two laboratory periods T. Newirth, J. Chesick, R. Scarrow Inorganic, organic and physical chemistry concepts Three lectures and one laboratory period. Survey of integrated in a broad laboratory study of structu;e principles and applications of thermodynamics, reac­ and its relationship to chemical reactivity. A variety tion kinetics, atomic and molecular structure and of spectroscopic methods is introduced as structural bonding, and chemical equilibria to provide a basis for and analytical tools. Chemical kinetics, isotopic label­ an appreciation of chemical reactivity within and ing, chromatography, and other physical methods are outside the laboratory. Open to students with satisfac­ used in studies or reactions of inorganic and organic tory high school chemistry. compounds including photochemical and enzyme-cata­ lyzed reactions. The experiments are open-ended and N-2, E-1 103a The Chemical Reaction students are encouraged to design their own approach J. Chesick and R. Scarrow to the questions investigated. Prerequisites: Chemistry Three lectures and one laboratory period. A treatment 203a and Chemistry 206b. in some depth of the concepts which shape our under­ standing of the chemical reaction: energetics, dynam­ 303a Quantum Mechanics of Atoms and Mole­ ics and structure, with examples. An honors section cules N-1, A-2 open by invitation. Three lectures An introduction to quantum chemistry with major to Organic Chemistry N-2, E-1 108b Introduction applications to problems in chemical bonding and C. Wintner and T. Newirth molecular spectroscopy. Prerequisite: Chemistry 207a and one laboratory period. The proper­ Three lectures or consent of instructor. organic functional groups and the ties of the common Not offered in 1988-89 basic mechanistic concepts of organic chemistry

74 3

310 g, h Topics in Physical and Inorganic Chem­ 391j Departmental Seminar N-11f2 istry N-1, A-lf2 Staff Staff Presentation and discussion of current research topics Variable content depending on the interests of stu­ in the various areas of chemistry by staff, students dents and faculty. Students are invited to submit top­ and visitors. ics for consideration. Prerequisite: Chemistry 207a or consent of instructor. RESEARCH TUTORIALS Two half-courses offered in 1989-90 and alternate years Students with solid preparation in the department's course work and a strong desire to do independent 320a Inorganic Chemistry N-2, A-1 laboratory work may register for a research tutorial in J. Chesick an area of active faculty research. In these tutorials Three lectures the student attempts to define and solve a research Molecular and electronic structure of transition metal problem under the close supervision of a faculty complexes; survey of inorganic reaction mechanisms, member. emphasizing ligand substitution and electron transfer processes. Prerequisite: Chemistry 207 a or consent of 361 Research Tutorial in Physical Chemistry A-2, instructor. E-1 J. Chesick, D. Geselowitz, C. MacKay, R. Scarrow 355g, h Topics in Advanced Organic Chemistry Directed research in problems of molecular structure N-1 determination, quantum chemistry, hot-atom chemis­ Staff try, gas-phase reaction kinetics and photochemistry, Variable content depending on interests of students or one of a selected group of topics in inorganic and faculty. Typical topics are free radical chemistry, chemistry. organic photochemistry, carbonium ions, acid-base catalysis, biosynthesis, symmetry in chemistry, orga­ 363 Research Tutorial in Organic Chemistry N-1, nometallic chemistry and natural product chemistry. E-2 Students are invited to submit topics for considera­ E. Johnston, T. Newirth, C. Wintner tion. Prerequisite: Chemistry 203a. Directed research in areas of physical-organic chemis­ Two half-courses offered in 1989-90 and alternate try and synthetic chemistry. Topics include applica­ years tions of nuclear magnetic resonance techniques to studies of organic reaction mechanisms and various 356b Biochemical Mechanisms N-2, A-1 problems in organic synthesis. Staff Study of mechanisms of enzyme-catalyzed reactions; COURSES IN CHEMISTRY OFFERED AT BRYN the principles of chemical catalysis and the special MAWR COLLEGE features of biological catalysts; experimental methods of probing enzyme active site structure and function; interpretive reading of the original published papers. 101 Introduction to Chemistry Prerequisite: Chemistry 203a; introductory exposure to protein structure and general metabolism is 103, 104 General Chemistry recommended. 211, 212 Organic Chemistry Not offered in 1988-89 221, 222 Physical Chemistry 357d, e Topics in Organic Chemistry N-1 '12 C. Wintner and T. Newirth 231, 232 Inorganic Chemistry Variable content depending on interests of students and faculty. Topics selected differ from those selected 311, 312 Advanced Organic Chemistry for 355g,h in the previous year. Students are invited to submit topics for consideration. Prerequisite: 321 Quantum Mechanics of Atoms and Molecules Chemistry 203a. 322 Atomic and Molecular Spectroscopy Two half-courses offered in 1988-89 and alternate years 341, 342 Biochemistry

75 Classics

Classics Department COURSES IN GREEK LANGUAGE AND he LITERATURE offers instruction at all levels in the languages and 001 Elementary Greek A-1, L-2 civilizations of Greece and D. Roberts T Introduction to the elements of Greek grammar with in Classical Studies Rome. Seminars short readings from ancient authors; second semester, provide opportunities to study a Platonic dialogue. and philos­ ancient history, literature lOla Introduction to Greek Prose: Herodotus H-1, ophy in English translation. In addi­ L-2 tion, a limited number of advanced J. Russo Selections from Herodotus Histories, with emphasis language courses are open to students on his contrast of Greek and foreign cultures, his view without Greek or Latin, who will do of the gods, and his story-telling technique. Oral the required reading in translation. reports and a paper are required. Students may major in Classics lOlb Introduction to Greek Poetry: Homer V-1, (Greek and Latin), Classical Tradi­ L-2 D. Roberts tion (Greek or Latin with a related Several books of the Iliad, with emphasis on epic lan­ modern field) or Classical guage and style (metre, formulas, dialect forms and archaisms), and on Homer's "oral" narrative tech­ Civilization. nique. A final paper is required. 25la Advanced Greek H-1, L-2 Daniel J. Gillis Professor Not offered in 1988-89; equivalent offered at Bryn Professor Joseph A. Russo, leave in residence, sec­ Mawr ond semester Associate Professor Deborah H. Roberts, 25lb Advanced Greek H-1, L-2 Chairperson Not offered in 1988-89; equivalent offered at Bryn Assistant Professor Elizabeth Block Mawr

MAJOR REQUIREMENTS COURSES IN LATIN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Classics Ten semester courses divided, according to need, between Greek and Latin, of which two must be at the advanced level (250); and Senior Departmental 002 Elementary Latin A-1, L-2 Studies (390). Equivalent courses may be taken at D Gillis Bryn Mawr College. Introduction to the elements of Latin grammar, with Classical Tradition Eight semester courses in one readings in prose and poetry. Limited to students ancient language, of which two must be at the with no more than two years of high school Latin. level (250); Senior Departmental Studies advanced 102a Introduction to Latin Literature: Livy and (390); a minimum of three semester courses beyond Ovid H-1, L-2 the introductory level in a related modern field as D. Roberts by the Department. Equivalent courses may approved Readings in Livy's History and Ovid's Ars Amatoria. be taken at Bryn Mawr College. Classical Civilization Four semester courses of either 102b Introduction to Latin Literature: Virgil L-3 Greek or Latin; two or three of Greek and Roman E. Block History or Civilization; three in a Concentration of Books II and IV of the Aeneid, with attention to either Archaeology (Bryn Mawr College, 200-level and Virgil's Homeric antecedents and the story of Dido. A up), or Classical Literature, or Ancient Philosophy final paper is required. and Religion; Senior Departmental Studies (390; spring term only); and three electives dealing with 252a Advanced Latin H-1, L-2 antiquity, one of which must be from an area not J. Russo chosen as Concentration. Equivalent courses may be Topic for 1988: Roman Lyric. Catullus and Horace. taken at Bryn Mawr College. Study of the nature of lyric, of the Greek background and a close reading of Rome's two great lyricists. Oral and two papers required. REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS reports Latin L-2, H-1 Superior performance in course work and in Senior 252b Advanced Departmental Studies will constitute Departmental E. Block 1988-89: To be announced. Honors. Topic for 390 Senior Departmental Studies

76 3

Staff Selected tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, Closely supervised individual study on special topics with close attention to individual plays and to the leading to written and oral presentations to the nature, range and development of the genre in fifth­ Department. century Athens. Consideration of certain influential approaches to tragedy (Aristotle's Poetics, Nietzsche's 480 Independent Study Birth of Tragedy) and of some later examples of the Staff genre (Racine's Phedre, Shakespeare's Hamlet). Project course in Greek and Latin authors not cov­ ered in formal offerings. 208a orb Mythology V-1, L-2 Also called General Programs 208a or b COURSES IN CLASSICAL STUDIES NOT J. A. Russo REQUIRING GREEK OR LATIN Archetypal figures and situations of Greek mythology, with comparative readings in Norse, ancient Near Eastern, American Indian and other mythologies and 119a, b Athenian Civilization in the Fifth Century H-2, V-1 folktales; comparison and evaluation of historicist, structuralist, psychoanalytic and Jungian interpreta­ Also called General Programs 119a, b tions. Not open to freshmen. D. Gillis Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years Study of the Athenian achievement in literature, politics and philosophy from the Persian wars to the 210a The Epic Genre V-1, L-2 trial and death of Socrates, based largely on primary Also called General Programs 210a sources; discussion of religion and politics in the con­ D. Roberts text of the polis, and of the Athenian use of myth in The epic and its development in the Western literary the form of tragedy. tradition: Gilgamesh, Homer's Iliad and Odyssey, Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years Virgil's Aeneid, Apollonius Rhodius' Argonautica, and Milton's Paradise Lost. 120b Rome from Caesar to Nero H-2, V-1 Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years Also called General Programs 120b D. Gillis 217a Women in Ancient Greece H-2, V-1 The Julio-Claudian period from the point of view of Also called General Programs 217a the social and intellectual life of the Roman world as J. Russo reflected by ancient biographers, historians and poets. Investigation of the status, roles and images of Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years women in archaic, classical and Hellenistic Greek cul­ ture, with special attention to central literary texts of 207b Greek Tragedy and the Tragic Genre V-1, L-2 each period. Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years. Also called General Programs 207b D. Roberts

77 Computer Science

omputer Science studies (105,206), and by a course in discrete methods of solving mathematics (190). Additional elec­ problems, and processes tives and advanced topics courses C which manipulate and trans­ build on material developed in the form information. It is the science of four core courses. algorithms - their theory, analysis, Present requirements for the concen­ design, and implementation. As such, tration may be combined in various it is an interdisciplinary field with ways with existing Mathematics and roots in mathematics and engineer­ Physics major requirements. Inter­ ing, and applications to most other ested students should consult with academic disciplines. Computer Sci­ the faculty members listed below to ence is a bi -college program, sup­ develop an appropriate course ported jointly by faculty at both schedule. Haverford and Bryn Mawr. Assistant Professor Steven Lindell Haverford offers Computer Science as Instructor Jeffery Tecosky an Area of Concentration, anchored Professor of Mathematics, William Davidon in the Mathematics and Physics Professor of Mathematics, Curtis Greene Lyle Roelofs Departments. (see page for a general Assistant Professor of Physics, At Bryn Mawr College discussion of areas of concentration). Instructor Nancy Yoshimura Haverford's concentration emphasizes Professor of Physics, John Pruett foundations and basic principles of REQUIREMENTS FOR MATHEMATICS information science, rather than engi­ MAJORS: 1. Computer Science 105, Computer Science 206 neering or data-processing applica­ 2. Either Computer Science 240 or Computer Science tions. The College believes this 245 be most consistent with 3. Either CS 340 or CS 345 approach to 4. One additional computer science course numbered the principles of scientific education 300 or higher in the liberal arts. The aim is to pro­ 5. One additional computer science course numbered 200 or higher and cross-listed in mathematics or vide students with a base of skills physics, (such as Math 218, 250, 227, 340, 345, 394 which transcend short-term fashions or Physics 316, 322). and fluctuations in computer hard­ REQUIREMENTS FOR PHYSICS MAJORS: ware and software. Some of these 1. Computer Science 206 2. Computer Science 240 skills are mathematical, others come 3. Physics 316, 322 from the rapidly growing and matur­ 4. Two additional courses numbered 200 or higher science itself. chosen from the Haverford or Bryn Mawr Com­ ing field of computer puter Science programs, or related courses in The concentration introduces stu­ Mathematics (such as Math 218, 250, 227). the theoretical and dents to both 100a Introduction to Computer Problem Solving practical aspects of computer science A-2, E-1 through a core sequence of four Also called General Programs 100 J. Tecosky courses, designed to be taken in the An introduction to the use of the computer for prob­ sophomore and junior years: machine lem solving in any discipline. The course includes an architecture (240), principles of pro­ introduction to programming in a structured language (currently Pascal), with emphasis on the development gramming languages (245), analysis of of general problem-solving skills and logical analysis. algorithms (340), and theory of com­ Applications will be chosen from a variety of areas, These are normally emphasizing the non-technical. (Also taught each year putation (345). at Bryn Mawr College.) preceded by an introductory sequence and data structures 105a Introduction to Computer Science A-2, E-1 on programming S. Lindell

78 3

Introduction to programming (in Pascal) for students Introduction to computer based analysis with applica­ interested in doing more advanced work in computer tions in various fields. Topics include linear and non­ science and other technical and scientific fields. Addi­ linear systems, eigenvalue problems, interpolation, tional topics in computer science and discrete mathe­ numerical integration and differentiation, solution of matics will be introduced through programming exer­ differential and integral equations. Prerequisite: cises. (Also taught each year at Bryn Mawr.) Mathematics 114a or b or the equivalent. Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years 190a Discrete Mathematics A-3 Also called Mathematics 190 at Haverford and Math­ 340b Analysis of Algorithms A-3 ematics 231 at Bryn Mawr Also called Mathematics 340b W. Davidon C. Greene An introduction to methods and ideas which are cen­ Qualitative and quantitative analysis of algorithms tral to many branches of discrete applied mathemat­ and their corresponding data structures, from a pre­ ics, especially computer science. Topics to be covered cise mathematical point of view. Performance bounds, include: set theory, functions and relations, formal asymptotic and probabilistic analysis, worst case and logic, elementary combinatorics and discrete average case behavior. Correctness and complexity. probability, graph theory, Boolean alegebras, finite Particular classes of algorithms such as sorting and state machines, formal languages, and additional searching will be studied in detail. Prerequisite: Math/ selected topics varying from year to year. CS 190, Computer Science 206, and some additional mathematics at the 200-level, or consent of instructor. 206b Introduction to Data Structures A-2, E-1 Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years S. Lindell Introduction to the fundamental algorithms and data 345b Theory of Computation A-3 structures of computer science: sorting, searching, Also called Mathematics 345b pattern matching, recursion, backtrack search; lists, S. Lindell stacks, queues, trees, graphs, dictionaries. Introduc­ Introduction to automata theory, formal languages, tion to the analysis of algorithms. Prerequisite: Com­ and complexity. Introduction to the mathematical puter Science 105, or comparable experience with foundations of computer science: finite state autom­ computers, or consent of instructor. (Also taught each ata, formal languages and grammars, Turing year at Bryn Mawr College.) machines, computability, unsolvability, and computa­ tional complexity. Prerequiste: Math/CS 190, Com­ 240b Principles of Computer Organization A-1, puter Science 206, and some additional mathematics E-2 at the 200- level, or consent of instructor. S. Lindell A lecture/laboratory course studying the hierarchical 350a Topics in Computer Science A-1, E-2 design of modern digital computers. Combinatorial J. Tecosky and sequential logic elements; construction of Topics varying from year to year, depending on stu­ microprocessors; instruction sets; assembly language dent and instructor interest, for example: Operating programming. Lectures will cover the theoretical Systems, Compilers, Computer Graphics. May be aspects of machine architecture. In the laboratory, repeated for credit. Topic for 1988-89: Operating designs discussed in lecture will be constructed in Systems software. Prerequisite: Computer Science 206, or con­ sent of the instructor. Math/Computer Science 190 is 391a, b Advanced Topics in Theoretical Computer strongly recommended. Science A-3 Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years S. Lindell Senior reading/ project/ seminar course. 245b Principles of Programming Languages A-1, E-2 393a, b Advanced Topics in Computer Systems S. Lindell A-1, E-2 A lecture/laboratory course studying the design and J. Tecosky implementation of modern programming languages. Senior reading/ project/ seminar course Structured programming, scoping, run-time environ­ 1 ments, functional programming, resolution theorem­ 399i Senior Seminar A-1 /z proving. The lecture will cover the theory behind syn­ Staff Seminar for seniors tax and semantics. In the lab, students will have an writing theses, dealing with the opportunity to analyze the behavior of procedural, oral and written exposition of advanced material. applicative, and declarative languages. Prerequisite: RELATED COURSES IN MATHEMATICS Computer Science 206, or consent of instructor. Math/Computer Science 190 is strongly 218 Probability and Statistics N-1, A-2 recommended. 227 Introduction to Mathematical Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years. Logic A-3 250 Combinatorial Analysis A-3 320b Numerical Analysis N-1, A-2 Also called General Programs 320b RELATED COURSES IN PHYSICS W. Davidon

79 East Asian Languages Chinese, Japanese

316 Electronic Instrumentation and Laboratory Computers N-1, E-2 Chinese The program in modern Chinese 322 Solid State Physics N-3 offers three years of language courses, RELATED COURSES AT BRYN MAWR as well as courses in Chinese litera­ GNST 207 Computer Operating Systems and "C" ture. Listening, speaking, reading, GNST 260 Computer Graphics and writing are taught from the beginning, although in the elementary GNST 262 Computer Networks with Lab Applications courses the emphasis on aural/oral skills. In all courses both complicated Philosophy 213 Int~oduction to Mathematical Logic and simplified characters will be taught. In the intermediate courses, Philosophy 242 Theory of Recursion the program continues to work on Philosophy 318 Philosophy of Language developing oral proficiency skills while increasing the amount of read­ ing and writing. Advanced language training courses offer students the opportunity to continue Chinese lan­ guage study beyond the intermediate level. Literature courses are offered both in Chinese and in translation. Chinese language study may form part of a concentration in East Asian Studies.

At Haverford College: Visiting Assistant Professor of Chinese John Lin

At Bryn Mawr College: Instructor Li-Ching C. Mair 001, 002 Elementary Chinese (intensive) Li-Ching C. Mair This course meets nine hours per week: five with the instructor, two with a drill instructor and two in the language laboratory. 003 Intermediate Chinese L-1, E-2 J. Lin This course is a continuation of Elementary Chinese with advanced grammar and vocabulary building. Oral practice and structural drills are continued. The class meets three hours a week with the class instructor and three hours with a drill instructor. Students also will have additional work in the language laboratory. Prerequisite: Elementary Chinese or equivalent. 201, 202 Advanced Chinese L-1, E-2 J. Lin This course combines the reading of works in modern Mandarian Chinese with advanced language training. The class meets three hours a week with the class

80 Economics 3

instructor and three hours with a drill instructor. Stu­ he work in Economics pro­ dents also will have some additional work in the lan­ guage laboratory. Prerequisite: Intermediate Chinese vides a basis for under­ or equivalent. standing and evaluating the 203a Classical Chinese L-2. H-1 operation of the American J. Lin T economy and other types of econo­ An introduction to the literary Chinese language and classical Chinese culture through reading of selected mies. Concepts and analytic methods original literary works. Prerequisite: Elementary Chi­ are presented as aids in formation of nese or equivalent. intelligent policy judgments. The introductory courses, Economics lOla Japanese or b and 102a or b, give an informed The Japanese program begins this perspective on economic performance year with an intensive first-year standards that is important to a lib­ course. Next year intermediate eral education. The group of interme­ courses will be offered and the follow­ diate courses offers a fuller range of ing year advanced language courses material on major topics in the field, will be added, as will courses in litera­ designed to be useful to non-majors ture. Japanese language study may as well as majors. The group of form part of a concentration in East advanced (300-level) courses supplies Asian Studies. a theoretical foundation for those who major in Economics or expect to Japanese Instructor Chioko Takahashi make use of economics in their pro­ 001 Elementary Japanese (Intensive) fessional careers. In all courses stu­ C. Takahashi This course meets nine hours per week. Five hours dents are exposed to the theory and are with the instructor, three hours are with a drill primary evidence that underlie sound instructor. Meetings occur in the language laboratory. economic analysis, and are encouraged to develop oral, written and computer skills in their work. Students who are planning careers in business, but are not majors in economics, are encouraged to complete Economics 203 and 305, (which has a prerequisite of one semester of college calculus). A sec­ ond semester of college calculus is also advisable. Potential majors in economics who are planning to attend Ph.D. programs in economics are strongly encouraged to complete at least two years of college mathemat­ ics; consult an economics advisor as early as possible.

Professor Holland Hunter Associate Professor Vernon J. Dixon Associate Professor Michael M. Weinstein, Chairperson

81 Assistant Professor Jamie F. Howell, on leave evaluation of operations and financial status of firms 1988-89 with particular reference to problems of valuation and Assistant Professor Vladimir Kontorovich periodic income measurement. Visiting Assistant Professor Kris Sjoblom Lecturer Brent Kigner 202a orb Foundations of Economic Analysis S-1, A-2 M. Weinstein At Bryn Mawr College Methods of modeling economic behavior will be Professor Richard B. Du Boff examined. Partial and general equilibria of systems of Professor Noel J. J. Farley simultaneous equations will be analyzed, with special Professor Helen M. Hunter, Chairperson emphasis on optimization, comparative static analysis, Assistant Professor Sunwoong Kim and dynamic properties. Applications to specific eco­ Assistant Professor Harriet B. Newburger nomic issues will be emphasized. Prerequisites: Eco­ Visiting Lecturer Jack Topiol nomics lOla or b and 102a or b; and one semester of college calculus. MAJOR REQUIREMENTS Not offered in 1988-89 Economics lOla or b; 102a or b; 203a or b; 305a; 203a or b Statistical Methods in Economics A-2, 308b; 320h; 380g or 396b; three other semester S-1 courses above the 100-level, one of which must be at Helen Hunter, M. Weinstein the 300-level; successful completion of senior compre­ This course covers frequency distributions, probability hensive examinations. and sampling theory, simple correlation and multiple Prospective majors in Economics are advised to regression, and an introduction to econometric termi­ take Economics 101 and 102 by the end of the first nology and reasoning. Prerequisites: For 203a, Eco­ semester of their sophomore year. Also advisable is nomics lOla or b and 102a or b. For 203b, no for prospective majors to complete Economics 202 or prerequisites. 203 before the end of the sophomore year. 204d ore Estimating Linear Models A-2, S-1 REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS M. Weinstein Practical problems of estimating-and interpret­ Honors in economics are awarded primarily for out­ ing-linear models will be considered. Focus is on standing performance on the written senior compre­ exemplary and flawed examples from journals. Topics hensive examinations and, secondarily, for outstand­ include simultaneous equation bias; sample selection ing performance in all Department courses. bias; probability models; and non-parametric tech­ High honors are based on an oral examination, niques. Small student projects involve computer anal­ (administered after the written senior comprehensive ysis of cross-section, time-series, and panel data. Pre­ examinations have been completed) and the candi­ requisites: Economics 203 a or b or GP 110a or date's entire record in the Department. consent of the instructor. Not offered in 1988-89 lOla or b Introduction to Microeconomics S-3 Staff 206 International Economic Theory and Policy Techniques of analysis pertaining to the individual S-3 industry, the firm, and the consumer. Primary N. Farley emphasis is given to the determination of prices for This course covers international exchange in the non­ goods and factors of production; the distribution of production situation; comparative advantage; the income; the functioning of markets under competition Heckscher-Ohlin doctrine and the gains from trade; and monopoly; efficiency, equity and market failure; empirical studies of the basis of United States trade; comparative advantage and international trade. price agreements on primary commodities; market structure, multinational firms and foreign investment; 102a or b Introduction to Macroeconomics S-3 tariff theory and trade between industrialized and Staff developing countries. Prerequisites: Economics lOla Aggregate economic activity will be analyzed. Topics or b and 102a or b, or consent of instructor. include consumption, investment, and public spend­ ing; money and credit; theories of inflation and unem­ 207a Money and Banking S-3 ployment; the role of government in influencing total Helen Hunter expenditures and regulating financial institutions; the The development and present organization of the international role of the United States. Prerequisite: money and banking system of the United States, Economics lOla or b. including domestic and international problems of monetary theory and policy will be discussed. Prereq­ llla orb Financial Accounting S-3 uisites: Economics lOla or b and 102a or b. V. Dixon, J. Topiol Students are introduced to theory and practices of 208a Labor Economics S-3 financial accounting for business firms. Topics include Staff measuring and reporting results of business activities; preparation of financial statements for external users;

82 3

Analysis of the labor market. Topics include: demand Tariffs in a customs union will be examined. Topics for labor (discrimination); supply (labor force partici­ include the balance of payments and theories of its pation, occupational choice, educational investment, determination; fixed and flexible exchange rates; the on-the-job training); role of unions; and impact of dollar's behavior in exchange markets; the Eurodollar government policies. Emphasis is on women. Prereq­ market and European marketing system; public policy uisite: Economics lOla or b. for internal and external balance. Prerequisite: Eco­ nomics 206. 211a The Soviet System H-1, S-2 Also called Political Science 211a and Russian 211a 217 Health Economics S-3 Vladimir Kontorovich Staff The major Soviet economic, political, and social insti­ This course covers economic analysis of the health tutions will be analyzed. Current arrangements will be sector: the demand for medical care (role of uncer­ studied with emphasis on structure, performance, and tainty, insurance); supply of medical care (medical prospects. Evaluations of present performance will be education, medical inputs, capital investment, reviewed. Prerequisite: two semester courses of Eco­ research and development, models of physician and nomics, Political Science or History. hospital behavior); cost containment and other health-related government policies; and the role of 212a Comparative Economic Systems: China, health in developing economies. Prerequisites: Eco­ Japan, and India H-1, S-2 nomics lOla or b. Holland Hunter This course presents a comparative analysis of eco­ 22la United States Economic Development H-1, nomic decision-making. Topics include technological S-2 change, and income structure; appraisal of perform­ R. DuBoff ance in terms of efficiency, equity, and growth; the­ Long-term trends in output, resources and technology, ory; plus case studies of Chinese, Japanese, and and structural change, with emphasis on the rise of Indian experience. Prerequisites: Economics lOla or b "big business" after 1870 will be studied. Topics and 102a or b. include foreign trade and investment and the role of Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years government; imbalances and disequilibria in an expanding capitalist economy. Prerequisites: Econom­ 213b Industrial Organization and Public Policy ics lOla or b and 102a or b. S-3 Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years J. Howell This course covers theoretical and empirical analysis 222a History of Economic Thought H-1, S-2 of market structure, firm behavior, corporate perform­ R. DuBoff ance and government policy in static and dynamic The Mercantilists, the Physiocrats, Smith, Malthus, settings. Topics include industrial concentration; col­ Ricardo, Marx, Mill, Marshall and Keynes will be lusive pricing; advertising; research and development; examined. Emphasis is on the growth of economic conglomerates; antitrust enforcement; public utility theory; economic growth and the stationary state, regulation; case studies of the automobile, steel, com­ value and distribution, and the role of the state. Pre­ puter, telephone and oil industries. Prerequisite: Eco­ requisites: Economics lOla orb and 102a orb, or nomics lOla or b, or 102a or b. consent of instructor. Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years 214a Public Finance S-3 H. Newburger 223b History of Inequality and Work in the Analysis of the government role in resource allocation, United States H-1, S-2 emphasizing effects of tax and expenditure programs M. Weinstein on the distribution of income and economic efficiency This course analyzes trends in inequality, poverty, will be covered. Topics include source of inefficiency discrimination, social mobility, working conditions in markets and possible government responses; federal and social policy. Topics include alternative theories budget composition; tax incidence; U.S. tax structure of income distribution; theories of justice; and institu­ and reform; multigovernment public finance. Prereq­ tional change. Prerequisite: Economics lOla or b, or uisites: Economics lOla or b, and 102a or b. Economics 102a or b. Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years 215a Urban Economics S-3 V. Dixon 224b Economic History and Growth, 1750-1970 Micro- and macroeconomic theory will be applied to H-2, S-1 urban economic behavior. Topics include housing and R. DuBoff land use; transportation; urban labor markets; urban­ This course traces the development of the interna­ ization; and demand for and financing of urban ser­ tional market economy from the Industrial Revolution vices. Prerequisite: Economics lOla or b, Economics to World War II and its aftermath; causes of eco­ 102a or b, or consent of instructor. nomic growth and underdevelopment; the spread of industrialization and technological modernization; 216 International Finance and Economic Policy large-scale business enterprise; foreign trade and S-3 political power. Prerequisites: Economics lOla orb N. Farley and 102a or b, or consent of instructor.

83 Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years 300a or b Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis A-1, S-2 225 Developing Economies S-3 Staff Also called Russian 225 This course presents a systematic investigation of the Holland Hunter, Sunwoong Kim analytical framework underlying the behavior of con­ This course presents an analysis of the structural sumers and firms. Topics include determination of transformation of developing economies; causes and price; partial and general equilibria; and efficiency and roles of saving, investment, skills; technological equity. Applications to current economic problems are change and trade in the development process; strate­ emphasized. Prerequisites: Economics lOla or b, 102a gies and methods of economic planning. Prerequisites: or b, and one semester of college calculus. Economics lOla orb and Economics 102a or b. Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years 30lb Interindustry Analysis A-1, S-2 Holland Hunter 226a Cliometric History of the United States H-1, Students will be introduced to input-output and linear S-2 programming. Topics include analysis of defense M. Weinstein spending impacts; energy alternatives; economic Major economic impacts resulting from selected expansion paths; feasibility of development plans. changes in United States institutions will be Prerequisites: Economics lOla orb and 102a or b. examined. Examples include slavery; the New Deal; income distribution; factories; federal regulation. 302a or b Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis Cliometrics stresses the specification and quantitative A-1, S-2 testing of explicit economic relationships. Prerequi­ Helen Hunter sites: Economics lOla orb or 102a orb or consent of This course covers theoretical foundations of income instructor. determination; monetary phenomena; fluctuations in Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years price levels and employment. Topics include an intro­ duction to dynamic process and economic growth. 227a Current Issues in Economic Policy S-3 Prerequisites: Economics lOla or b and 102a or b, Also General Programs 227a and one semester of college calculus. M. Weinstein This course was designed primarily for non-economics 303b Quantitative Analysis of Economic Change majors who want to understand current debates about A-1, S-2 economic policy. Topics will change each year and will Helen Hunter include national, state, and local (including Philadel­ Survey of dynamic macroeconomic models, including phia) policy issues. Efficiency and income redistribu­ their statistical estimation. Topics include theory and tive issues will be emphasized. For 1988, Presidential practice of forecasting and simulation with campaign platforms, welfare reform, full employment, econometric models; and time series analysis. The Social Security, Third World Debt, farm subsidies, necessary matrix algebra and computer techniques are federal deficits, and nationalized medical insurance developed in the course. Prerequisite: Economics 203a will be discussed. Prerequisite: Economics lOla or b; or b and one semester of college calculus. 102a or b. 304b Introduction to Econometrics A-1, S-2 228b Economics of United States' Third World Helen Hunter, Peoples S-2, V-1 The econometric theory presented in Economics 203 V. Dixon is further developed and its most important empirical Theories, research methodologies and policies for spe­ applications are considered. Each student will com­ cial economic problems of Third World peoples in the plete a six-week empirical research project using mul­ United States, with reference to Third World peoples tiple regression and other statistical techniques. Pre­ abroad will be covered. Topics include interdiscipli­ requisites: Economics 203a or b and one semester of nary models involving alternative world view perspec­ calculus and permission of instructor. tives and characteristics; comparisons and evaluations of Third World and mainstream American 305a Economic Theory I S-3, A-1 approaches; potential for syntheses. Prerequisite: Eco­ This course is worth 1 credit nomics lOla orb, or consent of instructor. J. Howell Part I covers methods of modelling economic behavior 230-249 Topics in Economics S-3 (emphasizing optimization and comparative static Staff analysis of systems of simultaneous equations). Part Courses in the 230-249 series analyze contemporary II covers intermediate microeconomic analysis: behav­ problems. These courses are offered, as demand and ior of consumers and firms. Emphasis will be placed staffing permit, in the following areas: Marx and Rad­ on determination of price; partial and general equilib­ ical Political Economy (231), Latin American Eco­ ria; efficiency and equity. Prerequisite: Economics nomic Development (232), Environmental Economics lOla or b; Economics 102a or b; one semester of col­ (234), Economic Development of Pacific Asia(238), lege calculus. Corporate Finance and Capital Markets (242), and Not offered in 1988-89 others. Note: Students should ask instructor about prerequisites.

84 English 3

306 Advanced International Economic Policy S-3 he department of English N. Farley Advanced models of economic integration. Topics offers courses in the literary include trade and economic change in developed and traditions of England and developing economies; foreign capital movement; the United States and aims exchange rate determination. Prerequisite: Economics T 206 and Economics 216. to develop in its students the ability to respond to literary texts thought­ 308b Economic Theory II S-2, A-1 Staff fully and critically, and to articulate Inflation, unemployment, stabilization policy, and those responses in clear and fluent growth will be analyzed. Derivations rely on the microeconomic theory, optimization, and comparative English, both spoken and written. To static techniques. Prerequisite: Economic 305a or con­ this end close reading, directed dis­ sent of instructor cussion and careful writing all con­ Not offered in 1988-89 tribute. This discipline not only 320h Junior Seminar on Economic Policy S-1 I/2 prepares interested students for post­ This is a half-credit course M. Weinstein graduate work in English but also for Economic principles will be applied to current debates the study of law, medicine, the minis­ about national, state, and local economic policy. Pre­ try, business and finance, and for ser­ requisite: Economics 305a, Economics 308b (concur­ rent); Economics 203a orb (concurrent). vice in government or social work. All English majors should have a 330-349 Advanced Topics S-3 Staff reading knowledge of at least one for­ Courses in the 330-349 series apply intermediate eco­ eign language. The department will nomic theory to the analysis of contemporary problems. These courses are offered as demand and give major credit to a semester course staffing permit. Prerequisite: Economics 305 (and, in a foreign literature in the original perhaps, 308 and 203) language. Students who plan to go to 370b Advanced Theory Seminar A-1, S-2 graduate school should know that M. Weinstein most graduate schools require a read­ This course covers the application of mathematics to economics including advanced topics in optimization ing knowledge of both French and and static and dynamic analysis of systems of simul­ German, and some require a knowl­ taneous equations. Second half of semester is devoted edge of Latin also for the Ph.D. to one specific topic to be announced. Prerequisites: Economics 202a or b degree in English. Courses in English taken at Bryn 380g Senior Project S-1/2 This is a half-credit course Mawr College may be counted toward Each student will choose an economic proposition the Haverford English Major. For from a list prepared by the faculty, assemble, and analyze relevant evidence, and prepare a written anal­ students who demonstrate interest ysis. The project will require synthesizing the various and ability in creative writing, the components of the major program into a focused, department will grant major credit to applied analysis. Prerequisite: Economics 308b one semester course in creative writ­ 396b Research Seminar S-3 ing. Further, students who submit a Also called Russian 398b Staff portfolio of work at the end of the An independent research project will be conducted on sophomore year may be admitted to a topic selected by the student in consultation with a the creative writing 'concentration,' department advisor. Prerequisite: Senior statu.s or consent of instructor. which consists of four courses in cre­ 480 Independent Study ative writing (one of which may be the Senior Essay written for English 399b).

85 Professor Kimberly Benston Chairperson poets, from their criticism as well as their poetry. Professor Robert H. Butman Enrollment is limited. Associate Professor Julia Epstein, on leave 1988-89 Associate Professor Elaine Hansen, on leave in resi­ 201a, b Chaucer H-1, L-2 dence, First Semester E. Hansen, R. Burlin (at Bryn Mawr College) Associate Professor Joanne Hutchinson The first semester is devoted to a close reading of the Associate Professor James C. Ransom Canterbury Tales; second semester studies the early Assistant Professor C. Stephen Finley lyrics and dream poetry and Troilus and Criseyde. Assistant Professor James Keil Each semester may be taken separately; instructors Assistant Professor Woon-Ping Chin Holaday alternate. Assistant Professor Debora Sherman 215b Introduction to Linguistics A-2, L-1 Assistant Professor Carol Stillman E. Hansen Assistant Professor Christina Zwarg This course is an introduction to topics in contempo­ Assistant Professor Norman Bock rary linguistics, including phonetics, phonology, mor­ Lecturer Martha Wintner phology, syntax, pragmatics, and sociolinguistics; attention to the practical application of linguistic MAJOR REQUIREMENTS analysis to literary criticism. English 299; English 399b; and seven additional 218a The Western Dramatic Tradition H-1, L-2 courses in British and American language and litera­ Also called General Programs 218a ture. The program must include at least two courses K. Benston in literature written before 1800 and at least two in This course is an introduction to the tradition of literature written after 1800, at least two courses in Western drama through close study of major repre­ British literature and at least two in American, and at sentative plays. least one course in English at the 300 level. Final Not offered in 1988-89 evaluation of the major program will center on writ­ ten work and oral examinations conducted in the con­ 220a The English Epic H-1, L-2 text of the work for English 399b. No more than four J.Hutchinson major credits will be awarded for work done beyond This course is an introduction to several of the long the tri-college community, whether abroad or in the narrative poems that represent one tradition in u.s. English literature. Readings in Spenser, Milton, Pope and Wordsworth will be covered. REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS 223b Spenser H-1, L-2 Honors in English are awarded on the basis of per­ Staff formance in course work within the department, the Senior Essay and the oral examination conducted at 225a, b Shakespeare H-1, L-2 the end of the senior year. High Honors are reserved K. Benston for distinguished achievement in all three of these This course is an introductory survey of the major areas. plays, with special reference to the evolution of dra­ matic form, poetic style, characterization, and ideol­ 101 Freshman English ogy. Particular attention will be paid to key scenes in Staff each drama in an effort to assess both Shakespeare's A required course for all freshmen in the College version of inherited materials and the internal refor­ designed to teach critical reading and correct, effec­ mation of his own craft. tive writing. This course involves core readings of Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years various kinds; frequent writing assignments; two class meetings a week; occasional lectures; regular tutorials 242a, b Eighteenth Century English Literature and individual conferences. It does not fulfill require­ H-1, L-2 ments for the major in English. J. Epstein, P. Briggs (at Bryn Mawr College) This course surveys the poetry, drama, fiction and 190a Introduction to Creative Writing L-1, E-2 nonfiction prose of the Restoration and eighteenth Staff century. The first semester covers 1660 to 1744, the This course provides practice in writing poetry, short second 1744 to 1798. Each semester may be taken fiction and short plays (including movie scenarios). separately; offered at Bryn Mawr College in the fall This course serves as a preface to more advanced and Haverford in the spring. writing at Haverford and Bryn Mawr College. Not offered in 1988-89 Enrollment limited; not to be repeated for credit Not offered in 1988-89 252a The Romantic Movement H-1, L-2 S. Finley 191b Poetry Writing L-3 This course emphasizes the historical context of W-P. Holaday revolution and reaction, with a concentration on the The class is conducted as a poetry workshop with dis­ first generation of Romantic writers-Blake, Scott, cussion centering on student writing. Readings are Wordsworth, Coleridge, Hazlitt, Lamb, and De Quin­ drawn from contemporary American and British cey are also studied. Not offered in 1988-89

86 3

253a Romanticism and the Novel H-1, L-2 268a American Fiction and Its Criticism, 1950 to S. Finley the Present V-1, L-2 This course studies the defining structure of romantic This course covers writers such as Vonnegut, Mailer, experience in Wordsworth and Keats, and its applica­ Burroughs, Adams, Malamud, Morrison, Tyler, tion to significant fictions: Austen, Scott, Lamb, Car­ Doctorow, Kerouac, Updike; theories of narrativity. lyle, E. Bronte and Dickens. Not offered in 1988-89 254a Victorian Literature H-1, L-2 269b American Poetry, 1950 to Present L-3 S. Finley J. Ransom This course focuses on Victorian labor and the two This course covers selected Poetry, reflecting the nations of rich and poor. Readings will be in the diverse achievement of American poetry in recent novel of societal conflict and in the Victorian litera­ decades, with attention to new subject matter, formal ture of social justice. innovation, and developments in critical theory and practice. 257a The Female Gothic H-1, L-2 Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years. J. Epstein The roles women play in traditional Gothic and popu­ 274a The Irish Literary Renaissance H-1, L-2 lar romance plots will be examined. Permutations and D. Sherman subversions of the Gothic plot studied in various The course examines Irish literature from Swift works by 18th, 19th and 20th century women writers. through Yeats, Joyce and O'Casey to Flann O'Brien Not offered in 1988-89 and Seamus Heaney as a model of intellectual history which considers the absolute text in the context of 258b The Novel H-1, L-2 culture and society. J. Hutchinson This course explores the range and power of the novel 278a Contemporary Women Writers V-1, L-2 as a literary genre, as manifested in the 19th and 20th E. Hansen centuries, primarily but not exclusively in the British Readings in novels, short fiction, poetry, and some tradition. non-fictional prose by contemporary women writers in English will be covered. 259a Modern Love H-1, L-2 S. Finley 283a The Literature of Suspicion H-1, L-2 This course covers late Victorian and Edwardian liter­ J. Epstein ature-the decades between 1860 and the Great War. This course looks at the problems, methods, and theo­ Studies in the transformation of keystone Victorian ries of literary interpretation through close readings values, of romantic love/marriage/family, by the of meta-interpretive literary texts by writers such as forces of modernism. Sophocles, Shakespeare, Godwin, Dickins, Poe, Freud, Not offered in 1988-89 and Borges. Not offered in 1988-89 260a In the American Grain: Traditions in Amer­ ican Literature H-1, L-2 287b Literature and Medicine H-1, L-2 C. Zwarg Also called General Programs 287b This course surveys American literature from the J. Epstein Purital period to the middle of the 19th century. This course examines the relationships between "bod­ ily" sciences and "bodily" arts through the study of 261a Afro-American Literature H-1, L-2 sociosexual and political representations and interpre­ Staff tations of the human body. This course is an introduction to the study of litera­ Not offered in 1988-89 ture written by black American writers and the criti­ cism of the literature in its different stages of 288a The Woman Within V-1, L-2 development. S. McEntire This course will explore, through a study of autobiog­ 262a American Fiction H-1, L-2 raphies of selected women writers, how women write Staff specifically and consciously about themselves and, in Major achievements in American fiction, 1830 to so doing, show how they percieve themselves as 1950, will be studied. writers. 264a American Literature from 1915 to 1950 299a, b Junior Seminar L-3 H-1, L-2 K. Benston and E. Hansen J. Ransom This course introduces the theory and practice of lit­ Selected writers in poetry, fiction, and drama will be erary criticism, leading to the development of the stu­ studied. dent's own critical perspective. Linguistic, hermeneu­ tic, sociological and psychological backgrounds of 267a Novels and Films H-1, L-2 Staff modern criticism are examined. Texts will be selected from British and American literature, with related A comparison will be made of classic American novels readings in various critical traditions. and films, for form, structure, narrativity, meaning.

87 TOPICS IN BRITISH LITERATURE: 364a Topics in American Literature: Twain and Melville H-1, L-2 C. Zwarg 301a Topics in Medieval English Literature H-1, This course covers parallel study of careers and con­ L-2 cerns. Questions of audience, recognition, race, satire, Staff gender, dialect, and authorial "rage" will be discussed. 325b Shakespeare and Marlowe L-3 Prerequisite: two courses in English or permission of K. Benston instructor. 347a The Eighteenth-Century Novel H-1, L-2 364b The American Sublime: Emerson, Whitman, J. Epstein Stevens H-1, L-2 This course examines the early history and develop­ J. Ransom ment of the novel in England. Readings include works Prerequisite: Two courses in English or consent of the by Behn, Defoe, Fielding, Richardson, Sterne, Smol­ instructor. lett, Burney, and Austen. Not offered in 1988-89 Not offered in 1988-89 367a Modern American Poetry and the Discourse 354a The Autobiographical Impulse: Wordsworth of Difference H-1, L-2 to Proust H-1, L-2 J. Ransom S. Finley Prerequisite: Two courses in English or consent of the This class studies the autobiographical program of instructor. Victorian literature as a whole, as a pressure or pres­ 368a Hemingway and Mailer H-1, L-2 ence in poetry, novels, and non-fictional prose. Read­ Not offered in 1988-89 ings in Carlyle, Newman, and Ruskin, in addition to Prerequisite: Two courses in English or consent of the Dickens and C. Bronte. instructor. 356a Typological Poetics in the Nineteenth Cen­ 378a Critical Perspectives on the Early Twenti­ tury H-1, L-2 eth-Century British Novel V-1, L-2 S. Finley D. Sherman This is a course in the figuralist literature on major Romantic and Victorian writers. 381b Women Writing/ Women Working H-1, L-2 Also called History 281b and General Programs 281b TOPICS IN AMERICAN LITERATURE: E. Hansen This course is an interdisciplinary investigation into dis­ 361a Afro-American Literature H-1, L-2 the experience and meaning of women's labor and K. Benston course in the 20th century. Prerequisite: Two courses in English or consent of the Not offered in 1988-89 instructor. 399b Senior Conference L-3 Not offered in 1988-89 K. Benston 362b Afro-American Women Writers and the 480a, b Independent Study Uses of History V-1, L-2 Staff Staff This course consists of individual consultation; inde­ This course is designed to serve to provide an occa­ pendent reading and research. sion for the systematic reading of selected fictional narratives written by Afro-American women in the context of the United States and to consider these narratives in perspective with the texts of History. Prerequisite: Two courses in English.

88 Fine Arts 3

he Fine Arts Major at any two semesters, not necessarily consecutive, or any three for one-and-one-half credits. For example: you Haverford is complemented may take two sections in one semester in one year with graphics courses, and one or two sections in another year. offered at Bryn Mawr. Fine The course is structured so that the student exper­ T iences the differences as well as the similarities Arts courses on either campus are between the various expressions in art, thus affording offered to students of either College. a "perspective" insight into the visual process as a basis for artistic expression. For those intending to The aims of the courses in the major, Art 101 consists of taking four of the five dis­ Fine Arts are dual: ciplines from each of the staff. (1) For students not majoring in Fine 222 Basic Drawing: Works on Paper Arts: to develop a visual perception of A. Blitz form This course is a basic introduction to the materials and to present knowledge and and techniques of drawing and works on paper, understanding of it. including graphite, pen and ink, brush and ink, char­ (2) For students coal, pastel and watercolor. This course focuses on intending to major learning to "see" creatively, drawing from various sub­ in Fine Arts: beyond the foregoing, to jects. Offered at Bryn Mawr College promote thinking in visual terms and 223 Watercolor/Works on Paper to foster the skills needed to give A. Blitz expression to these in a form of art. Students will be introduced to the techniques and application of transparent and opaque water color as well as mixed-media works on paper. Prerequisites: a Professor R. Christopher Cairns, on leave, First college drawing course or the permission of the Semester instructor based on a portfolio showing drawing com­ Professor Charles Stegeman, Chairperson petence. Offered at Bryn Mawr College. Associate Professor William E. Williams, on leave in residence, First Semester 224 Intaglio Printmaking (Etching) Assistant Professor Debborah Richert A. Blitz This course covers various techniques and approaches to intaglio printmaking, including etching, (soft and At Bryn Mawr College hard ground), aquatint, multiplate color printing, Lecturer Ava Blitz engraving, and monotypes. Prerequisiste: a college drawing course, or strong evidence of drawing ability MAJOR REQUIREMENTS (by portfolio) or the permission of the instructor. Arts Program 105, 110 are recommended but not required. Fine Arts majors are required to concentrate in either Painting, Sculpture, Photography or Graphics: Fine 225 or 226 Graphic Arts: Materials and Tech­ Arts 101, two different 200-level courses outside the niques L-1, E-2 area of concentration; two 200-level and one 300-level A. Blitz courses within that area; 499; three Art History This course covers intaglio and relief printing; etch­ courses to be taken at Bryn Mawr College. ing, aquatint and soft-ground; drypoint; woodcutting and combined use of various methods. Prerequisite: REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS Fine Arts 101 or proof of adequate previous training in drawing. Honors are awarded to majors who show exception­ Offered at Bryn Mawr College ally high attainment in their course work and whose final exhibition is of superior quality. 231a orb Drawing (2-D): All Media L-1, E-2 C. Stegeman 101 Fine Arts Foundation Program L-1, E-2 This course covers various drawing media such as Staff charcoal, conte, pencil, ink and mixed media; the rela­ This course covers drawing, painting, photography, tionship between media, techniques and expression. sculpture, graphics. It aims at introducing the student The student is exposed to problems involving space, to at least three different disciplines from the five design and composition as well as "thinking" in two presently offered by the department: drawing, paint­ dimensions. Part of the work is from life model. May ing, photography, sculpture and graphics. Each sub­ be repeated for credit. Prerequisites: Fine Arts 101 or ject is an introductory course, dealing with the formal consent of instructor. elements characteristic of the particular discipline as well as the appropriate techniques. Part of the work is 233a or b Painting: Materials and Techniques from life model in drawing, painting and sculpture. L-1, E-2 These subjects are offered as half-semester courses; C. Stegeman students may choose four for two course credits in

89 This course thoroughly investigates the problems of In the following Experimental Studio courses, the (1) form, color, texture, and their interrelationships; advanced student is encouraged to try new ideas and (2) influence of the various painting techniques upon develop a personal expression based on a sound the expression of a work; (3) the characteristics and knowledge of drawing, painting, sculpture, photo­ limitations of the different media; (4) control over the graphic or lithographic techniques. structure and composition of a work of art; and (5) the relationships of form and composition, and color 326 Experimental Studio: Lithography and composition. Media are primarily oils, but A. Blitz acrylics, watercolors and egg tempera are explored. This course is an introduction to the concepts and Part of the work is from life model. May be repeated techniques of black and white and color lithography, for credit. Prerequisites: Fine Arts 101 or consent of the printmaking medium most closely related to draw­ instructor. ing. Students are encouraged to establish and develop a course; or Arts Program 105, 110; Arts Program 241a orb Drawing (3-D): All Media L-1, E-2 225, 226; or the permission of the instructor. Drawing D. Richert, C. Cairns ability required. This course treats in essence the same problems as Offered at Bryn Mawr College. Fine Arts 231a or b. However, some of the drawing media are clay modeling in half-hour sketches; the 331a orb Experimental Studio (Drawing) L-1, E-2 space and design concepts solve three-dimensional C. Stegeman problems. Part of the work is done from life model. Prerequisites: Fine Arts 231a orb, or consent of the May be repeated for credit. Prerequisites: Fine Arts instructor 101 or consent of the instructor. 333a orb Experimental Studio (Painting) L-1, E-2 243a or b Sculpture: Materials and Techniques C. Stegeman L-1, E-2 Prerequisites: Fine Arts 223a or b or consent of D. Richert, C. Cairns instructor. This course studies the behavior of objects in space, 335 or 336 Experimental Studio (Color Lithogra­ the concepts and techniques leading up to the form in phy) L-1, E-2 of the space, and the characteristics and limitations A. Blitz various sculpture media and their influence on the Prerequisite: Fine Arts 231a or b or 241a or b, or final work; predominant but not exclusive use of clay Bryn Mawr Fine Art 225. procedures. modeling techniques: fundamental casting Offered at Bryn Mawr College Part of the work is done from life model. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisites: Fine Arts 101 or 331a orb Experimental Studio (Drawing) L-1, E-2 consent of the instructor. D. Richert, C. Cairns 251a Photography: Materials and Techniques L-1, 343a orb Experimental Studio (Sculpture) L-1, E-2 E-2 W. Williams D. Richert, C. Cairns This course studies the use of photography to record Prerequisites: Fine Arts 243a or b or consent of and express information and emotion; basic camera instructor. techniques and black/white processing with emphasis Enrollment limited on the creation of prints. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisites: Fine Arts 101 or consent of the 345, 346 Experimental Studio (Advanced Draw­ instructor. ing) L-1, E-2 Enrollment limited A. Blitz This course studies drawing as an independent art 260b Photography: Materials and Techniques form. Line as a dominant composition factor over L-1, E-2 color. All drawing media and watercolor, tempera and W. Williams acrylic paints. Prerequisite: Haverford Fine Arts 231 This course studies the use of color in photography to or 241 or Bryn Mawr Fine Art 225. record and express information and emotion; basic Offered at Bryn Mawr College camera techniques, color processing with emphasis on mastering color negative and print materials. Prereq­ 351a orb Experimental Studio (Photography) uisite: Fine Arts 101 or consent of the instructor. L-1, E-2 W. Williams 261b Drawing and Design L-1, E-2 It is expected that students will have a sound knowl­ D. Richert edge of the craft and aesthetics of photography to do Through analysis of masterworks and completion of an extended sequence of their work in either book or studio problems, the students will explore general con­ exhibition format. At the end of each semester the siderations in design- the use of line, shape, texture, student may exhibit his or her project. May be value, and color in two-dimensional works. Most repeated for credit. Prerequisites: Fine Arts 101, 251 design problems will be explored in the context of and consent of instructor. drawing. Prerequisites: Fine Arts 101 or consent of instructor.

90 French 3

399 Senior Conference he program Staff in French is Offered at Bryn Mawr College designed to give the student some facility in handling the 403 Supervised Work: Advanced Graphics/Works on Paper. French language by elucida­ A. Blitz T tion and review of fundamentals, by a Prerequisites: a basic competence in technical skills in progressive course the area(s) of tbe student's choice; presentation of a of reading, and by portfolio of previous work and the permission of the constant practice in hearing, speaking instructor. and writing French. Close scrutiny of Offered at Bryn Mawr College style and structure, of moral and 480a orb Independent Study L-1, E-2 artistic intentions, orients the study Staff This course gives the advanced student the opportu­ of the masterpieces of French litera­ nity to experiment with concepts and ideas and to ture, which the student is then ready explore in depth his/her talent. Prerequisite: consent to approach, toward of instructor. a heightened perception of artistic achievement, an 499 Senior Departmental Studies L-1, E-2 enlarged understanding Staff of both heart In this course the student reviews the depth and and mind. Reading in the original of extent of experience gained, and in so doing creates a the works of major figures such as coherent body of work expressive of the student's Pascal, Moliere, insights and skills. At the end of the senior year the Balzac, Flaubert and student is expected to produce a show of his/her Proust, moreover, will perfect the stu­ work. dent's acquaintance with some of the best in Western culture. The hi-college Department of French combines the faculty of Haverford and Bryn Mawr Colleges. A major in French includes work in both literature and language, as well as work in French history and civili­ zation for those who wish to offer an interdisciplinary concentration (see track II, at Bryn Mawr.) Admission of new students to all French courses except 001 is contin­ gent upon placement examinations prior to the opening of such courses. Students who might profitably spend their junior year in France are encouraged by the department to apply for admission to the institu­ tions sponsoring foreign study groups.

Assistant Professor Frances Stokes Hoekstra Visiting Instructor Duane Kight Visiting Instructor Francis Bright Visiting Instructor Vinni Datta

At Bryn Mawr College: Professor Michel Guggenheim Professor Catherine Lefarge

91 Professor Mario Maurin 200b Literary Appreciation and Analysis L-3 Associate Professor Grace M. Armstrong, Staff Chairperson An introduction to the study of French prose and Lecturer Janet Donar poetry through analysis of style and structure; the Instructor Roseline Cousin variety and strength of the French language as they are displayed by its best writers. MAJOR REQUIREMENTS Not offered in 1988-89 One course in advanced language training (French 202a Nineteenth Century Lyric Poetry H-1, L-2 212, 260 or 261), four 200-levelliterature courses two Staff 300-level literature courses, and French 398-399 ' The lyrical rebirth of the 19th century: Vigny, Hugo, (Senior Conference in literature.) Baudelaire, Rimbaud, Mallarme. Prerequisite: French 101 or the equivalent. REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS Offered on demand Honors in French will be awarded on the basis of con­ 202b The Twentieth Century V-1, L-2 sistently distinguished work in the literature Staff courses-including at least one Independent Study Four generations, those of Gide, Malraux, Sartre and course-and a grade of 4.0 on the comprehensive Beckett, are examined in representative novels, plays, examination. High Honors will be determined by a essays and poems. Prerequisite: French 101 or the further oral examination. equivalent. Offered in 1988-89 001 Introduction to French Language and Thought 203a The Classical Age V-1, L-2 V. Datta F. Bright Pronunciation and intonation; grammar, with oral Reading in the French 17th century, from Pascal's and written exercises; reading in the second semester Pensees to La Bruyere's Caracteres, with special of easy literary and cultural texts. Only for students attention to the flowering of the classical drama. Pre­ with no previous experience in French. This is a two requisite: French 101 or the equivalent. semester course. Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years 003 Intermediate French L-1, E-2 207b The Novel from Laclos to Proust V-1, L-2 F. Hoestra, V. Datta Staff An oral cultural approach to language as communica­ The rise of the modern novel in France from the late tion. Emphasis on the spoken language. Classwork 18th to the early 20th century, with particular atten­ supplemented by work in the language laboratory and tion to Balzac, Stendhal, Flaubert, Zola and Proust. oral sessions with a teaching assistant. This is a two Prerequisite: French 101 or the equivalent. semester course. Prerequisite: French 001, language Offered in 1988-89 placement exam, or consent of the instructor. 31la Advanced Topics in French Literature V-1, 101 Introduction to Literary Analysis V-1, L-2 L-2 F. Bright, D. Knight Staff Training in literary analysis through the discussion of Topic: Naturalism, Realism, and Symbolism plays and short stories from the 20th century. Short (1862-1892) selected novels, and poetry from the papers and grammatical exercises based on analytical works of Flaubert, Zola, Verlaine, Rimbaud, Mallarme, structures required throughout the semester. This is a Huysmans, Maeterlinck, Becque. two semester course. Prerequisite: French 003, Jan­ 480a, b Independent Study guage placement exam, or consent of the instructor. Staff 103b Introduction to French Culture L-2 E-1 This course offers the student of French literature an V. Datta ' opportunity to probe more deeply and more indepen­ An introduction to contemporary French culture dently into a problem or into an area of particular through the study of language and texts drawn from interest. The nature of the course, therefore, varies to many facets of French life. Reading, discussions, suit the needs of the individual student. reports, short compositions. Ciasswork supplemented 398-99 Senior Departmental Studies by work in the language laboratory. Prerequisite: Armstrong French 003, language placement exam, or consent of Masterworks from the Middle Ages to the present. A instructor. representative sample of major writers is assigned in 200a Diction and Composition in French L-3 this course. The object is to cap the student's Staff acquaintance with French literature by a reconsidera­ Intensive work in a small class; perfection of linguistic tion of some of its main achievements. In addition to skills, through the study of different literary or cul­ research papers, students are required, at the end of tural topics. Prerequisite: French 101 or consent of the second semester, to give an oral explication of a written instructor. French literary text, and to pass a three-hour

92 3

examination. Prerequisite: Senior standing or permis­ 296 Litterature, Histoire, et Societe de la Renais­ sion of the Department. sance a la Revolution

COURSES OFFERED AT BRYN MAWR COLLEGE 297 L'Histoire al'epoque romantique: historiens, romanciers, auteurs dramatiques

005 Intensive Intermediate French 302 La Pleiade 105 Directions de la Frence Contemporaine 306 Le Roman au XVIIIe siecle 201 Le chevalier, la dame et le pretre: littefature 307 Marivaux et Giraudoux et publics du Moyen Age 308 Baudelaire 202 The Renaissance 309 Verlaine, Rimbaud 203 Baroque et classicisme 311 Le Theatre du vingtieme siecle 204 The Enlightenment L-2, V-1 314 Gide et Sartre 205 Du Romantisme au Naturalisme: Studies in French Prose L-2, V-1 315 Femmes Ecrivains: George Sand, Colette, Simon de Beauvoir L-2, V-1 206 Les maltres de l'epoque moderne: Mission­ aires et cannibales 328, 329 Topics in Revolutionary Europe, 1789-1848 H-2, S-1 212 Advanced Training in French Language L-1, E-2 330, 331 France since 1870 H-2, S-1

215 Solitaires et etrangers du Grand Siecle aux 350 Voix medievales et echos modernes V-1, L-2 L-2, V-1 Temps Modernes 352 La Vision de la femme dans la litterature 216 Lerire franraise 220 Surrealisme et dadaisme 353 Autobiographies de Chateaubriand a Sartre 246 Women in the Middle Ages 354 Ecrivains engages de Montaigne a Sartre 260 Stylistique et traduction L-3 355 Techniques narratives V-1, L-2 291 La Civilisation franraise 397 Interdisciplinary Senior Conference 295 Paris in the Seventeenth and Eighteenth 398, 399 Senior Conference in Literature Centuries

93 General Programs

hese courses are offered by This course takes a interdisciplinary approach to artistic expression as embodied in song, opera, and members of the various narrative music. Drawing upon texts, music, and criti­ Departments of the College cal writings of the last three centuries, this course with a distinct focus upon explores the means by which literary and musical T modes of interpretation have repeatedly informed and the student who is a non-major. They influenced one another. may be thoroughly introductory in 105a Oedipus Complex S-2, L-1 approach and undirected toward fur­ W. MacGaffey ther work in the major; or, in another For course description see Sociology I Anthropology mode entirely, they may attempt to 105a bring the insights and techniques of 105d Human Genetics N-2, S-1 C. Goff one discipline to bear on the For course description see Biology 105d problems important to another. They 106g An Historical Introduction to Molecular attempt to introduce students to Biology N-3 intellectual experiences which are dif­ J. Owen ferent from the ones they might oth­ For course description see Biology 106g erwise choose. They have no prereq­ 107h Evolutionism, Creationism and Reality N-3 uisites except where explicitly stated. Also called General Programs 107h A. Loewy This course will present modern biological evolution­ Professor Linda G. Gerstein, Chairperson ary theory and discuss its significance within the fol­ Professor V. Y. Mudimbe, on leave 1988-89 lowing contexts: ideas regarding cosmic evolution, Professor Tom Kessinger, President notions such as fact, theory and reality, other theories Emily Judson Bauch Gest and John Marshall Gest of origins such as creationism. Visiting Professor Azim Nanji Professor John Cary, on leave 1988-89 109b Quantum Physics and Strange Phenomena Visiting Instructor Beatrice Santorini N-3 Visiting Assistant Professor Randy Milden J. Gollub For course description see Physics 109b lOOa, b Introduction to Computer Problem-Solv­ Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years ing A-2, E-1 Civilization in the Fifth Century J. Tecosky 119a,b Athenian H-2, V-1 This course is an introduction to the use of the com­ puter for problem-solving in any discipline, covering D. Gillis Classics 119a,b basic programming in a structured language, Pascal, For course description see on interactive terminals. Major emphasis is on the 120b Rome from Caesar to Nero H-2, V-1 development of problem-solving skills, logical analysis, D. Gillis structural prerequisites and orderly execution. For course description see Classics 120b lOla Astronomical Ideas N-3 15la Case Studies in Chemistry N-3 B. Partridge C. MacKay For course description see Astronomy lOla For course description see Chemistry 15la 102a Introduction to Western Music H-1, L-2 201 Interpretation of Life in Western Literature R. Freedman V-1, L-2 For course description see Music lOla 104b R. Butman This course studies, in their entirety, selected great 103d Foundations of Probability and Statistics I imaginative presentations of attitudes toward life, N-lfz, A-1 drawn from all the major literatures of the West in C. Greene the best available translations. The course is con­ For course description see Mathematics 103d ducted exclusively by discussion. 103e Foundations of Probability and Statistics II Enrollment limited to 20 N-'12, A-1 207b Greek Tragedy and The Tragic Genre V-1, C. Greene L-2 For course description see Mathematics 103e D. Roberts 104b Words and Music L-2, H-1 For course description see Classics 207b R. Freedman

94 3

208a orb Mythology V-1, L-2 This course is an introduction to the study of gram­ J. A. Russo mar and linguistic structure as it relates to the nature For course description see Classics 208b of the mind. 210a The Epic Genre V-1, L-2 240a History and Principles of Quakerism H-2, D. Roberts V-1 For cours.e description see Classics 210a E. Bronner For course description see History 240a 212b The Ancient Novel L-2, V-1 D. Roberts 243a Chroniclers and Narrators of America: Dis­ For course description, see Classics 212b covery and Conquest H-1, L-2 A. Cussen 214a Islam H-2, V-2 For course description see Spanish 243a A. Nanji This course covers the development of Islam from the 249a Structuralism, Language, and Societies V-2, time of Muhammad to the present day. Special atten­ S-1 tion is paid to the interaction between the various V. Mudimbe aspects of Islamic cultures: credal Islam, Arabic phi­ This course introduces theories on language and soci­ losophy, scholastic theology (Kalam), Shi'ism, Sufism ety, the course explores structuralist positions from and the world view of the poets; modern Islamic soci­ Saussure, Benveniste, Dumezil, and Ricoeur ety viewed through contemporary Islamic novels and essays. 251a Literary Expression of Islam in Africa L-2, V-1 217a Women in Ancient Greece H-2, V-2 For cross-reference Religion 251a. J. Russo A. Nanji For course description see Classics 217a An exploration of Islam in Africa as reflected in novels, the oral tradition and other forms of cultural 218a The Western Dramatic Tradition H-1, L-2 expression. K. Benston For course description see English 218a 266b American Studies to the Civil War L-2, S-1 S. Shumer 220b Spanish-American Contemporary Literature See Political Science 266b for course description V-1, L-2 R. Garcia-Castro 270b Asian-American Literature H-1, L-2 For course description see Spanish 220b W. Holiday An introduction to Asian-American literature, ranging 227a Current Issues in Economic Policy S-3 from early classical poems of prisoners on Angel M. Weinstein Island to free form experimental works by contempo­ For course description see Economics 227 a rary authors. Not offered 1988-89; offered 1989-90. 233b Politics and Society in Contemporary India 272b The Psychology of Women S-3 S-3 R. Milden T. Kessinger This course is an introduction to the major writings This course deals with selected topics in modern on female personality and development through the Indian affairs, political institutions, parties and lead­ life cycle. This course is intended for students without ership, economic development issues, role in regional previous background in psychology. and global affairs, relations between city and countryside. 287b Literature and Medicine H-1, L-2 J. Epstein 236b Contemporary Japanese Society: Sociologi­ cal Perspective H-1, S-2 306a Nietzsche: Die Geburt Der Tragodie M. Hamabata M. Baum An Exploration of the interplay between person, insti­ Nietzsche's philosophy of fine art and his criticism of tution and culture in contemporary Japan. Topics western rationally will be analyzed in the context of include the family, formal and informal organizations, German culture and politics and in their relation to sexual politics social stratification and the philosophies of Plato and Schopenhauer. industrialization. 320b Numerical Analysis N-1, A-2 238b Psychology of Language S-3 L. Roelofs, W. Davidon M. Boltz Introduction to computer-based analysis with applica­ For course description Psychology 238b tions in various fields. Topics include linear and non­ linear systems, eigen-value problems, interpolation, 239a Syntax and Morphology A-2, L-1 numerical integration and differentiation, solution of B. Santorini differential and integral equations. Next offered in 1988-89.

95 Geology at Bryn Mawr College

330a Ideas, Ideologies, and Social Change H-1, he Department seeks to S-2 M. Hamabata make students more aware Ideas and their formal development, their interaction of the physical world and its with social institutions and social forces. Emphasis on development through time. the theories of Aethusser, Auerbach, Bellah, Foucault, T Geertz, Kuhn, Marx, Said, and Weber. Prerequisite: The subject includes a study of the one course in sociology, anthropology, history or polit­ materials of which the world is made, ical science. of the physical processes which have 356b Literature and Society in Modern Russia formed the earth, especially near the H-2, L-1 L. Gerstein surface, of the history of the earth The social context of the Russian novel in the 19th and its organisms, and of the various and 20th century and the uses to which literature has techniques necessary to investigate been put in a society of restricted political expression. Readings are drawn from literary and historical earth processes and history. Each sources. introductory course is designed to 358a History andlin Fiction H-1, S-2 cover a broad group of topics from a J. Hutchinson different perspective. Students may For course description see English 358a take any of the 100-level courses, 38lb Women Writing/Women Working H-1, L-2 except that 103 Environmental Geol­ E. Hansen ogy may not be taken after 101 Phys­ For description see English 381 ical Geology. Geology borrows widely 39la Seminar on Gender and Women's Studies from its sister sciences, using many S-2, H-1 A. McGuire and R. Milden disciplines to investigate problem of An interdisciplinary inquiry into selected issues cen­ the earth. An essential part of any tral to relations between genders and the experience of women in culture and society. The culminatory geologic training lies outside the seminar for students in the Area of Concentration in classroom, in field work which is part Gender and Women's Studies. of many courses and of independent 470b Seminar in Intercultural Studies V-1, S-2 research projects. W. MacGaffey An interdisciplinary inquiry into selected issues cen­ tral to cross-cultural studies and inter-cultural under­ Professor Maria Luisa Crawford, on leave 1988-89 standing and communication. The culminatory semi­ Professor William A. Crawford, on leave 1988-89 nar for students in the Area of Concentration in Professor Lucian B. Platt Intercultural Studies. Other students may enroll with Professor William Bruce Saunders, Chairperson consent of the instructor. The core of the course is the Margaret Gest Community Seminar addressed by MAJOR REQUIREMENTS speakers from on and off campus. Fourteen courses are required for the major: Geology 101 or 103, 102, 201, 202, 203, 204; two courses each in two of the following: chemistry, mathematics, phys­ ics; Geology 403, and either three advanced geology courses or two advanced geology courses and an addi­ tiona! upper level course in chemistry, mathematics or physics. Additional courses in the allied sciences are strongly recommended and are required by most grad­ uate schools. A student who wishes to follow a career in geology should also plan to attend a summer field course, usually following completion of the 200-level courses. All geology majors undertake a research project (Geology 403) in the fall or spring semester of the senior year. A student may elect to do a longer (two semester) project with the approval of the research advisor. A minor in geology consists of the follow- ing courses: 101 or 103, 102, 201, 202, 203 and 204.

96 3

REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS between the physical properties of minerals and their structures and chemical composition will be discussed. Honors are awarded to students who have outstand­ As well as the occurrence and typical associations of ing academic records in geology and allied fields, who minerals. Prerequisite: Geology 201. have completed a full year of independent research on a field or laboratory problem, and whose research 203 Invertebrate Paleontology N-2, E-1 work is judged by the faculty of the department to be W. Saunders of highest quality. Three lectures, three hours of laboratory. This course completes a systematic survey of animal 101 Physical Geology N-2, E-1 groups in geologic time, with emphasis on their mor­ L. Platt phology, ecology and evolution. Prerequisite: Geology Three lectures, one afternoon of laboratory or field 101 or 103 and 102 or consent of instructor. work a week, and a one-day required field trip on a Saturday. This course studies the materials, structures 204 Structural Geology N-2, E-1 and forces in the earth. Both surface and internal L. Platt processes are covered, with emphasis on the interac­ Three lectures and three hours of laboratory or field tions between these processes using the theory of work plate tectonics. Laboratory and field work focus on This course includes the recognition and description learning the tools for geological investigations and of deformed rocks, map reading, and an introduction applying them to the local area. to the mechanics and patterns of deformation. Pre­ requisites: Geology 101 or 103, 102 and analytic geom­ 102 Historical Geology N-2, E-1 etry or trigonometry. W. Saunders Three lectures, one afternoon of laboratory. 236 Evolution N-2, S-1 A required three-day field trip is taken in the late Staff spring, for which an extra fee is collected. The development of evolutionary thought is generally This course covers the history of the earth from its regarded as the most profound scientific event of the beginning and the evolution of the living forms which 19th century. Although its foundations are primarily have populated it. in biology and geology, the study of evolution and its implications extends to many disciplines. This course 103 Environmental Geology emphasizes the nature of evolution in terms of pro­ Staff cess, product, patterns, historical development of the Three hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory theory, and its application to interpretations of or equivalent field experience each week. This course organic history. Prerequisites: a 100-level science may not be taken after Geology 101. A required three­ course or the consent of the instructor. day field trip is taken in the late spring. An extra fee is collected for this trip. 301 Geochemistry N-2, E-1 This course investigates the geological processes that W. Crawford shape the earth and the spectrum of human interac­ Three lectures (occasionally augmented by field work). tions that modify this natural system. Pertinent This course covers the principles and theory of vari­ issues that affect land use and management of the ous aspects of geochemistr, as well as the elementary environment will be discussed. These issues include thermodynamics and phase diagrams, an introduction natural geologic hazards, energy alternatives, waste to isotope geology, Eh-pH relationships, organic geo­ disposal, and urban planning. Laboratory work will chemistry, weathering process, and soil formation. focus on local field trips that emphasize current envi­ Prerequisites: Geology 201, 202 and one year of col­ ronmental issues covered in lecture. lege-level chemistry or consent of instructor. 201 Crystallography and Optical Mineralogy N-2, 302 Aqueous Geochemistry N-2, E-1 E-1 Staff W. Crawford Three hours of lecture per week and three weekend Three lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. field trips. This course studies geometrical and optical crystallog­ This course covers the geochemistry of natural waters. raphy. Description of the external symmetry of crys­ Emphasis will be on low-temperature water-rock talline solids and instruction in the use of the polariz­ interactions. The fundamental principles are applied ing microscope are used in identifying minerals. to natural systems with particular focus on chemical Prerequisite: Geology 101 or 103 or one year of college sediments and diagenesis. Prerequisites: Geology 201, level chemistry. 202 and one year of college-level chemistry or consent of instructor. 202 Descriptive Mineralogy and Mineral Para­ Offered in alternate years genesis N-2, E-1 W. Crawford 303 Advanced Paleontology N-2, E-1 Three lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. W. Saunders This course covers descriptive and determinative Three lectures, three hours of laboratory (with occa­ hand specimen and optical mineralogy. The relation sional field work).

97 This course covers the principles, theory and applica­ deposition, basic stratigraphic relations and interpre­ tion of various aspects of paleontology such as evolu­ tations of specific lithotopes. Prerequisite: Geology tion. Prerequisite: Geology 203 or consent of 203 and 204 or consent of instructor. instructor. Offered in alternate years 304 Tectonics N-2, E-1 308 Principles of Economic Geology N-2, E-1 L. Platt M. Crawford Three lectures and three hours of laboratory or Three lectures, three hours of laboratory. fieldwork. This course is an introduction to the formation, local­ Plate tectonics and continental orogeny are reviewed ization and exploitation of non-fuel mineral deposits. in light of the geologic record in selected mountain Prerequisites: Geology 201, 202 and either 301 or 302, ranges and certain geophysical data. Prerequisite: or 305. Geology 204. 310 Introduction to Geophysics N-2, E-1 305 Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology N-2, E-1 L. Platt M. Crawford Three hours of lecture. Three lectures and three hours of laboratory or Equations describing gravity and magnetic fields and equivalent field work a week. Occasional weekend the movement mechanisms and paths of seismic field trips. waves and heat are discussed. Data obtained using This course investigates the origin, mode of occur­ these techniques are applied to regional and whole­ rence and distribution of igneous and metamorphic earth topics. Prerequisites: one year of college-level rocks. The focus is on the experimental and field evi­ calculus and either Geology 204 or one year of college­ deuce for interpreting rock associations and the inter­ level physics. play between igneous and metamorphic rock genesis and tectonics. Prerequisites: Geology 201, 202, and 336 Evolutionary Biology: Advanced Topics N-2, one year of college chemistry. S-1 W. Saunders, S. Gardiner, Staff 306 Sedimentology N-2 E-1 One three hour discussion per week. Staff This course is run as a seminar devoted to current Three lectures and three hours of laboratory or issues in evolution. Discussions will be based on read­ equivalent field work, with occasional weekend field ings from the primary literature. Topics to be dis­ trips. cussed will vary from year to year. Prerequisite: Geol­ This course acts as an introduction to physical sedi­ ogy 236 or consent of the instructor. mentary processes and the petrology of sedimentary rocks. The course also examines the origin of 403 Independent Research siliciclastic deposits with emphasis on depositional Staff modes and facies complexes; a brief introduction to This course is an independent research project in the carbonate and chemical deposits. Prerequisites: Geol­ field, laboratory or library culminating in a written ogy 201 and 202, or consent of instructor. report and oral examination. 307 Stratigraphy N-2, E-1 SELECTED GRADUATE COURSES W. Saunders, L. Platt Three lectures, laboratory and field trips. Certain graduate courses are open to properly trained This course covers the principles, theory and criteria undergraduates with the approval of the instructor, for recognition of processes of formation of sedimen­ the student's class dean and the Dean of The Gradu­ tary rocks. This includes the study of environments of ate School of Arts and Sciences.

98 German and German Studies 3

he bi -college Department of Assistant Professor Myra N. Love German combines the Assistant Professor Azade Seyhan faculty of Bryn Mawr and GERMAN STUDIES Haverford Colleges to offer At Haverford College: T Professor of History John Spielman a unified program and a variety of Professor of Philosophy Richard Bernstein courses and major options. The objec­ Fulbright Professor of Philosophy, Sem. I Manfred tive of a major in German is to lay Baum Associate Professor of Philosophy Lucius Outlaw the foundation for an understanding Associate Professor of Philosophy Kathleen Wright and appreciation of German culture At Bryn Mawr College: through its literature and language, Professor of History Jane Caplan through the history of its arts, its Professor of History Barbara Lane thought, and its institutions. Students Professor of Philosophy George Kline who concentrate on German literature Assistant Professor of Philosophy Robert Dostal not only read widely in the works of MAJOR REQUIREMENTS German-language authors, but also The German major consists of ten units; this explore the cultural milieu and the course unit total remains constant regardless of which socio-political setting in which the course level within the course offerings which count toward a major, a student begins his or her studies. writers produced their works. Stu­ Credit toward the major can begin with the 101, 102 dents who concentrate on culture and level, and all courses at the 200 or 300 level can serve civilization similarly become familiar as part of a departmental major program, either in a literature concentration or in a German studies con­ with the dominant literary figures in centration. A literature major normally follows the the cultural landscape of any particu­ sequence 101, 102; 201 and/or 202; 203 and/or 204; plus additional courses to complete nine of the ten lar time and place. In this sense, the units, at least two of them at the 300 level; and finally two branches of the major overlap one semester of Senior Conference. A German Studies and intertwine. Course offerings are major normally includes 101, 102; 220, 221; 212; one 200-level course in German literature; three courses intended to serve both those with (ideally two of these are at the 300 level) in subjects particular interest in German litera­ central to aspects of German culture or of German ture, literary theory and criticism, history; and one semester of Senior Conference. Within each concentration consideration must be and those with particular interest in given to structuring the courses selected so as to German and German -speaking lands acheive a reasonable breadth, but also a degree of log­ ical coherence. German majors are encouraged, when from the perspective of history, phi­ possible, to take work in at least one foreign language losophy, political science, the history other than German. of religion, and the like. A minor in German consists of seven units of work. To qualify, students are required to take 201 or A thorough knowledge of German 202; four additional reasonably coherent units, of is a common goal for both major pro­ which at least one is at the 300 level. 101, 102 may, grams, and texts in German are cen­ with the approval of the Department, be counted toward the minor; or additional upper-level courses, tral to a program focusing on German distributed as suits the individual student's program, history or philosophy, for example, as may be included within the seven units. Students majoring in German are encouraged to spend some well as to a program focusing on Ger­ time in German-speaking countries in the course of man literature. their undergraduate studies. Various possibilities are available: summer study, the German Summer Work Program, junior year abroad, or a single semester of GERMAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE study abroad. At Haverford College: For Bryn Mawr students participation in the Bryn Visiting Instructor Michael Myers Mawr Program in International Economic Relations Assistant Professor Heidemarie Owren is possible. For the students of both colleges guest At Bryn Mawr College: participation in the Princeton University German Professor Nancy C. Dorian Chairperson Summer Work Program is a possiblity. Under this program jobs which pay a living wage are arranged in

99 the German-speaking countries during the summer 203 Age of Goethe I V-1, L-2 months; transportation to and from the job remains H. Owren the students' financial responsibility. Within the This course introduces Geothe and his contemporar­ departmental course offerings, German 201 and 202 ies, with selected readings in Lessing, Herder, Schiller, (Advanced Training in the German Language) are and Holderlin; Goethe's Faust I and its various media especially geared toward improving speaking and writ­ productions. ing skills. 204 Age of Goethe II V-1, L-2 REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS Staff This course studies the major writers of the Romantic Any student whose major GPA at the end of the movement in German literature. senior year is 3.8 or above qualifies by GPA alone for Not offered in 1988-89 Departmental Honors. Students whose major GPA at 205, 206 the end of the senior year is 3.6 or better, but not 3.8, Introduction to Modern German Litera­ V-1, L-2 are eligible to be discussed as candidates for Depart­ ture mental Honors. A student in this range of eligibility Staff This course introduces the students to German writ­ must be sponsored by at least one faculty member ing of the 20th century, with attention to the 19th with whom she/he has done coursework: a minimum of two faculty members must read some of the stu­ century background. dent's advanced work and agree on the excellence of Not offered in 1988-89 the work in order for Departmental Honors to be 208 Lyric Poetry: Women Poets V-1, L-2 awarded. In the case of sharp difference of opinion, M. Love additional readers will serve as needed. A focused reading of 20th century women poets writ­ ing in the German language, with attention to the 001, 001. Elementary German: Intensive. socio-cultural implications of the significant participa­ Staff tion by 20th century women in the German lyrical This meets five hours a week with the regular class instructor, and one hour with an auxiliary instructor, tradition. plus two with student drill instructors. A ninth self­ 210 Introduction to Literary Analysis V-1, L-2 scheduled laboratory hour per week is obligatory. Staff Each semester carries 1.5 units of credit; both semes­ This course is an introduction to various ways of ters are required for credit. approaching literary texts based on readings from both German literature and recent European and 001, 002. Elementary German. American literary theory. This course meets three hours per week with the indi­ vidual class instructor, and two with student drill Nat offered in 1988-89 instructors. Both semesters are required for credit. 212 Readings in German Intellectual History V-2, 003, 004 Intermediate German L-1, E-2 E-1 Staff Staff This course covers reading and discussion of major This course covers a thorough review of grammar, texts in German intellectual history: Lessing, Kant, exercises in composition, oral practice, and specially Hegel, Marx, Nietzsche, Freud, etc. The development selected readings for students who have had the of students' facility in the reading of non-fiction texts equivalent of two years of high school German and is a goal of the course, as is gaining a command of for those who are not adequately prepared to take basic vocabulary and concepts of the humanistic disci­ German 101. plines in Germany. 101, 102 Introduction to German Literature and Not offered in 1988-89 Culture V-1, L-2 220, 221 German Culture and Civilization H-2, Staff This course covers a thorough review of grammar V-1 M. Meyers with continued practice in speaking and writing. Using material from the Middle Ages through the Reading and discussion of selected works pertinent to 20th century, this course examines how the cultural­ the literature and culture of German -speaking lands political identity of Germany is constituted through are integral to the course. its language, literature, art, philosophy, theology and 201, 202 Advanced Training in the German Lan­ historiography. Semesters may be taken separately. guage L-1, E-2 Readings in German, all other work in English. A. Seyhan 251 Woman as Author, Woman as Sign: Women This course includes advanced training in grammar, V-1, L-2 speaking and writing German; stylistic exercises; read­ in German Literary Tradition ing of non-fictional material, oral reports and discus­ Staff This course focuses on the representation of women, sions; compositions. and women as authors, in German literature since 202 not offered in 1988-89 1790. In English translation.

100 3

Not offered in 1988-89 221, 212) courses given by members of other depart­ ments may be offered in cooperation with the German 303 Modern German Prose Department and designed in such a way that students Staff concentrating on German Studies can earn major I This course is an advanced seminar on various topics minor credit for them. in 20th century German prose. Not offered in 1988-89 COURSES IN GERMAN STUDIES 304b The German Novella V-1, L-2 The course guide for each semester and also the indi­ Staff vidual department pages in this catalog will indicate This course examines, in-depth, one of the most which courses are offered in a given semester. important German literary genres. The course covers the origins of the novella as a genre, and major Ger­ German Studies 212 Readings in German Intellec­ man novellas from classicism to the present. tual History Not offered in 1988-89 See above 305 Modern German Drama German Studies 220, 221 German Culture and Staff Civilization This course studies selected works by major writers of See above West and East Germany, Austria and Switzerland. Not offered in 1988-89 German Studies 399 Senior Conference Seminar in German Studies 306 Nietzsche: Die Geburt der Tragodie Topic to be chosen in consultation with students M. Baum majoring in German Studies. Nietzsche's philosophy of fine art and his criticism of Western rationality will be analyzed in the context of Courses taught in the Department of History German culture and politics and in their relation to the philosophies of Plato and Schopenauer. Since Nietzsche's first work contained the germ of many of 225, 226 Europe since 1789 his later ideas, the course can also serve as an intro­ J. Spielman duction to the whole of his philosophy. The course 227 The (also GP, Phil 306) will be held in German. Age of Absolutism J. Spielman 310 Lessing and the Enlightenment V-1, L-2 Staff 247, 248 Germany: 1815 to the Present This course studies Lessing's major works and his J. Caplan relationship to contemporary literary, aesthetic, dram­ 318, 319 Topics in European History aturgical, historical and theological trends. J. Caplan Not offered in 1988-89 Topic for 1987-88: National Socialism 320 Topics in German Literature: Heinrich Heine 355a, b Topics in Early Modern European and "Young Germany" V-1, L-2 History A. Seyhan J. Spielman This course will investigate representations of revolu­ tion, concepts of modernity, and perceptions and eval­ Courses taught in the Department of Philosophy uations of the French political scene in the prose works of Heinrich Heine and the socially committed writers of the movement known as "Junges Deutsch­ 227a Nietzsche: Die Geburt der Trag6die land," of which Heine was the best known member. M. Baum This course will be taught in German 356 Advanced Topics in German Literature V-1, Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years. L-2 Staff 229b Wittgenstein An advanced seminar on various topics in German D. Bernstein literature. Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years. Not offered in 1988-89 230a Twentieth-Century Continental Philosophy 399 Senior Conference K. Wright Staff Offered in 1988-89 and alterr:ate years. Topics chosen in consultation with students majoring in German. 254a Aeshetics M.Baum 403 Independent Study Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years. In addition to courses geared to the study of German­ language culture and civilization which are given by 302a Kant V-3 members of the German Department Faculty (eg. 220, K. Wright

101 The Growth and Structure of Cities at Bryn Mawr College

Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years. n this interdisciplinary major, 303b Hegel V-3 the student studies the city from R. Bernstein, K. Wright several points of view. City plan­ Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years. ning, art and architecture, his­ 330 Kant I tory, political science, anthropology, R. Dostal Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years. economics, sociology and geology con­ tribute toward the understanding of 331 Hegel G. Kline, R. Dostal the growth and structure of cities. Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years.

337 The Philosophies of Schopenhauer, Marx and Professor Barbara Miller Lane, Major Advisor and Nietzsche Director of the Program G. Kline Assistant Professor Sunwoong Kim Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years. Visiting Lecturer Daniela Holt Voith

Courses taught in the Department of Religion REQUIREMENTS All students must take City 190 and 253, and either 235a Late Medieval Church and Luther Sociology 218 and 245 or City 240 and City 250. E. Beretz Together these courses provide an overview of the development of urban form, and of the elements of 236b The Non-Lutheran Reformation urban social structure. At least one of these introduc­ R. Luman tory courses must be taken before the junior year. In addition to the required courses, each student should 280b Christianity in Medieval and Reformation select six courses from among the major courses listed Scandinavia below; two of the courses must be at the 300-level. R. Luman Elective choices should be concentrated when possible 282b Icelandic Sagas in two of the three "tracks" within the major: (1) R. Luman urban history; (2) architecture and planning; (3) social science analyses of the city. Three additional courses, 310a Life and Theology of Martin Luther one at the 300 level, must be chosen from any one R. Luman among the following departments: anthropology, fine arts, classical and Near Eastern archaeology, econom­ Course Taught in the Department of Growth and ics, geology, history, history of art, mathematics, Structure of Cities physics, political science, sociology and occasionally, with the permission of the Dean, courses in the Grad­ uate School of Social Work and Social Research. 254 Modern Architecture A fourth advanced course is required in the senior B. Lane year. This may take the form of intensive indepen­ dent research within the context of the Senior Semi­ nar (398 or 399) or the student may elect another 300 or 400 level course from the major or an allied field of study. A minor is also available within the Cities Pro­ gram. This entails a choice of two out of the four required courses, and four cities electives of which two must be at the 300 level. Senior Seminar is not mandatory in fulfilling the cities minor. Thus, six course units are necessary for the completion of a minor. Students should note that many courses in the program are given on an alternate year basis. Many also carry prerequisites in Economics, History or Art History. Hence, early planning and frequent consulta­ tion with the major advisor are particularly important. Geo 103 Environmental Geology N-2, E-1 B. Seidell Three lectures, three hours of laboratory or field work a week.

102 3

This course is a study and evaluation of geological Econ 214 Public Finance S-3 processes as they relate to land-use planning, urban­ H. Newberger ization and mineral resource use and conservation. This course analyzes government's role in resource allocation, emphasizing the effects of tax and expendi­ City 190 The Form of the City: Urban Form from ture programs on income distribution and economic Antiquity to the Present H-2, L-1 efficiency. Topics include sources of inefficiency in B. Lane markets and possible government responses; federal In this course the city is studied as a three-dimen­ budget composition; U.S. tax structure and incidence; sional artifact. A variety of factors-geography, eco­ multigovernment public finance. Prerequisite: Eco­ nomic and population structure, planning and aesthet­ nomics 101 and 102. ics-are considered as determinants of urban form. Enrollment is limited by permission of the instructor Soc 218 Modernization S-3 according to preparation. Suggested prerequisites: R. Washington History ll1, 112; or History of Art 101, 102; or This course introduces the major theoretical Archaeology 101, 102. approaches to the socioeconomic problems of Africa, Asia and Latin America; theories of modernization; Arch 203 Ancient Greek Cities and Sanctuaries the Western capitalist, the socialist and the Japanese H-1, L-2 problems of modernization; social consequences of J. Wright colonization; feudalism and other pre-modern forms This course studies the development of Greek city­ of social organization; the problems of urbanization; states and sanctuaries. social class exploitation, rapid population growth, problems Econ 208 Labor Economics S-3 of political order. Staff Econ 221 United States Economic Development This course analyzes the labor markets-the demand H-1, S-2 for labor by the firm (including discrimination); R. DuBoff aspects of labor supply (labor force participation, This course covers long-term trends in output, labor occupational choice, educational investment, on-the­ and capital, and technology, with emphasis on the rise job training); the role of unions and the impact of of "big business" after 1870. Foreign trade and invest­ government policies. Ths emphasis of the course is on ment and the role of government is also studied. The the circumstances affecting women in particular. Pre­ framework of the course is one of imbalance and dise­ requisite: Economics 101. quilibria in an expanding capitalist economy. Prereq­ Soc 211 Afro-American Culture and Community uisites: Economics 101, 102. S-2, L-1 Offered annually P. Kilbride, R. Washington Arch 223 Ancient Near Eastern Architecture and This course examines the social development and Cities H-1, L-2 functioning of the Afro-American community as the R. Ellis embodiment of a unique pattern of experiences in This course studies building techniques, forms and American society. The course will focus on a number functions of structures, settlements and cities; effects of issues, including African heritage, racial exclusion, of environment and social structure. demographic characteristics and politics. Econ 224 Economic History and Growth, Soc 212 Sociology of Poverty 1750-1980 H-2, S-1 J. Porter R. DuBoff This course analyzes the causes and effects of poverty This course focuses on the development of the inter­ in the United States. Issues covered include trends in national market economy from the Industrial Revolu­ poverty (how many and who are poor and changes tion to World War II and its aftermath, with focus on over time in the poverty population); analysis of the Great Britain, France and Germany. Topics include culture of poverty approach; the interrelationship causes of economic growth and under-development, among poverty, the economy, the political system, the the spread of industrialization and technological mod­ family, and educational institutions; and an analysis ernization, large-scale business enterprise, foreign of government programs for the poor, including cur­ trade and political power. Prerequisites: Economics rent programs. 101, 102, or the permission of the instructor. Offered in alternate years History of Art 212 Medieval Architecture H-2, L-1 D. Kinney Econ 225 Developing Economies S-3 This course is a survey of mostly church architecture S.Kim in western Europe from the 8th through the 13th cen­ This course covers an nalysis of the structural trans­ tury, with special emphasis on the 11th and 12th cen­ formations of developing economies. Areas of study turies. Issues treated include the development of new will include causes and roles of savings, investment, designs, structural problems and innovations, the skills, technological change and trade in the develop­ transmission of architectural ideas, and the role of ment process; strategies and methods of economic pictorial and sculptural decoration. planning. Prerequisites: Economics 101 and 102.

103 City 226 Introduction to Architectural Design Topics include: American urban history; urban popu­ H-2, L-1 lation and economic structures of cities; urban hous­ D. Voith ing neighborhood racial and ethnic segregation; urban This course is a an introduction to the principles of design and the built environment. architectural and urban design. Prerequisite: some history of art or history of architecture. City 253 Survey of Western Architecture H-2. L-1 Offered annually B. Lane and D. Cast The major traditions in western architecture will be City 228 Problems in Architectural Design illustrated through detailed analysis of selected exam­ D. Voith ples from classical antiquity to the present. The This course is a continuation of City 226 at a more course will deal with the evolution of architectural advanced level. Prerequisite: City 226 or other compa­ design and building technology, as well as with the rable design work, and permission of the instructor. larger intellectual, aesthetic, and social context in which this evolution occurred. Suggested Prerequisite: Soc 230 Urban Sociology S-3 History of Art 101, 102. R. Washington This course covers analyses of urban social structures; City 254 Modern Architecture H-2, L-1 the theoretical legacies of classical sociological theory B. Lane and the Chicago school; demographic and ecological This course is a survey of the development of modern characteristics of American cities; ethnic and racial architecture since the 18th century, with principal bases; stratification and political structures; crime and emphasis on the period since 1890. Prerequisite: City problems of social control; comparative analyses of 253 or permission of the instructor selected Third World cities. Int 295 Paris in the Seventeenth and Eighteenth Econ 233 Economic Development of Pacific Asia Centuries H-2, L-1 S-3 C. Lafarge S.Kim This course studies the geography, architecture, eco­ This course examines modern economic development nomics, sociology and politics of Paris in these two and change in the countries of Far East Asia, includ­ periods. ing Japan, China, and Korea. Topics examined are output and productivity, employment, industrial Arch 302 Greek Architecture H-1, L-2 structure, technology, and business organization. J. Wright Sociopolitical aspects are also covered. This course explores the Greek architectural tradition in its historical development. City 240 Urbanism and Urbanization in Develop­ ing Countries S-2, L-1 City 303 The Growth and Spatial Organization of S.Kim American Cities H-1, S-1 This course is a survey of rapid urbanization and its S. Kim socio-economic consequences in developing countries. This course analyzes the changes and problems of The course examines a wide range of urban and modern American cities. Physical aspects of cities and regional problems with emphasis on public policy. city planning issues will be emphasized. Topics will Topics include: rural-to-urban migration; housing and include: population and economic structure of cities; urban development; urban infrastructures, transporta­ urban housing, neighborhood, and racial segregation; tion and congestion. urban development; migration; regional growth and decline. Soc 245 Social Problems S-3 Offered in alternate years R. Washington This course surveys the major problems in American Arch/Anth 309 The Origins of Civilization and the society as seen by sociologists and social critics; it is State H-3 an examination of analytical perspectives for under­ R. Ellis, R. Davis standing the sources and consequences of American The course is designed to provide a broad based social problems. Topics considered are: crime, pov­ investigation into the problems of the origin and erty, drug addiction, racism, urban crisis; sexism, development of the state and civilization. Several health care, and family disorganization. alternative theories of state formation processes and of the development of urbanism will be explored along City 250 Introduction to the Growth and Spatial available lines of evidence. In the main the data Organization of American Cities S-2, H-1 examined are primarily archaeological, but ethno­ S.Kim graphic and textual evidence will also play an impor­ This course is an introduction to urban studies. Over­ tant role. The sample of cases will include Mesopota­ view of the changes and problems of American cities. mia and Mesoamerica as well as archaeologically Analytical and quantitative methodologies as well as known sequences from other parts of the New and historical and qualitative approaches are introduced. Old Worlds. Students will have the opportunity to investigate archaeological records from particular regions in some detail and to compare their results

104 3

with more general formulations developed in lectures, design ideas of a few great architects. A reading discussion and readings. knowledge of French or German is desirable. Prereq­ uisite: City 254 or permission of the instructor. His 312 Medieval Cities: Islamic, Byzantine and Offered in alternate years Western H-1, S-2 C. Brand City 398, 399 Senior Seminar. This course is an introduction to the comparative Staff study of economy, society, politics and culture of An intensive research seminar. towns in the Islamic, Byzantine and Western Euro­ pean worlds from the 7th to the 13th century. COURSES OFFERED AT HAVERFORD Pol Sci 316 Ethnic Group Politics S-3 M. Ross Econ 215a Urban Economics This topics of study in this cause include the defini­ V. Dixon tion of ethnicity and race as political concepts, the This course is concerned with theories of urban eco­ relationship of ethnicity and race to other bases of nomic behavior and public policy. Several urban social differentiation, and forces affecting patterns of problems, including housing and transportation, are conflict and cooperation within and between groups. considered within the framework of theory. In addi­ The cases analyzed will be drawn from the United tion, attention is paid to two critical issues for public States, South Africa, Europe, and several Third policy which, at present, lie beyond urban economic World nations. theory: 1) suburbanization of the urban poor versus economic development of poor neighborhoods as a History of Art 323 Topics in Renaissance Art H-2, solution to urban poverty, and 2) the economics of L-1 producing and financing public education. D. Cast This course focuses on selected subjects in Italian art COURSES OFFERED AT SWARTHMORE from painting, sculpture and architecture between the years 1400 and 1600. Art History 55 Philadelphia: City and Arch 324 Roman Architecture H-1, L-2 Architecture P. Bober T. Kitao This course explores the architecture of the Republic This course examines architecture and urban forms, and the early Roman Empire. focusing on Philadelphia in relation to the Europe of Neoclassicism, Georgian and Victorian London, Paris History of Art 355 Topics in the History of of the Second Empire, the Chicago School, the Inter­ London H-2, L-1 national Style and Post-modernism. Topics include D. Cast orthogonal planning, William Penn's idealism, the row This course emphasizes such topics as the idea of city house phenomenon, the Centennial Exhibition, urban versus country in literature and ethics; the develop­ renewal and historic preservation. ment of city planning and legal mechanisms for the control of cities; the history of public housing; special Art History 56 Rome's Legacy moments and exhibitions (e.g. clubs, coffee-houses); T. Kitao groupings and groups, and matters of social history This course covers the urban and architectural devel­ (e.g. the development of seasonal labor). opment of the city of Rome in the Renaissance and Baroque, and its impact on the subsequent history of Hist 368, 369 Topics in Medieval History H-2, S-1 city planning and architectural design in general. C. Brand This topics for this course will vary; they will include Art History 85 Architectural Theory: Design, the Jews, the Mediterranean, popular heresies and Thought and Culture Venice. T. Kitao This course is an advanced tutorial in architectural City 377 Topics in the History of Modern Archi­ theory. Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. His­ tecture H-2, L-1 troy courses. B. Lane Selected aspects of the history of modern architec­ Many 200 level History courses at Bryn Mawr, ture, such as housing, public buildings, industrial Haverford and Swarthmore can fulfill the elective buildings, will be studied in detail. The course concen­ requirements in the history "track" with permission trates on actual building types, rather than on the of the major advisor.

105 History

he study of history involves period. Any or all of these courses may be taken at Bryn Mawr College. a reflective and critical anal­ History 361a and History 399i are courses required ysis of human civilization of all majors. The first, a seminar on the critical use through an investigation of of evidence, is normally taken in the first semester of T the junior year; the second, a seminar on historiogra­ a wide variety of its characteristic phy, in the second semester of the senior year. institutions. The curriculum in His­ tory is designed to encourage the COURSE RESTRICTIONS development of both critical and History 111 is open to all students without prerequi­ site. Courses numbered 200-299 are open to sopho­ reflective habits of mind by balancing mores, juniors and seniors; exceptions require the emphasis on primary source materials prior consent of the instructor. Courses numbered 300 with the study of important secon­ and above are normally open only to juniors and dary works. The Department seniors. welcomes comparative studies and REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS seeks to relate its courses to the Honors in History will be granted to those senior broadest possible spectrum of aca­ majors who, in the Department's judgment, have com­ demic disciplines. In this connection, bined excellent performance in History courses with a good over-all record. A grade of 3. 7 or above in a His­ the History major is easily integrated tory course is considered to represent work of Honors into the African-American, East quality. High Honors may be awarded to students Asian, Cross Cultural, and Gender showing unusual distinction in meeting these criteria. and Women's Study Areas of COOPERATION WITH BRYN MAWR COLLEGE Concentration. The History Departments of Haverford College and The Department has no specific Bryn Mawr College have coordinated their course language requirement, but students offerings. History 111 is offered jointly by members of who wish to major in History should both Departments; several intermediate courses are given at one College or the other in alternate years. note that some advanced courses All courses offered by both Departments are open to require special preparation in foreign students of both Colleges equally, subject only to the prerequisites stated by individual instructors. Both languages. Departments encourage students to avail themselves of the breadth of offerings this arrangement makes Professor Edwin B. Bronner possible at both Colleges. Professor Linda G. Gerstein 111 Introduction to Western Civilization H-2, S-1 Professor Roger Lane, on leave 1988-89 Staff Professor John P. Spielman This is a year course surveying Western European Professor Susan M. Stuard civilization from the fall of Rome to the present, deal­ Associate Professor Paul C. Jefferson ing with both institutional and intellectual currents in Assistant Professor Paul J. Smith the western tradition. Conference discussions and lec­ Visiting Instructor Anton Rosenthal tures deal with both first-hand materials and secon­ dary historical accounts. MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 202 American History H-2, S-1 History 111 plus eight additional semesters in His­ R. Lane tory, which must include History 36lf and History American History from Colonial times to the present. 399i (both of which are half-credit courses) and one Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years topics course or independent study course involving a substantial written paper; four semesters in related 219a Social and Economic History of the High departments, at least two of which must be in courses Middle Ages H-2, S-1 above the introductory level. S. Stuard Majors in History must take either two semesters This course explores the explanations for Europe's at the intermediate level or at least one semester at dynamic growth in the High Middle Ages, investigates the advanced topics level in three of the following family, newly powerful institutions, and developments fields: (1) United States History, (2) East Asian His­ in Europe's economic life. tory, (3) Early European History, pre-1600, (4) Mod­ ern European History, or (5) a field defined by 219b Women in Pre-Industrial Europe H-2, S-1 another area (Africa, Latin America, Near East) or S. Stuard

106 3

This course studies women in the period of transition the second semester covers modernization, the devel­ from traditional to modern society, 1400-1700. Topics opment of a radical Intelligentsia, and the Revolution. include: the medieval prelude, prescriptions about Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years women, economic and social conditions, careers, fam~ ily and marriage, and popular culture. 245 Russia in the Twentieth Century H-2, L-1 Also called Russian 245 225 Europe since 1789 H-2, S-1 L. Gerstein J. Spielman This course examines continuity and change in Rus­ The main political, social and cultural developments sian and Soviet society since the 1890's. Major topics: of the European states since the French Revolution the revolutionary period, the cultural ferment of the will be studied. 1920's, Stalinism, the Thaw and the culture of Offered in 1988-90 and alternate years dissent. Offered in 1988-89, and alternate years 227 The Age of Absolutism H-2, S-1 J. Spielman 255 American Intellectual History H-2, L-1 This course covers the emergence of the European P. Jefferson state system from the early 17th century to the revo­ This course attempts to reconstruct the successive lutions of the 18th century, including the revolutions meanings of the American historical "project," from in political and scientific thought. Plymouth Plantation to the present. Our Ariadne's Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years thread will be the persisting problems of race and class for a would-be republican commonwealth. Rang­ 234a History of Modern Africa H-2, S-1 ing widely in the sources, we will relate the architec­ A. Rosenthal ture of public discourse in America-its grammar and This course is an introductory survey of modern Afri­ its assumptions-to the felt constraints of a changing can history, examining such topics as the history of political economy. colonialism, labor, urbanization, revolution and peas­ Offered in 1988-89, and alternate years ant resistance, and problems in post-independence Africa. 261 History of East Asia H-2, S-1 P. Smith 234b Urban History of Africa H-2, S-1 This course analyzes the social, economic and cultural A. Rosenthal systems of China, Japan, Korea and the Inner Asian A study of African cities in a variety of epochs and Steppe; developments through Asia's rise to world regions. prominence in the 7th to 14th centuries; responses to internal crises, 240a History and Principles of Quakerism H-2, Western imperialism and modern V-1 state-building; and East Asia's resurgence in the mod­ ern world system. Also called General Programs 240a and Religion 240a E. Bronner Offered in 1988-89, and alternate years This course examines the Quaker movement in rela­ 340a Topics in American History H-3 tion to other intellectual and religious movements of R. Lane its time and in relation to problems of social reform. Class discussions and papers are based on readings in The development of dominant Quaker concepts is the source and secondary works. May be repeated for traced to the present day and critically examined. The credit with change of content. course is designed for non-Friends as well as for Not offered in 1988-89 Friends. The course is open to freshmen with consent of the instructor. 341b Violence in American History H-2, S-1 R. Lane 243a Afro-American Political and Social Thought This course investigates the nature and causes of H-2, L-1 individual and collective manifestations of violence, P. Jefferson primarily in the United States. Some background in This course covers the golden age, 1895-1945. It deals psychology, sociology or history is recommended. with the development of a modern Afro-American Extensive papers and class reports. Prerequisite: con­ intellectual and cultural tradition-in the context of a sent of the instructor. changing political economy and our national coming Not offered in 1988-89 of age. Not offered in 1988-89 343a Topics in American Intellectual History H-2, V-1 244 Russian History H-2, L-1 P. Jefferson Also called Russian 244 Topic for Fall 1988: History of American Constitu­ L. Gerstein tional Law. The course consists of seminar meetings, This course is a topical study of Russian history from reports and papers. It may be repeated for credit with Kiev to the Revolution. The first semester deals with change of topic. the nature of Russian medieval culture, the growth of Muscovite absolutism, and the impact of the West;

107 History of Art at Bryn Mawr College

343b Topics in Afro-American Intellectual His­ he History of Art Depart­ tory H-2, L-1 Not offered in 1988-89 ment offers general and spe­ cialized courses in the his­ 347a Topics in East Asian History H-3 P. Smith tory of the art of western Topic for Fall 1988: Power and Fame in Traditional T through Europe from post-classical and Modern China. This course consists of seminar modern times. Special strengths and discussions and papers based on reading from the sources in translation and interpretive works. May be areas of interest include the classical repeated with change of topic. tradition in western art, art theory 355a Topics in Early Modern European History and criticism, art historical method, H-2, S-1 and the history of architecture. J. Spielman Topic for Fall 1988: The French Revolution. Prerequi­ Majors are encouraged to supplement site: Reading knowledge of French. this training with courses in Ameri­ 356b Topics in Modern European History H-2, can and non-western art offered at L-1 the University of Pennsylvania and at Also called Russian 356b Swarthmore College, with courses in L. Gerstein This course consists of seminar meetings and papers the history of ancient art offered in based on readings in the sources and interpretive the Department of Classical and Near works. It may be repeated for credit with change of Eastern Archaeology at Bryn Mawr, topic. Prerequisite: History 225 or History 244 or con­ sent of instructor. or with courses taken at approved Topic for Spring 1989: Literature and Society in institutions abroad. Modern Russia

359b Topics in Medieval Social History H-2, S-1 Professor Phyllis P. Bober S. Stuard Professor Dale Kinney Topic for 1989-90: Euro"pean social and economic Professor Barbara Miller Lane development from the 13th to the 17th centuries. Professor Steven Z. Levine, on leave second semes­ Readings in modern analytical studies and original ter, 1988-89. source materials are required. The emphasis is on Professor James E. Snyder seminar discussions and presentation of individual Associate Professor David Cast, Chairperson research projects. Prerequisite: Reading knowledge of Associate Professor Gridley McKim-Smith, on leave French or consent of the instructor. 1988-89 Not offered in 1988-89 361a Seminar on Historical Evidence H-1, E-2 MAJOR REQUIREMENTS Staff History of Art 101-102 (two units); three of the fol­ This course includes occasional seminar meetings to lowing pre-modern period courses: 210, 211, 212, 213, discuss the nature of historical evidence and critical 220, 221, 222, 223, 229, 230 (three units); three of the techniques for handling it, discussions and papers on following modern period courses: 231, 240, 241, 250, mute evidence, written sources and the critical edition 251, 253, 254 (three units); two 300-level courses of a manuscript source. Enrollment limited to History taught by two different professors (two units); majors, for whom it is required. 398-399 (two units). Total: twelve units. With the approval of the undergraduate major 399i Senior Departmental Studies H-1 advisor, the following substitutions may be made: up Staff to two units of Archaeology, Oriental, and/or Ameri­ This is a half-credit course that includes occasional can Art may be substituted for the 200-level courses seminar meetings and papers exploring problems of listed above. One unit of Fine Arts also may be historical interpretation; there is a final oral examina­ major credit. tion. Enrollment limited to senior History majors, for offered for All seniors must pass a comprehensive examina­ whom it is required. tion as part of their work for senior conference 480a, b, f, i Independent Study (398-399; the examination is given at the end of Staff Semester II). Most of the work for 399 comprises independent research on a topic of the senior's choice.

108 3

MINOR REQUIREMENTS Not offered in 1988-89 A minor in art history requires 6 units, normally 221 International Gothic H-2, L-1 including 101-102 and four additional courses selected J. Snyder in consultation with the major advisor. This course covers sculpture, book illumination and panel painting in the major fourteenth-century courts REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS of northern Europe (Avignon, Charles IV in Bohemia, the Valois in France) and the rise of the ars nova in Seniors whose major average is 3. 7 or higher at the the Netherlands (Jan van Eyck, Rogier van der end of Semester I are invited to make an honors the­ Weyden and their heritage) in the 15th century. sis out of the independent work for 399. Not offered 1988-89 A minor in Art History requires six units, normally including 101, 102 and four additional courses selected 222 Northern Renaissance I H-2, L-1 in consultation with the major advisor. J. Snyder The detente in Flanders (Memlinc, David) and the 101-102 Introduction to Art History H-2, L-1 rise of the Renaissance spirit in Antwerp in the early Staff 16th century. Special attention is given to the paint­ This course surveys western European art from antiq­ ings and graphics of Hieronymus Bosch, Quentin uity through modern times. Museum visits are Metsys, Lucas van Leyden and Pieter Bruegel the required. Elder. 210 Art of the Late Roman Empire H-2, L-1 223 Northern Renaissance II H-2, L-1 D. Kinney J. Snyder This course covers art of the 3rd through 6th centu­ This course looks at sculpture, graphic arts and paint­ ries in Italy, Greece, Asia Minor, and North Africa, ing in Germany in the first half of the 16th century with special attention to the capital cities of Rome, (Durer, Grunewald, Riemenschneider, Stoss, Altdorfer, Ravenna and Constantinople. Field trip. Cranach and Holbein). Not offered in 1988-89 229 The Classical Tradition in Western Art H-2, 211 Byzantine Art H-2, L-1 L-1 D. Kinney P. Bober The art of Constantinople and its provinces from the This course covers survivals and revivals of Antiquity, 9th through the 14th century are studied. Students with particular reference to the Italian Renaissance as take a field trip to Washington or Baltimore. distinguished from earlier renascences of Theodoric, Not offered in 1988-89 Charlemagne, Frederick II Hohenstaufen. Specific emphasis varies with the interests of those enrolled. 212 Medieval Architecture H-2, L-1 Not offered in 1988-89 Staff This course surveys mostly church architecture in 230 Renaissance Art I H-2, L-1 western Europe from the 8th through the 13th cen­ D. Cast tury, with special emphasis on the 11th and 12th cen­ This course surveys the painting in Florence and turies. Issues treated include the development of new Rome from 1400 to 1500, with particular attention to designs, structural problems and innovations, the the account we have by Giorgio Vasari, and to con­ transmission of architectural ideas, and the role of temporary developments in the intellectual and relig­ pictorial and sculptural decoration. ious life of Italy (Giotto, Massaccio, Botticelli, Leo­ nardo, Michelangelo, Raphael). 213 Art of Pre-Renaissance Italy D. Kinney 231 Renaissance Art II H-2, L-1 This course surveys the art of Italy in the period D. Cast before the Renaissance, with particular attention to This course covers the development of painting in the identification of Romanesque and Byzantinizing Florence and Rome after 1500 and the idea of Man­ trends in Italian painting. The intent is to describe nerism, with particular attention to the social and the environment of Vasari's first generation of great religious developments in Italy and Europe in this painters, Cimabue, Duccio, and Giotto. period (Raphael, Michelangelo, Pontormo, Parmigi­ Not offered in 1988-89 anino, Titian, El Greco). 220 Late Medieval Art H-2, L-1 240 Baroque Art I: Painting and Sculpture in J. Snyder Italy, Holland and France H-2, L-1 This course examines the sculpture and architecture G. McKim-Smith of the principal monuments of the 11th and 12th cen­ This course surveys the works of Caravaggio, the Car­ turies in the provinces of Languedoc, Provence, racci, Cortona, Bernini, Hals, Rembrandt, Vermeer, Auvergne and Burgundy. The development of Gothic Poussin and Claude Lorraine. Contact with original art and architecture in the Ile-de-France and northern works in area museums is encouraged. France (St. Denis, Chartres, Paris, Amiens and Not offered 1988-89 Reims).

109 241 Baroque Art II: Painting and Sculpture in This course surveys traditional and contemporary the Hapsburg Kingdoms H-2, L-1 approaches to the history of art, including formal G. McKim-Smith analysis, iconography, Marxism, feminism, psychoa­ This course surveys the works of Rubens and Van nalysis and semiotics. A critical analysis of a problem Dyck and works by artists of the "Golden Age" in in art historical methodology is required as a term Spain: El Greco, Velazquez, Zurbaran, Ribera, paper. Murillo, Goya, and various sculptors. Not offered in 1988-89 Not offered 1988-89 313 Principles of Medieval Style H-2, L-1 250 Modern Art I: Painting in France, D. Kinney 1780-1900 H-2, L-1 This course analyzes the formal characteristics pecu­ S. Levine liar to medieval art. Close attention is given to the work of David, Ingres, Gericault, Delacroix. Extensive readings in art criti­ 314 Principles of Medieval Iconography H-2, L-1 cism are required. D. Kinney This course analyzes the language of medieval art: its 251 Modern Art II: Twentieth-Century Painting themes, traditions, conventions, and levels of meaning and Sculpture inaccessible without primary research. Particular top­ Staff ics (e.g., iconography of late antiquity, secular imagery in the later Middle Ages, iconography of the Virgin 253 Survey of Western Architecture H-2, L-1 Mary) differ from year to year. B. Lane and D. Cast Not offered in 1988-89 The major traditions in western architecture will be illustrated through detailed analysis of selected exam­ 320 Problems in Netherlandish Art H-2, L-1 ples from classical antiquity to the present. The J. Snyder course will deal with the evolution of architectural This course covers selected topics in Flemish and design and building technology, as well as with the Dutch art, 15th through 17th centuries. A reading larger intellectual, aesthetic and social context in knowledge of German and/or French is required for which this evolution occurred. most research projects. Not offered in 1988-89 323 Topics in Renaissance Art H-2, L-1 254 Modern Architecture H-2, L-1 D. Cast B. Lane This course covers selected subjects in Italian art This course surveys the development of modern archi­ from painting, sculpture and architecture between the tecture since the 18th century, with principal empha­ years 1400 and 1600. sis on the period since 1870. Not offered in 1988-89 300 Problems in Representation: Realism from 324 Roman Architecture. Caravaggio to 1985 H-2, L-1 P.Bober G. McKim-Smith This course surveys the architecture of the Republic Western art has traditionally valued verisimilitude, and the early Roman Empire yet when a work becomes too realistic it is often rejected or undervalued. Students will carry out indi­ 330 The Classical Tradition in Western Art H-2, vidual research on works of exceptional naturalism L-1 (e.g., Caravaggio, Spanish polychrome sculpture, D. Cast in Italian and Euro­ Dutch 17th-century painting, photography, photo­ This course covers selected topics on the tradi­ realism, trompe l'oeil). The cultural and theoretical pean art from 1400 to 1800 that depend from the particular bases for controversy about these objects will also be tion of classical art, to be chosen examined. interests of the members of the seminar. Not offered in 1988-89 Nat offered in 1988-89 301 Problems in Representation: History of Pho­ 350 Topics in Modern Art H-2, L-1 tography H-2, L-1 Staff are chosen for inten­ G. McKim-Smith In this course individual topics realism, surreal­ Students will carry out individual research on an art­ sive consideration such as classicism, ist or an area in the history of photography from the ism, the body in art, art about art. 17th century to the present day. Problems such as 354 Topics in Art Criticism H-2, L-1 will be considered, as well as mimesis vs. metaphor S. Levine photography's relationship to its contemporary fine Individual topics are treated in alternate years, such arts. as art and psychoanalysis, 19th and 20th century art Not offered 1988-89 criticism, film theory and criticism. 302 Methodological and Critical Approaches to Nat offered in 1988-89 Art History H-2, L-1 377 Topics in the History of Modern Architecture S. Levine H-2, L-1

110 History of Religion 3 at Bryn Mawr College

B. Lane major program Selected aspects of the history of modern architec­ in History ture, such as housing, public buildings, industrial of Religion is offered at buildings, are studied in detail. The course concen­ Bryn Mawr, and a major in trates on actual building types rather than on the Religion at Haverford. design ideas of a few great architects. A reading A The knowledge of French or German is desirable. History of Religion major concen­ Not offered in 1988-89 trates on the historical study of the 398 Senior Conference H-2, L-1 religious traditions which have con­ Staff tributed most to shaping the culture This course consists of reading, analysis, and discus­ sion of key works of art historical writing. It is con­ of the West: Judaism and Christian­ ducted in a seminar format and is required of all ity. The student is expected to seniors. achieve facility in critical analysis of 399 Senior Conference H-2, L-1 the primary sources of these tradi­ Staff tions and in tracing their Students pursue independent research projects under develop­ the guidance of appropriate faculty members, and pre­ ment against the background of the sent synopses of their work to other seniors and to cultural situations in which they faculty for discussion at weekly meetings. A compre­ hensive examination at the end of the semester tests arose and matured. the student's mastery of the general outlines of art history, as well as his/her critical overview of the dis­ Professor Samuel T. Lachs, Chairperson cipline and his/her knowledge of two specific fields. Visiting Lecturer Rela Geffen Monson Grade of 2.0 is required for graduation. Visiting Lecturer David Rabeeya 403 Supervised Work H-2, L-1 Director of Libraries and Professor of History James Staff Tanis Advanced students may do independent research under the supervision of a faculty member whose spe­ MAJOR REQUIREMENTS cial competence coincides with the area of his/her Eight courses in History of Religion, of interest. Permission of the supervising faculty which at least one must be in a tradition other than member and of the major advisor is required. that of the stu­ dent's concentration. The Senior Conference is also required. The normal pattern for the major consists of two introductory courses (100-level), four intermediate courses (200-level) and two advanced courses (300-level). Students in advanced courses who are majoring in History of Religion are required to demonstrate a working knowledge of the language appropriate to their field of concentration: Hebrew for Biblical or Rabbinic Judaism, Greek for New Testa­ ment or Early Christianity, Latin for medieval Chris­ tianity, German for the Reformed period.

LANGUAGE COURSES

001, 002 Elementary Hebrew H-1, L-2 D. Rabeeya The course is designed for preparation in reading classical religious texts. It covers grammar, composi­ tion and conversation with primary emphasis on flu­ ency in reading. Credit will not be given for 001 with­ out completion of 002. 101 Readings in the Hebrew Bible H-1, L-2 D. Rabeeya 102 Readings in the prose of Genesis. D. Rabeeya This course will include Hebrew composition, gram­ mar and conversation based on the Hebrew text.

Ill 202 Readings in Rabbinic Literature L-3 American Jewish community. Included are the Bibli­ S. Lachs cal and Rabbinic attitudes towards women as a con­ text for examining the changing roles in ritual com­ 203 Readings in the Hebrew Bible H-1, L-2 munal life today. D. Rabeeya Topic for 1988-89: Samuel I and II. This course may 270 The Jew in American Literature be repeated for credit. Staff This course analyses of the cultural interaction of the 212 Readings in the Greek New Testament H-2, Jew with 19th and 20th century American civilization L-1 as seen by Jewish and non-Jewish writers including R. Hamilton Hemingway, Roth, Bellow, Patak, Ozick, and For course description see Bryn Mawr College Greek Malamud. 103. 271 Sociology of the American Jewish Commu­ 304 Advanced Post-Biblical Hebrew H-1, L-2 nity H-1, S-2 D. Rabeeya R. Monson Topic for 1988-89: Aggadah. This course may be This course provides an overview of the sociology of repeated for credit. the American Jewish Community in the context of the social history of American Jewry. Topics include HISTORY OF RELIGION COURSES demography, social characteristics of the community as well as its social structure and institutions.

103 History and Literature of the Bible H-1, L-2 272 Topics in Modern Jewish History: Holocaust S. Lachs Staff This course studies the history of Israel and its sacred The course emphasizes the literature which has come literature against the background of the ancient Near out of this tragic period: diaries, official records, East; the development of the legal, prophetic and wis­ memoirs, and the like. dom traditions. 274 Peoples of Israel S-3 104 History and Literature of Judaism: From the Staff Biblical Era through the Geonic period H-2, L-1 This course surveys the ethnic groups and social con­ S. Lachs stitutions in Israel against the background of contem­ The major focus of the course is on the literature. porary Israeli society from a sociological perspective. 105 History and Literature of Judaism H-2, L-1 300 Studies in Early Rabbinic and Medieval S. Lachs Judaism H-2, V-1 This course covers modern movements from the S. Lachs French Revolution to the present. 398 Senior Conference 201 Topics in Biblical Literature H-2, L-1 S. Lachs S. Lachs This is a year-long seminar in which the students are introduced to the major literary materials, secondary 210 Jewish Ethics and Theology V-3 sources, reference works and critical issues in the S. Lachs literature of Judaism and Christianity. In the second 213 Jewish Literature in Translation: The semester the students present to the seminar a report Talmud on some theme or problem on which they will have S. Lachs conducted research based on their ability to handle one or many primary sources in the original language. 215 Jewish Law and Folklore: The Life Cycle H-2, L-1 COURSES GIVEN IN THE HISTORY S. Lachs DEPARTMENT 216 Jewish Law and Folklore: The Calendar Cycle H-2, L-1 310 The Jews in the Middle Ages H-2, S-1 S. Lachs C. Brand 218 Greek and Roman Religion 320 The Rise of the Dutch Republic H-2, S-1 See Bryn Mawr College Greek 218, or Bryn Mawr J. Tanis College Latin 218. COURSE IN THE SOCIOLOGY DEPARTMENT 237 Evolving Roles of Women in Judaism R. Monson This course looks at a sociological analysis of the 209 Sociology of Religion V-1, S-2 evolution of women's roles in Judaism throughout his­ J. Porter tory with particular emphasis on the contemporary

112 Italian at Bryn Mawr College 3

he aims of the major are to 201 Novel and Poetry of Contemporary Italy H-1, L-2 acquire a knowledge of Ital­ N. Patruno ian language and literature This course studies the artistic and cultural develop­ and an understanding of ments of pre-Fascist, Fascist and post-Fascist Italy as T seen through the works of poets such as Ungaretti, Italian culture. Montale, and Quasimodo and through the novels of Pirandello, Moravia, Silane, Vittorini, Pavese, Ginz­ burg, and others. Associate Professor Nancy Dersofi Associate Professor Nicholas Patruno, Chairperson 202 Short Story of Modern Italy H-1, L-2 Instructor Ute Striker N. Patruno This course examines the best of Italian short stories MAJOR REQUIREMENTS from post-Unification to today's Italy. In addition to their intrinsic appreciation, these works are viewed Ten courses, as follows: Italian 101 and 102, two within the context of related historical and political courses at the 200 level, 301, 304, one semester of events. Some of the writers to be read are Verga, Senior Conference, and three other advanced courses, D'Annunzio, Pirandello, Moravia, Calvina, Buzzati, two of which may be in an allied field. Majors may Ginzburg. take the courses on Petrarch and Boccaccio (303) and the Renaissance (304) at the 200 level (208 and 209), 203 Italian Theater H-1, L-2 provided they read the texts in Italian and submit N. Dersofi written work in Italian. Courses allied to the Italian This course examines selected plays from the Renais­ major include, with departmental approval, all courses sance to the present. Readings include plays by for major credit in ancient and modern languages and Machiavelli, Ruzante, Goldoni, Alfieri, Giacosa, related courses in archaeology, art history, history, Chiarelli, D'Annunzio, Pirandello and Dario Fo. music, philosophy, and political science. Each stu­ dent's program is planned in consultation with the 204 Foscolo, Leopardi and Manzoni V-1, L-2 department. Italian majors may study in Italy dur- N. Patruno ing the junior year in a program approved by the This course studies the Italian Romantic movement department. The Bryn Mawr/University of Penn­ as reflected in these writers. sylvania summer program in Florence offers courses 206 Literature of the Nineteenth Century H-1, each summer for major credit in Italian, or students L-2 may study in other approved summer programs in Italy or in the United States. Courses for major credit N. Patruno in Italian may also be taken at the University of This course studies the literary currents following the Romantic movement. Special attention is given to Pennsylvania. Students on campus are encouraged to live in the Italian House. Decadentismo and Verismo. 207 Dante (in translation) V-1, L-2 REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS N. Patruno This course concentrates on a historical appraisal and The requirement for honors in Italian is a grade-point a critical appreciation of the Divine Comedy with average of 3. 7 in the major and a research paper writ­ attention to some of Dante's other works. ten, at the invitation of the deplJ.rtment, either in senior conference or in a unit of supervised work. 208 Petrarca and Boccaccio (in translation) V-1, Requirements for the minor in Italian are Italian L-2 101 and 102 and four additional units. N. Patruno This course studies Petrarca's Canzoniere and Boc­ 001, 002 Italian Language caccio's Decameron as examples of a changing society. N. Dersofi, N. Patruno, Staff In this course a practical knowledge of the language is 209 Humanism and the Renaissance (in transla­ acquired through a study of grammar, hearing, speak­ tion) V-1, L-2 ing, writing and reading. The language laboratory is N. Dersofi available for practice in hearing and speaking. Credit This course is an introduction to Italian Humanism will not be given for Italian 001 without completion of and to literature and culture in the 15th and 16th Italian 002. centuries. Readings include works by Castiglione, Machiavelli, Ariosto, Tasso and Campanella. 101, 102 Intermediate Course in the Italian Lan­ guage L-1, E-2 301 Dante H-1, L-2 N. Dersofi, N. Patruno N. Dersofi This course reviews grammar and readings from This course studies the Divina Commedia. Prerequi­ selected Italian authors with topics assigned for com­ site: two years of Italian or the equivalent. position and discussion; conducted in Italian. 303 Petrarca and Boccaccio H-1, L-2 N. Dersofi

113 Mathematics

This course studies Petrarca's Canzoniere and Boc­ he aims of courses in Math­ caccio's Decameron. Prerequisite: two years of Italian or the equivalent. ematics are: (1) to promote rigorous thinking in a sys­ 304 The Renaissance H-1, L-2 N. Dersofi tematic, deductive, intellec­ This course covers selected texts by Poliziano, Leon T tual discipline; (2) to present to the Battista Alberti, Lorenzo de'Medici, Castiglione, Machiavelli, Ariosto and Tasso. Prerequisite: two student the direction and scope of years of Italian or the equivalent. mathematical development; (3) to fos­ 305 Literature of the Settecento H-1, L-2 ter technical competence in mathe­ N. Dersofi matics as an aid to the better com­ Offered on demand prehension of the physical, biological 399 Senior Conference and social sciences; and (4) to guide N. Dersofi, N. Patruno and direct the Mathematics majors Each senior prepares, under the direction of the instructor, a paper on an author or a theme which the toward an interest in mathematical student has chosen. At the end of the semester stu­ research. dents choose and demonstrate knowledge of three Mathematics majors take a three­ authors or topics of different periods by either an oral or written examination, according to their preference. year core sequence of courses in calculus, linear algebra, differential equations, abstract algebra and analy­ sis, designed to provide a foundation for further study in the major areas of modern mathematics. Students with substantial advanced placement will complete this sequence by the end of their sophomore year. Stu­ dents who have completed the core sequence may take advanced courses in algebra, analysis, topology or other special topics. The Department offers several intermediate-level courses designed for both majors and non-majors. These include Mathematics 204b and 215a-216b, which provide an impor­ tant foundation for more advanced work in mathematics and other sci­ ences. Mathematics 113a-114b (or equivalent Advanced Placement) is sufficient background for any of these courses. A program including Mathe­ matics 113a, 114b, 121a, b, 218b and 215a is especially appropriate for majors in the social sciences. Mathematics majors are urged to gain facility in the use of computers, either through the introductory courses General Programs 100 or

114 ------3

Bryn Mawr College Interdepartmen­ The course covers material in Math 113 together with techniques and applications of integration. Prerequi­ tal 110, or through independent work. site: Advanced Placement Students interested in pursuing com­ 121a,b Calculus III A-3 puter science in depth as part of a Staff mathematics major should consider This course is an introduction to functions of several the possibility of a concentration in variables, vector geometry, partial derivatives, maxima & minima, Taylor's Theorem, infinite series, multiple computer science. (See the require­ integrals, line integrals, and Green's Theorem. ments for concentration, page 121.) Prerequisite: Math 113H, or Math 114, or Advanced Placement.

Professor William C. Davidon 204b Differential Equations N-1, A-2 Professor Curtis Greene Staff Professor Dale H. Husemoller, on leave 1988-89 This course introduces ordinary differential equations, Associate Professor John D. Fay, leave in residence, including the general theory of first-order equations, second semester linear equations of higher order, series solutions, sin­ Associate Professor Yung-sheng Tai, Chairperson gular points, stability of linear and nonlinear systems, Instructor Peter Kasius and computational methods. An introduction to com­ plex numbers and series and an introduction to MAJOR REQUIREMENTS Fourier series and orthogonal functions also sre covered. (1) Core sequence: Mathematics 113a, 114b, 215a, Elements of linear algebra are developed as 216b, 317a, 318b, 333a, 334b. needed. Emphasis is on applications, especially on dif­ The Mathematics 113a-114b requirement may be fully ferential equations as mathematical models in the or partially satisfied by Advanced Placement. physical, biological and social sciences. May be taken without Mathematics 121a. (2) Four additional courses in mathematics or Prerequisite: Mathematics 114a or b, or Advanced approved related courses at the 200-level or higher. At Placement. least two of these must be at the 300-level. (3) A senior paper and an oral examination on the 215a Linear Algebra A-3 subject of the paper. Y. Tai Students planning graduate study in mathematics This course is an introduction to Linear Algebra: vec­ or related fields are strongly advised to take addi­ tor spaces, linear transformations and matrices, deter­ tional courses at the 300-level. minants, quadratic forms and eigenvalue problems. Equivalent courses in Mathematics at Bryn Mawr Applications to differential equations and linear mod­ College may be substituted for any requirement, sub­ els are discussed. Prerequisite: Math 114, or Math ject to advisor approval. 121, or Advanced Placement. 216b Advanced Calculus A-3 REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS Y. Tai Honors are granted to those senior Mathematics This class covers Calculus of Several Variables: con­ tinuous and differentiable functions on Euclidean majors who, by means of their course work, senior spaces, extreme value problems, inverse and implicit paper and examination, have given evidence of their function theorems, multiple integration, Green's ability, initiative and interest in the study of mathe­ and Stokes' Theorems. Prerequisite: Math 215 matics. High Honors are awarded to the exceptionally able student. 317a Analysis I A-3 Y. Tai CORE COURSES This class covers the foundations of the

115 advanced topics in linear algebra; introduction to processes; applications to statistics; Markov chains Galois Theory. Prerequisite: Mathematics 215a-216b and processes; queuing theory. Prerequisite: Mathe­ or consent of instructor. matics 114a, b or consent of instructor. 334b Algebra II A-3 220b Elementary Complex Analysis A-3 C. Greene Staff Prerequisite: Mathematics 333a This course covers line integrals; complex derivatives; Cauchy's theorem and residue calculations; elementary ELEMENTARY COURSES conformal mapping; harmonic functions. Prerequisite: Mathematics 213a or 215a. 103d Foundations of Probability and Statistics I Not offered in 1988-89 N-, A-1 Also called General Programs 103d 227a Introduction to Mathematical Logic A-3 C. Greene W. Davidon This course covers the basic tools of probability: sam­ This course studies the capabilities and limitations of ple spaces, random variables, expectation, variance, algorithms for proving or refuting conjectures formu­ conditional probability, elementary combinatorial lated in a first-order predicate logic. Topics include models, the law of large numbers. The "idea" of a the Godel completeness and incompleteness theorems, statistical test, and several basic examples also are decidable and undecidable theories, and the use of discussed. computers for proof searches. Not offered in 1988-89 250a Combinatorial Analysis A-3 103e Foundations of Probability and Statistics II Staff N-, A-1 This course introduces the basic methods and Also called General programs 103e problems of combinatorial analysis; permutations and C. Greene combinations, sieve methods, generating functions, This course is a continuation of Mathematics 103d. recurrence relations, partitions, partially ordered sets, Selected topics in statistics; random numbers; com­ graphs, networks, matching and flow problems and puter-generated models are discussed. The computer combinatorial designs. is used as a means for investigating probabilistic phe­ Prerequisite: Mathematics 114b nomena. Prerequisite: ability to write simple programs in BASIC or Pascal, and Mathematics 103d. ADVANCED COURSES Not offered in 1988-89 116b Topics in Mathematics N-1, A-2 335a Topology I A-3 Staff 336b Topology II A-3 This course surveys a series of topics in mathematics, Staff homotopy theory; including number theory, set theory, topology, geome­ This course covers general topology; try, probability and game theory, with emphasis on singular homology theory. Prerequisites: Mathematics the historical and philosophical aspects of 317a and 333a. mathematics. 340 Analysis of Algorithms A-3 Not offered in 1988-89 Also called Computer Science 340 190 Discrete Mathematics A-3 Staff Also called Computer Science 190 and Mathematics This course covers qualitative and quantitative analy­ data struc­ 231 at Bryn Mawr sis of algorithms and their corresponding W. Davidon tures, from a precise mathematical point of view. Per­ This course is an introduction to method and ideas formance bounds, asymptotic and probabilistic cor­ which are central to many branches of discrete analysis, worst case and average case behavior, applied mathematics, especially computer science. rectness and complexity, are also discussed. Math/CS Topics to be covered include: set theory, functions 190, Computer Science 206, and some additional of instructor. and relations, formal logic, elementary combinatorics mathematics at the 200-level, or consent and discrete probability, graph theory, Boolean alge­ 345 Theory of Computation A-3 bras, finite state machines, and formal languages. Also called Computer Science 345. year to year. Additioanl selected topics vary from Staff This course introduces automata theory, formal lan­ INTERMEDIATE COURSES guages, and complexity. The mathematical founda­ tions of computer science: finite state automata, for­ 218a Probability and Statistics N-1, A-2 mal languages and grammar, Turing machines, Staff computability, unsolvability, and computational com­ This course introduces probabilistic techniques, with plexity are also studied. Prerequisite: Math/CS 190, applications; the concept of probability and condi­ Computer Science 206, and some additional mathe­ tional probability; random variables; stochastic matics at the 200-level or consent of instructor.

116 Music 3

390a, b Advanced Topics in Algebra and Geome­ try A-3 he Music curriculum is Staff designed to deepen under­ Topics vary from year to year standing of musical form 392b Advanced Topics in Analysis and Geometry and expression through A-3 T development of compositional and J. Fay Topic for 1988-89: Complex Analysis performance skills and acquisition of style-analytical perspective. A major 394a Advanced Topics in Discrete Mathematics and Computer Science A-3 in Music provides a foundation for Staff further study leading to a career in Topics vary from year to year. music. 396a, b Advanced Topics in Probability, Statis­ The theory program stresses pro­ tics and Applied Mathematics A-3 Staff ficiency in aural, keyboard and vocal Topics vary from year to year. skills, and written harmony and coun­ terpoint. Composition following 398a, b Advanced Topics in Logic and Founda­ tions of Mathematics A-3 important historical models and Staff experimentation with contemporary Topics vary from year to year. styles are emphasized. The music history program pro­ vides a comprehensive view of the evolution of Western art music, and introduces students to basic sources and research methods. The performance program offers opportunities to participate in the Haverford-Bryn Mawr Chamber Singers, Chorale, Symphony, and ensembles formed within the context of Haverford's Chamber Music Semi­ nar. Music 214c, 215c, f, i, 216c, and Private Study (117f, 118i-417a, 418b) are academically credited courses.

Professor John H. Davison Assistant Professor Curt Cacioppo, Chairperson Visiting Assistant Professor Richard Freedman Lecturer Regina Gordon, Director of the Haverford­ Bryn Mawr Choral Program Lecturer James Ross, Director of the Haverford­ Bryn Mawr; Orchestral Program

At Bryn Mawr College Professor Isabelle Cazeaux

MAJOR REQUIREMENTS Theory-composition-105a orb, 109a orb, 203a orb, 204a orb, 303a, 304b. History-22la, 222b, 223a, 224b. One upper-level elective in music: 324b, 326b, 403a, 404b. Students whose pre-college training places them out of theory and history courses may substitute more advanced study to fulfill the number of courses

117 required. Performance--participation in a department­ investigation of principal works of classical music sponsored performance group is required for at least a through guided listening and analysis. year. With departmental approval, participation in a jazz ensemble may satisfy the performance require­ 107a, b Introductory Piano L-1, E-2 ment. Continuing instrumental or vocal private study J. Davison is strongly urged. Majors are expected to attend the For students with little or no keyboard experience. majority of department-sponsored concerts and collo­ Basic reading skills and piano technique; scales, quia. Majors must complete satisfactorily a senior arpeggios and compositions in small forms by Bach, project which will demonstrate focused achievement Mozart and others. in one of the three principal areas of music (theory­ Enrollment limited to 16 composition, history, performance) and substantial 109a, b Keyboard Skills and Score Reading E-3 knowledge in all of them. Time and guidance for the Staff senior project will normally be provided through the Study leading to more advanced keyboard and sight­ student's taking either a 480 course or a regular reading facility. May include technical drills, keyboard course for double credit. Project topics should receive harmony, figured bass, improvisation, score reduction, music faculty approval not later than October 31 of transposition, interpretive study of works from the the student's senior year. Music contributes to the piano literature. Prerequisite: Music 105 and 107, or Areas of Concentration, and the Music Department consent of instructor, following audition. welcomes proposals for interdisciplinary major pro­ grams involving music. 203a, b Principles of Tonal Harmony I A-1, E-2 C. Cacioppo (Labs: R. Gordon) MINOR REQUIREMENTS (for Bryn Mawr students Three class hours and one laboratory period This only) course studies the harmonic vocabulary and composi­ tional techniques of Bach, Haydn, Mozart, Beethoven, Theory-composition--105a or b, 203a or b, 204a or b, Schubert and others. Emphasis is on composing melo­ 109a, b or 303a. History--222b, 223a, 224b and either dies, constructing phrases, and harmonizing in four 221a or 403b. Performance--participation in a depart­ parts. Composition of Minuet and Trio or other hom­ ment-sponsored performance group for one year. ophonic piece is the final project. Lab drills include ear-training, sight-singing, keyboard harmony and REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS analysis of works on supplemental listening list for the semester. Prerequisite: Music 105 or consent of Departmental Honors or High Honors will be instructor. awarded on the basis of superior work in music Offered first semester 1988-89 courses combined with exceptional accomplishment in the senior project. 204a, b Principles of Tonal Harmony II A-1, E-2 C. Cacioppo (Labs: R. Gordon) THEORY AND COMPOSITION Three class hours and one laboratory period This course is an extension of Music 203 consentrating on 103a, b Rudiments of Music L-1, E-2 chorale harmonization, construction of more complex J. Davison phrases; a composition of original theme and varia­ This course studies notation and visual recognition in tions as final project. Lab drills include intensive ear­ treble, bass and alto clefs, of scales, modes, intervals, training, sight-singing, keyboard harmony and score meters and chords; ear-training and elementary piano study of works on supplemental listening list for the skills also are covered and principal works of classical semester. Prerequisite: Music 203 or consent of music through supplementary listening are introduced. instructor. May not be counted toward the major. Offered second semester 1988-89 Not offered first semester 1988-89 303a Advanced Tonal Harmony I A-1, E-2 104b Words and Music L-2, H-1 C. Cacioppo (Labs: R. Gordon) Also called General Programs 104b Three class hours and one laboratory period This R. Freedman course covers a review of chorales, an introduction to This course takes an interdisciplinary approach to chromatic harmonization; composition in forms such artistic expression as embodied in song, opera, and as waltz, nocturne, intermezzo, and exploration of narrative music. Drawing upon texts, music, and criti­ accompaniment textures. Lab drill continue ear-train­ cal writings of the last three centuries, this course ing, sight-singing, keyboard and score study of ~arks explores the means by which literary and musical on supplemental listening list. Prerequmte: Mus1c 204 modes of interpretation have repeatedly informed and or consent of instructor. influenced one another. 304b Advanced Tonal Harmony II A-1, E-2 105a, b Musicianship and Literature L-1, E-2 C. Cacioppo (Labs: R. Gordon) J. Ross Three class hours and one laboratory period Composi­ This course covers preliminary intensive exercise in tion in larger forms such as sonata, rondo are ear-training, sight-singing and aural harmony, and expected. Lab drills continue work in 303a, with . emphasis on keyboard harmony and score reductwn,

118 3

atonal exercises, and analysis of works from supple­ study subsidies may be applied for at the beginning of mental listening list. Prerequisite: Music 303 or con­ each semester's study through the department or the sent of instructor. Bryn Mawr Office for the Arts. 307a, b Topics in Piano: The Pianistic World of 214c Seminar in Analysis and Performance of Beethoven Choral Literature L-1, E-2 (Topic to change each semester; Spring 1989: The J. Hamer Twentieth Century.) This seminar is available to students participating in This course combines private lessons and studio/ the Haverford-Bryn Mawr Chamber Singers. The master classes, musical analysis, research questions course researchs into the special musical problems of into performance practice and historical context, criti­ literature rehearsed and performed during the cal examination of sound recorded sources. Prepara­ semester. tion of works of selected composer or style period for end of semester class recital is required. This course 215c, f, i Ensemble and Accompanying Seminar is for qualified pianists. Prerequisite: audition. L-1, E-2 C. Cacioppo 403a, b Seminar in Twentieth Century Theory This course consists of intensive rehearsal of works and Practice H-1, L-2 for small groups, with supplemental research and lis­ J. Davison tening assigned. Performance is required. The course This course examines classic and contemporary 20th­ is available to instrumentalists and vocalists who are century composers, works and trends, with reference concurrently studying privately, or who have studied to theoretical and aesthetic writings and the broader privately immediately prior to the start of the semes­ cultural context. Prerequisite: Music 204 or consent of ter. Prerequisite: audition and consent of instructor. instructor. Not offered first semester 1988-89 216c Seminar in Analysis and Performance of Orchestral Literature L-1, E-2 404b Counterpoint A-1, E-2 H. Felder J. Davison For students participating in the Haverford-Bryn This course studies 18th century contrapuntal tech­ Mawr Symphony, this course researches the special niques and forms with emphasis on the works of J. S. musical problems of literature rehearsed and per­ Bach. Modal counterpoint; canon; composition of formed during the semester. two-part contrapuntal dance (such as gavotte); inven­ tion; introduction to fugal writing are also studied. HISTORY Analysis of works from supplemental listening list for the semester is required. Prerequisite: Music 304 or consent of instructor. 102a Introduction to Western Music H-1, L-2 R. Freedman PERFORMANCE Also called General Programs 102a This course studies the elements of music (rhythm, melody, polyphony, timbre, texture, orchestration) 117f, 118i, 217f, 218i, 317f, 318i, 417a, 418b Vocal or considered in a broad cultural context, followed by a Instrumental Private Study E-1 or E-3 survey of selected masterworks of Western art music Supervisors: R. Gordon (vocal), J. Ross (instrumental), from the Middle Ages to the present. Listening C. Cacioppo (keyboard) assignments and several brief papers will be assigned. Prerequisites: any non-private study full-credit course May not be counted toward the major. offered by the Haverford College Music Department (may be taken concurrently with private study; if two 126a Topics in World Music: Introduction to the half-credit courses are to be applied toward this pre­ History of Jazz H-1, L-2 requisite, only the second may be taken concurrently); R. Freedman departmental audition to determine level; departmen­ This course is an historical survey of the origins, tal approval of proposed teacher. To receive credit for phases and recent directions of jazz as the most sig­ private study, students must be participating in a nificant area of Afro-American music. departmentally approved ensemble (such as Chorale, 221a Chamber Singers, Symphony, or Music 215 Seminar Medieval and Renaissance Music H-1, L-2 group) and perform for a faculty jury at the end of R. Freedman This the semester of study. Teachers will submit written course examines the music of the medieval and Renaissance periods emphasizing evaluations at the end of the semester's work. Private study of techniques and styles, performance study at the 100 level is on a credit-no credit basis. practice and historical set­ ting; Grades, given at the 200-400 levels, will be determined extensive research and listening assignments. Prerequisite: on the basis of all available materials. Full credit is Music 204, or consent of the instructor. Offered in 1988-89 and alternate automatically given at the 400 level only; requests for years full credit at the 100-300 level will be considered by 222b Baroque Music H-1, L-2 the department. A maximum of two credits of private R. Freedman study may be applied toward graduation. All financial arrangements are the student's responsibility. Private

119 Philosophy

This course examines the music of the Baroque he Philosophy curriculum period emphasizing study of techniques and styles, performance practice and historical setting; extensive has three major aims. First, research and listening assignments will be expected. it attempts to help students Prerequisite: Music 203 or consent of instructor. to develop thoughtful atti­ Offered 1988-89 and alternate years T tudes toward life and the world 223a Classical Music H-1, L-2 through a confrontation with the R. Freedman This course examines the music of the Classical thought of great philosophers, treat­ period emphasizing study of techniques and styles, ing such problems as the nature of performance practice and historical setting; extensive and social lives, the research and listening assignments will be expected. our individual Prerequisite: Music 203 or consent of instructor. nature of the world in which we live, Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years and the nature of our consciousness 224b Romantic Music H-1, L-2 of, and response to, that world. Sec­ R. Freedman ondly, the Philosophy curriculum is This course examines the music of the Romantic period emphasizing study of techniques and styles, planned to help students to acquire performance practice and historical setting; extensive philosophical materials and skills research and listening assignments will be required. which supplement and integrate their Prerequisite: Music 203 or consent of instructor. Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years other studies in the arts, the social sciences, the natural sciences, or 324b Seminar in Music History H-1, L-2 Not offered in 1988-89 religion. Finally, the Philosophy cur­ riculum offers certain students a 326b Seminar in Jazz History H-1, L-2 Staff foundation in knowledge and tech­ Prerequisite: Music 103, 105 or 126, or some practical nique for further studies in philoso­ jazz experience; enrollment limited to 24. or related fields at the graduate Not offered in 1988-89 phy level. 480a, f, b, i Independent Study majors are Staff All Philosophy Prerequisite: consent of instructor. required to have a reading knowledge of at least one foreign language. Some AT BRYN MAWR COLLEGE: advanced Philosophy courses may require reading knowledge of a for­ 201 Romantic Music H-1, L-2 I. Cazeaux eign language as a prerequisite for admission. 207 Musical Criticism H-1, L-2 I. Cazeaux Unless otherwise indicated, Phi­ losophy 101 is a prerequisite for all 217 The Music of Debussy H-1, L-2 I. Cazeaux courses in philosophy. Most 300-level courses require in addition one 302 Medieval and Early Renaissance Music H-1, L-2 200-level course or consent of the I. Cazeaux instructor. 303 Late Renaissance and Baroque Music H-1, L-2 Professor Manfred Baum, Semester I I. Cazeaux Professor Richard J. Bernstein, on leave second semester 307 Opera and Music Drama H-1, L-2 Professor Asoka Gangadean I. Cazeaux Professor L. Aryeh Kosman V.Y. Mudimbe, on leave 1988-89 310 Bibliography and Research H-1, L-2 Professor Lucius Outlaw I. Cazeaux Associate Professor Associate Professor Kathleen Wright, Chairperson Visiting Professor Robert Martin, Semester II Visiting Instructor Sam Fleischacker

120 3

MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 208a Hindu Philosophy V-3 A. Gangadean Philosophy 101, or Bryn Mawr Philosophy 101 and Major philosophical issues in classical Hindu 201, or the equivalent elsewhere; thought six upper level are studied. Prerequisite: Philosophy courses in Philosophy, 101 or consent not including Philosophy 460, of instructor. of which at least two must be 300 level courses; a Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years written comprehensive examination in February of the senior year; the senior spring seminar (399b) 209a Buddhist Philosophy V -3 which requires the writing of a thesis to be evaluated A. Gangadean by the Department; a reading proficiency in a foreign This course covers selected works from Indian Bud­ language, to be evidenced prior to the end of the jun­ dhist philosophy. Prerequisite: Philosophy 101 or con­ ior year either by written examination or by the sent of instructor. equivalent of two years of a modern language or one Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years year of an ancient or Asian language at the college level. 210b Jewish Philosophy and Theology V-3 Students electing a major in Philosophy but una­ A. Kosman ble to comply with all normal requirements because of This course cover selected works from the Jewish special circumstances should consult the Chairperson philosophical and theological tradition. Prerequisite: regarding waivers or substitutions. Philosophy 101 or consent of instructor. Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS 221a Early Modern Continental Philosophy V-3 Students who, in the judgment of the staff, have done M. Baum distinguished work in their Philosophy courses, in Selected works of Descartes, Spinoza and Leibniz are their comprehensive examination, and in their thesis studied. will be invited to take an oral examination and will be Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years considered for Departmental Honors. 222a Early Modern British Philosophy V-3 101 Historical Introduction to Philosophy V-3 Staff Staff Selected works of Bacon, Locke, Berkeley and/or This course introduces some of the main issues and Hume are studied. problems of philosophy concerning the nature of real­ Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years ity, knowledge and value through the study of works 226b Nineteenth-Century Philosophy of great philosophers. Philosophy 101 is a year V-3 course L. Outlaw and students must take both semesters to receive credit. This course covers primary works of Marx, Feuer­ bach, and/or Kierkegaard 107b Logic A-2, V-1 Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years R. Martin 227a Nietzsche V-2, L-1 This course covers symbolic logic with emphasis on M. Baum the nature of deductive argument. No prerequisite. Offered in 1988-89 Die Geburt der Trag6die. This course will be held in German. 151b Western Political Theory V-2, S-1 Offered in 1988-89 Also called Political Science 151b S. Shumer 228b Analytic Philosophy A-1, V-2 R. Martin For course description see Political Science 151 b Offered in 1988-89 Central issues in the development of modern analytic philosophy are studied. 202a Plato V-2, L-1 Offered in 1989~90 and alternate years A. Kosman 229a Wittgenstein A-1, V-2 This course covers selected dialogues of Plato. R. Bernstein Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years Wittgenstein's Tractatw; and/or Philosophical 203a Aristotle V-3 Investigations. A. Kosman Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years This course studies selected works of Aristotle. 230a Twentieth Century Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years. Continental Philosophy V-3 205a Hellenistic and Roman Philosophy V-2, L-1 K. Wright A. Kosman This course covers selected works of 20th century This course covers a selection of primary works of European philosophy. Epicurus, Lucretius, Epictetus, Marcus Aurelius, Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years Cicero. Not offered in 1988-89 232a American Philosophy V-3 R. Bernstein

121 This course studies selected works of 19th and 20th 277a Religion in the Age of Reason H-1, V-2 century American Philosophy. Prerequisite: Philoso­ Also called Religion 277 a phy 101 or consent of instructor. D. Dawson Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years For course description see Religion 277a Not offered in 1988-89 234a African-American Philosophy V-2, S-1 L. Outlaw 278b The Theology of the Nineteenth Century This course covers selected works from the traditions H-1, V-2 of African-Americans. Prerequisite: Philosophy 101 or Also called Religion 278b consent of instructor. D. Dawson Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years For course description see Religion 278b Not offered in 1988-89 235a African Philosophy V-3 L. Outlaw 284b Philosophy of Religion V-3 This course covers developments in philosophy in Also called Religion 284b colonial and post-colonial Africa and their relations D. Dawson with Western scholarly traditions. Prerequisite: Phi­ For course description see Religion 284b losophy 101 or consent of instructor. Not offered in 1988-89 Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years 285a Religion and the Hermeneutics of Suspicion 249a Structuralism, Language and Societies V-2, H-1, V-2 S-1 Also called Religion 285a V. Mudimbe D. Dawson Not offered in 1988-89 For course description see Religion 285a Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years 252b Philosophy of Logic and Language A-1, V-2 A. Gangadean 302b Kant V-3 Languages and meaning from a logical and philosoph­ S. Fleischacker ical point of view are studied. This course studies Kant's Ethics and Contemporary Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years Moral Philosophy 254a Aesthetics V-2, L-1 303b Hegel V-3 K. Wright R. Bernstein, K. Wright This course covers major philosophical issues in the This course studies the primary works of Hegel. philosophy of art and literature. Prerequisite: Philoso­ Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years phy 101 or consent of instructor. Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years 304a,b Topics in Ancient Philosophy V-3 Not offered in 1988-89. 256a Metaphysics/Epistemology V-3 305a, b Topics in Early Modern Philosophy V-3 A. Gangadean This course critically examines selected philosophies Not offered in 1988-89 of being and knowledge. 306a,b Topics in Nineteenth Century Philosophy Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years V-3 266b Critical Theory of Society V-2, S-1 Not offered in 1988-89 L. Outlaw 307a, b Topics in Recent Anglo-American Philos­ This course covers the development of critical social ophy V-3 philosophy from Kant through Hegel and Marx to S. Fleischacker contemporary thinkers. Topic of 1988-89: Judgment - Thought beyond Rules Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years 308 Topics in Recent Continental Philosophy V-3 268b Social and Political Philosophy V-2, S-1 D. Berstein L. Outlaw Topic for 1988-89: The Ethical-Political Horizon of Major philosophical issues concerning social and Modern/Post-Modern Thought political life are covered in this course. Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years 309a Topics in Logic and Ontology V -3 A. Gangadean 270b Philosophy of Science V-2, N-1 Topic for 1988-89: Shifting paradigms of human exis­ D. Bernstein tence from identity to relativity. This course covers major philosophical issues raised by the sciences concerning the nature of scientific 310a, b Topics in Ethics explanation, the role of laws, theories, observation Not offered in 1988-89. and experiment in science. Prerequisite: Philosophy 101 or consent of instructor. 311a Topics in Aesthetics and Philosophy of Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years Literature V-3 K. Wright, C. Berstein

122 3

Topic for 1988-89: The Romance of the Self in Phi­ 102b Introduction to Problems in Philosophy: losophy and Literature Foundations of Knowledge V-3 312a Topics in Social and Political Philosophy 102 Introduction to Problems of Philosophy: V-3 Twentieth Century, Analytic and Speculative V-3 S. Fleischacker Topic for 1988-89: Origins of Modern Liberalism 103 Introduction to Logic A-3 313b Contemporary Philosophical Problems V-3 201 Introduction to Philosophy: Modern Philoso­ K. Wright phy H-1, V-2 Topic for 1988-89; The Problem of Interpretation 210 Philosophy of Social Science: Introduction to 314b Topics in Non-Western Philosophy V-3 Cultural Analysis S-3 A. Gangadean 212 Topic for 1988-89: Rationality, Meaning and Exis­ Metaphysics V-3 tence in Hindu, Buddhist and Zen Thought 215 Introduction to Set Theory A-3 315a Topics in Epistemology and Philosophy of 216 Interpretation: Language V-3 Texts and Society V-3 R. Martin 231 Plato: Early and Middle Dialogues V-3 Topic for 1988-89: Truth and the Semantic Paradoxes 237 Nature and Human Nature V-3 399b Senior Spring Seminar V-3 Staff 242 Theory of Recursion A-3 The aim of this seminar is to aid the student in writ­ ing the senior essay. Students are expected to present 310 Philosophy of Science V-3 topics for critical discussion and evaluation by other 311 majors. Philosophy of Religion V-3 315 Concepts of Time V-3 460e, f Discussion Leaders V-3 Qualified major or non-major seniors receive one 318a Philosophy of Language course credit for supervised teaching in Philosophy 101. Prerequisite: consent of the chairperson or of the 330 Kant V-3 individual instructors in Philosophy 101. 333 Russian Philosophy V-2, H-1 480 a,b,t,i Independent Study V-3 334 Marx and Russian Marxism V-3 AT BRYN MAWR COLLEGE 395 Origins of Political Philosophy: China and Greece V-2, L-1 101 Introduction to the History of Philosophy H-1, V-2

123 Physical Education

ecause Physical Education hockey, volleyball, lacrosse and ten­ is an integral part of the nis. Haverford men and women com­ total educational impact pete in squash with other institutions Haverford seeks to make on as club teams. B The College supports a broad and its students, the College maintains a broad program of intercollegiate, flexible program of intramural and intramural and instructional activi­ instructional activities. The emphasis ties. The aim of this program is to within these activities is on sound provide each student with an oppor­ instruction, enjoyable participation tunity for athletic activity at a level and an increase in students' profi­ of intensity matching interest and ciency. Each student is offered the ability. chance for a successful athletic expe­ The Physical Education Depart­ rience, regardless of previous athletic ment stresses the promotion of physi­ background or innate ability. cal fitness, the development of sports­ The intramural program offers an manship and community spirit. The organized recreational experience athletic program as a whole is con­ from which the student may also cerned with the individual student's derive some of the rewards and satis­ development, enjoyment and growth factions of competitive team play. within the framework of group Coeducational intramural leagues are endeavor and shared responsibility. regularly conducted in soccer, basket­ Intercollegiate sports at ball, volleyball and softball. Student­ Haverford are designed for those stu­ organized clubs in cycling, rugby, ice dents who wish to make a commit­ hockey, swimming, and men's volley­ ment to disciplined and competitive ball often further recreational and athletics. The College expects to be competitive opportunities. competitive in its schedule of events The instructional program fea­ within the Middle Atlantic Confer­ tures a variety of activities organized ence, the Philadelphia Association of according to ability and experience Intercollegiate Athletics for Women and taught in small sections with a and with other comparable maximum of individual attention. institutions. Sound instruction and practice in The intercollegiate program con­ basic skills, mixed with competition sists of 18 varsity teams: men com­ with students of comparable skills, pete on a varsity level in soccer, aid in attainment of proficiency. cross-country, basketball, wrestling, Instructional classes are conducted in fencing, lacrosse, baseball, tennis, golf, tennis, bowling, squash, running track and cricket; and on a subvarsity techniques and training, yoga, karate, level in soccer, baseball, basketball, body-building (weight training), bad­ lacrosse and tennis. Women's varsity minton, handball and fencing. intercollegiate opportunities include The availability of Physical Edu­ cross-country, field hockey, soccer, cation courses at Bryn Mawr College volleyball, basketball, lacrosse, tennis, in modern dance, social dance, arch­ and track, with subvarsities in field ery, swimming, life-saving and water safety, among others, adds another

124 3

dimension to the Department's Indoor facilities include the Ryan offerings. Gymnasium, Alumni Field House, the All students at Haverford, unless John A. Lester Cricket Pavilion the excused for medical reasons, are Locker Building (including a fully required to participate in some area equipped trainer's room and the of the physical education program Strouse Weight Room), and the five during the major portion of their first Sesquicentennial Squash Courts. The two years in College. For physical basement of the Ryan Gymnasium education purposes the academic year contains locker facilities and the is divided into four quarters, of which Henri Gordon Fencing Room. A bas­ students must successfully complete ketball court and wrestling area is on six within the first two years unless the main floor, with one-wall hand­ they make arrangements for deferred ball and badminton courts. completion satisfactory to the Alumni Field House, donated by chairperson of the Physical Education alumni and friends of the College in Department. No student will be per­ 1957, provides extensive facilities for mitted to graduate without satisfying additional athletic activities. Reno­ this requirement, which is designed to vated in 1984, the Field House has a assure exposure to a program from synthetic floor surface of approxi­ which students may choose wisely mately 60,000 square feet. This sur­ those forms of activity which will face may be divided into four regula­ promote physical welfare and recrea­ tion college basketball courts, five tional satisfaction during College and tennis courts, seven volleyball courts, beyond. or a "playing field" for such sports as Evidence of satisfactory physical field hockey, soccer, lacrosse or base­ condition is required by the Depart­ ball. Other features of the Field ment before any student is admitted House are a new 117-mile track and a to any aspect of the program. batting cage. Spectator seating capac­ The outdoor facilities include: ity exceeds 1,000. Walton Field for lacrosse, soccer and Gregory Kannerstein, Chairperson, Director of Ath­ track with a 440-yard oval and a letics and Associate Dean of the College 220-yard eight-lane straightaway cin­ Penelope C. Hinckley, Associate Director of der track; 2-mile cross-country course Athletics within the campus limits; the Class of Full-time staff: '88, Class of '22 and Merion Joseph A. Amorim (soccer) Fields-which are used for soccer and Albert W. Dillon III (tennis) Thomas Donnelly (cross-country, track) field hockey in the fall, and softball Penelope C. Hinckley (field hockey) and lacrosse in the spring; the three David Hooks (basketball, lacrosse) fields on 10 acres on Featherbed Gregory Kannerstein (baseball) Ann Koger (volleyball, tennis) Lane, built to provide additional Deborah Gallagher (lacrosse) intramural and practice space; a skat­ ing pond; Cope Field for cricket; the Lisa Peoples, Athletic Trainer Class of '16 Field and Roy Randall Diamond Part-time head coaches: for baseball; 12 all-weather James Caldwell (cross-country, track) tennis courts and a driving range for Lawrence Imgrund (wrestling) golf practice. Kamran Rashid Khan (cricket) Charles Kramer (soccer)

125 James Murray (fencing) Wrestling (men's) Sue Stahl (basketball) Track (men's and women's) Instructional and Intramural Athletic Training PROGRAM Badminton Basketball* Bowling The intercollegiate program consists Handball/Paddleball of schedules in 18 sports; participa­ Karate tion in them counts toward meeting Squash Volleyball* the physical education requirement. Water Safety** The following table summarizes the Weight training Yoga sports and physical education activi­ Modern dance** ties available. Running techniques and training Social dance** Fall: Intercollegiate Spring: Cricket Intercollegiate Cross-country (men's and women's) Baseball (men's) Field Hockey (women's) Cricket (men's) Soccer (men's and women's) Lacrosse (men's and women's) Volleyball (women's) Tennis (men's and women's) Instructional and Intramural Track (men's and women's) Athletic Training Instructional and Intramural Golf Golf Soccer* Softball* Tennis Modern dance** Modern dance** Lifesaving** Lifesaving** Tennis Swimming** *Intramural competition available Winter: (I and II) **At Bryn Mawr College Intercollegiate ***Women's club team Basketball (men's and women's) Fencing (men's and women's***)

126 Physics 3

he Physics curriculum whose interests extend beyond phys­ introduces students to con­ ics to the interdisciplinary fields of cepts and methods which astrophysics, biophysics, chemical T are fundamental throughout physics, philosophy of science, medi­ the sciences. It provides opportunities cal science or engineering. for first-hand experimental and theo­ The department recognizes that retical investigations together with participation by students in the the study of those basic principles research of faculty members has that have led to profound scientific, much value. Currently, active philosophical and technological devel­ research programs are being pursued opments in the 20th century. in the areas of crystal growth, fluid Physics 109b, which has no labo­ dynamics, structures of and phase ratory or prerequisites, offers a broad transitions on solid surfaces, and view of contemporary physics to stu­ optical studies of phase transitions dents whose primary focus is outside and unusual solids (other opportuni­ the physical sciences. Physics 100a ties exist in Astronomy). Courses also is offered without prerequisite, numbered 412 to 417 provide majors but does have a laboratory and pro­ with opportunities to participate for ceeds with a more quantitative academic credit in these research emphasis. efforts during their senior year. Paid Prospective science majors are summer research assistantship pos­ advised to study some physics in tions are also often available. their freshman or sophomore year Students interested in teaching because all contemporary sciences may participate in the teaching of the rely heavily on basic physical princi­ introductory courses by registering ples. Physics 100a or 105b, for stu­ for Physics 460. dents with little or no background in A Concentration in Computer physics, or 105b and 115a for stu­ Science is available for physics dents with more extensive prepara­ majors. This program is described on tion, provide foundations for other page 110. work in the sciences. Students may also wish to con­ The sequence, 105b, 115a, 214b sider Haverford's joint 3/2 engineer­ constitutes an introduction to the ing program with the University of major. Some freshmen are placed by Pennsylvania (see page 40) which the department on the basis of previ­ makes it possible to obtain a degree ous study in physics into 115a. Phys­ from Haverford and an engineering ics 105b (also called Astronomy 105b) degree from the University of includes both introductory physics Pennsylvania. and basic astronomy and astrophysics and also serves as an introduction to Professor Jerry P. Gollub, Provost the Astronomy major. Professor R. Bruce Partridge, Chairperson The remainder of the major Associate Professor Stephen P. Boughn pro­ Associate Professor Lyle D. Roelofs, on leave gram is quite flexible and, via selec­ 1988-89 tion of appropriate upper-level Assistant Professor Andrew Dougherty Assistant Professor David J. Pine courses, can accomodate students Assistant Professor Nilgun Sungar

127 MAJOR REQUIREMENTS graininess of the microscopic world (quantum phe­ nomena), new conceptions of space and time (relativ­ 1. Physics 105b, 115a and 214b; (or Bryn Mawr 101, ity), and the search for the elementary constituents of 102, 203 and 301 matter (particle physics). The last few weeks will be 2. Mathematics 121a or b and 204b devoted to some contemporary applications of quan­ tum physics: the world of very low temperatures and 3. Six 300 or 400-level elective courses in Physics at modern electronic technology. Readings include the Haverford or Bryn Mawr. Students considering gradu­ non-technical works of Heisenberg, Einstein and ate work in physics should take four of the following other physicists. No prerequisite. five courses in their junior year: 308, 309, 314, 318, Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years and 316 or 326 (or their equivalents at Bryn Mawr). Two of the required courses may be replaced by 115a Fundamental Physics II N-2, E-1 upper level courses in a related department, with N. Sungar and A. Dougherty be approval from the major advisor. (The student will Three class hours and one laboratory period asked to prepare a brief written statement explaining This course continues the study of those concepts of the the relationship between the proposed courses and physics forming the foundation of all the natural sci­ physics major.) ences: electromagnetism, optics, thermal physics, and 4. Physics 399f and i, including a paper and collo­ special relativity. Prerequisite: Physics 105b or place­ quium based on independent work and attendance at ment by the department. Senior Colloquia and Philips Lectures hosted by the department. 214b Introductory Quantum Mechanics N-2, E-1 D. Pine and S. Baughn Three class hours and one laboratory period REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS This course covers inference of quantum principles algebra of symmetries and conserva­ The award of Honors in Physics will be based upon from experiment, levels, intrinsic spin and quantum the quality of performance in course work and the tion laws, energy emission of light, simple atoms. Prerequi­ Senior Colloquium. High Honors carries the addi­ statistics, tional requirement of demonstrated originality in site: Physics 115a or 213a. senior research. 308a Advanced Classical Mechanics N-2, A-1 100a Survey of Classical and Modern PhysicsN-3 A. Dougherty mechanics, including D. Pine and A. Dougherty This course covers classical theory applied to macro­ Three class hours and one laboratory period Lagrangian and Hamiltonian and methods of solution with This course is a historical introduction to physics and scopic physical systems, techniques appropriate for the astronomy emphasizing the scientific discoveries emphasis on numerical Physical phenomena studied will include which in turn have revolutionized scientific practice computer. motion of systems of particles, and thought. Topics include Copernican astronomy, rigid body motion, motion. Prerequisites: Physics Newtonian mechanics, energy, thermodynamics, elec­ oscillations and fluid Mawr 203, and General Programs tricity and magnetism, optics, Einstein's theory of rel­ 115a, 213a or Bryn computer programming experience. ativity, quantum physics, and elementary particle 104 or equivalent 1988-89 and alternate years. physics. Readings from Teller, Kuhn, and Weinberg. Offered in No prerequisite. 309a Advanced Electromagnetism and Modern 105b Introduction to Physics and Astronomy N-2, Optics A-2, E-1 E-1 Staff of class and one laboratory period Also called Astronomy 105b Three hours covers boundary value problems, multi­ N. Sungar and Staff This course electromagnetic waves, optical properties Three class hours and one laboratory period pole fields, systems, diffraction, scattering, This course studies Newtonian mechanics, conserva­ of solids, radiating and Fourier optics. Modern tion laws, gravitational fields, waves and sound. Cer­ optical interferometry techniques such as Fabry-Perot interfer­ tain elementary methods of vector calculus are intro­ experimental doppler velocimetry are discussed. duced. Examples illustrating physical laws are drawn ometry and laser Physics 115a, 213a or Bryn Mawr 204. from planetary and stellar astronomy. Prerequisite: Prerequisites: 1989-90 and alternate years Physics 100a or by placement and Mathematics 113a Offered in or equivalent. 311a General Relativity N-2, A-1 109b Quantum Physics and Strange Phenomena S. Baughn see Astronomy 3lla N-3 For course description and alternate years Also called General Programs 109b Offered in 1989-90 Staff 313a Particle Physics N-2, A-1 physics emphasizing some A portrait of contemporary N. Sungar that challenge our concep­ of its more bizarre features This course covers models of the structure and inter­ and science: the tions about the nature of reality actions of the fundamental particles. Topics include

128 3

the current status of the conservation laws, character­ 326a Advanced Physics Laboratory N-1, E-2 ization of the strong and weak interactions, unifica­ Staff tion of the fundamental forces, gauge theories and This course consists of design, execution and analysis quark models. The primary goal is to understand the of significant experiments, which change from year to structure of matter on the most basic level. Prerequi­ year. Those presently available include studies of the site: Physics 214b or Bryn Mawr 301. properties of matter near absolute zero, vacuum depo­ Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years sition of optical coatings, and chaotic dynamics. The course emphasizes 314a Statistical Physics N-3 the effective use of contemporary Staff experimental tools, including laboratory computers and optical methods. Prerequisites: This course looks at the treatment of many particle Physics 214b, Bryn Mawr 301, or consent of instructor. systems using classical and quantum statistics and Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years ensembles to derive the laws of thermodynamics and statistical mechanics; applications to the thermal 399f, i Senior Seminar N-1, A- 1/2 properties of matter (solids, liquids and gases), photon Staff and phonon systems. Some systems will be studied A senior seminar meeting biweekly throughout the using Monte Carlo (computer) techniques, on a pro­ year, this course consists of an introduction to scien­ ject basis. Prerequisite: Physics 214b or Bryn Mawr tific writing and talks; preparation and presentation 301, or consent of instructor. of Senior theses and colloquia; attendance at lectures Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years by Philips visitors; and discussions of student and faculty research projects 316b Electronic Instrumentation and Laboratory in the Department. Prerequi­ Computers N-1, E-2 site: Senior standing. D. Pine 412a, b Research in Theoretical Physics N-1, A-2 This course covers electronic instrumentation and L. Roelofs laboratory computers in the context of advanced This course emphasizes independent research on cur­ experiments. The first part is a sequence of mini­ rent problems in theoretical physics, with emphasis projects designed to develop electronic and computer on the physics of condensed matter systems; extensive skills of general importance. In the second part these use of computer-based methods are also required. techniques, together with cryogenic and optical meth­ Prerequisite: consent of instructor. ods, will be used for significant experiments varying Not offered in 1988-89 from year to year. Prerequisite: Physics 214b or Bryn Mawr301. 415a, b Research in Experimental Condensed Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years Matter Physics N-1, E-2 D. Pine 318b Advanced Quantum Mechanics N-2, A-1 This course covers directed experimental research on N. Sun{?ar the physics of fluids and phase transitions using light This course is a continuation of the study of quantum scattering and photon counting techniques. Labora­ mechanics begun in 214b. Topics include matrix tory research currently focuses on the microscopic mechanics and spin, many-particle systems, perturba­ dynamical response of polymer solutions and binary tion theory, scattering theory and an introduction to liquid mixtures to shear. Prerequisite: consent of relativistic quantum mechanics. A variety of physical instructor. systems will be treated as examples, including simple atoms and solids. Prerequisites: Physics 214b or Bryn 417a, b Research in Condensed Matter Physics Mawr 301. N-1, E-2 Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years A. Dou{?herty This course emphasizes directed experimental 322b Solid State Physics N-3 research on a problem in the physics of condensed Staff matter. Experiments include studies of hydrodynamic This course covers structural and electronic properties phenomena, chaos and crystal growth. Prerequisite: of solids, including both crystalline and non-crystal­ consent of instructor. line materials, band theory, semiconductors, optical properties and elementary excitations. Applications of 460a, b Association in Teaching Basic Physics solid state phenomena in computer science and engi­ N-2, E-1 neering will be explored to a limited extent. Prerequi­ Staff site: Physics 214b or Bryn Mawr 301. Student association with staff in Physics 100a or Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years 105b, involving leadership in recitation meetings and supervision of laboratory meetings. Open to seniors.

129 Political Science

he Political Science curricu­ Majors in Political Science are lum is designed to give stu­ expected to understand the relation­ dents an understanding of ship of this field to other social stud­ political organization and ies, as well as to the purposes and T the social sciences as a political forces in modern society, to methods of provide knowledge and a basis for whole. They are therefore expected to insight and judgment on the problems take related courses in other depart­ involved in the relationship of the ments as noted below. individual to government, and of gov­ ernments to one another. The broad Professor Harvey Glickman include: analysis of Professor Robert A. Mortimer, Chairperson areas of study Professor Sidney R. Waldman political theory in relation to its insti­ Associate Professor Sara M. Shumer tutional environment, comparison Assistant Professor Anita Isaacs types of and appraisal of different MAJOR REQUIREMENTS governments and political organiza­ behavior and Courses fall into four subfields of the discipline of tions, American political political science: American politics (A); comparative institutions, and problems of interna­ politics (C); international politics (I); and political tional relations. theory (T). To enter the major, two one-semester courses are required from the following: 121, 131, 141, The courses are designed prima­ 151, 152 at Haverford; 201, 205, 208, 209 at Bryn rily for a liberal arts education and Mawr College. These courses should represent two intended to create intelligent and different subfields. are Departmental Studies: Eight additional courses of lasting interest and participation in which two must be field courses, one must be a senior the formulation of public policy. The research seminar, and one must be 392. Field courses needs of are intermediate courses that focus on central concep­ training will also serve the tual issues in the respective subfields. Majors must students contemplating scholarship elect field courses from two different subfields. and teaching in political science, as Courses designated as field courses are: 223, 224, 235, 236, 238, 245, 246, 255, 256 and 257. Research semi­ well as professional careers such as nars are 391, 393, 394, 396 at Haverford and 398 at law, business, journalism and the Bryn Mawr College. The combination of introductory, public service. field and elective courses is expected to include repre­ sentation of at least three of the four subfields of In advanced courses, emphasis is study. All senior majors write a thesis and take a gen­ placed upon individual research and eral comprehensive examination through enrollment forma­ in 392. analysis-practice in concept Related studies: Four courses outside Political Sci­ tion, location, organization and pres­ ence at Haverford or Bryn Mawr College which are entation of data-and upon indepen­ related to the major. Some examples of possible inter­ ests around which the courses could cluster are: dent judgment. American or other area studies; political and social Majors particularly interested in theory; international affairs; environmental policies; comparative and international politics urban affairs; intermediate and advanced foreign lan­ guage work related to work in the major; or courses as subfields are encouraged to explore from one or more of the other social sciences. "Study Abroad" options for a semes­ ter or a year. Some political science REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS courses at approved universities in The award of Departmental Honors is determined on foreign countries can be substituted the basis of the thesis, the quality of course work and performance in the general examination. for political science courses required for the major in Political Science. 121a, b American Political Institutions and their Dynamics (A) S-3 Staff

130 3

This course covers the dynamics of the political pro­ Prerequisite: Political Science 121a, b or Bryn Mawr cess as seen in the Congress, the Presidency, the exec­ Political Science 201, or consent of instructor. utive bureaucracy and the judiciary; democratic the­ ory also is considered. 224b The American Presidency (A) S-3 Staff 131a, b Comparative Government and Politics (C) This course examines the institution of the Presi­ H-1, S-2 dency in the past few decades; how the President H. Glickman 1)relates to Congress, 2)to others in the executive This course covers Capitalism, Socialism, Commu­ branch, 3)to his party and to the public. Prerequisite: nism, Authoritarianism, and Democracy in Three Political Science 121a orb; or Bryn Mawr Political Worlds: West, East, and "The Third World." The Science 201, or consent of instructor. class examines the institutions, ideologies, and social and economic policies in selected countries. 233b Politics and Society in Contemporary India S-3 141a, b Introduction to International Politics (I) T. Kessinger S-3 This course covers selected topics in modern Indian R. Mortimer affairs: political institutions, parties, and leadership, This course is an introduction to the major problems economic development issues, the role of regional and and substantive trends in world politics, especially global affairs and the relations between city and since World War II: Soviet-American confrontation, countryside. bi-polarity and multi-polarity, emergence of the "Third World." 235a The Politics of Social and Economic Change in the Third World (C) S-2, H-1 151a, b Western Political Theory (T) V-2, S-1 H. Glickman Also called Philosophy 151a This course examines the political processes and insti­ S. Shumer tutions in selected nations of Asia, Africa, and Latin This course studies the fundamental problems of America in the context of global political and eco­ Western political thought, designed to introduce the nomic forces. Issues considered include neo-colonial­ student both to careful and critical reading of philo­ ism; ethnicity; class and pluralism; political stability; sophical texts and to some of the important ways of poverty; economic growth; and human rights. Some formulating and answering central questions in politi­ attention is given to competing analytical perspec­ cal theory; reading from ancient and modern sources tives, such as modernization, dependency, and class are required. conflict. Strategies of change: dependent development, national democratic liberation, and socialist revolution 152a, b Political Theory: Democratic Authority are considered. Prerequisite: One introductory course (T) V-1, S-2 in comparative government or international politics. S. Shumer This course is an introduction to central concepts of 236b African Politics H-1, S-2 political theory through exploring the questions and H. Glickman problems surrounding democratic authority and citi­ This course covers intra-state and inter-state political zenship. Reading from ancient, modern, and contem­ processes and institutions in contemporary Africa. porary sources, literary as well as philosophical, Topics include: race, class and ethnicity; moderniza­ American as well as European will be required. tion, nationalism, dependency and neo-colonialism; models of development. Prerequisite: a course in com­ 2lla The Soviet System (C) H-1, S-2 parative politics or international relations V. Kontorovich For course description see Economics 2lla 238a Latin American Politics (C) H-1, S-2 A. Isaacs 219b American Constitutional Law (A) H-1, S-2 This course examines political processes and institu­ J. Miller tions in Latin America; class structures, military and This course carefully studies the constitutional rights corporate regimes, dependency, democracy and revolu­ and freedoms of the individual. Some of the areas dis­ tion. Prerequisite: one course in comparative politics cussed will include: (1) Freedom of Expression, (2) or consent of the instructor. Right to Counsel, (3) The Free Exercise of Religion and (4) Symbolic Expression. 245a International Political Systems (I) S-3 R. Mortimer 223a American Political Process: The Congress' This course examines theoretical and policy issues (A) S-3 growing out of the state system model of international Staff politics. Selected case studies in foreign policy and This course emphasizes a functional and behavioral international political economy and issues in East­ analysis of the policy-making process in Congress, West and North-South relations also are studied. Pre­ from the electoral process as it affects Congress to the requisite: A course in international politics, compara­ distribution of power and influence in Congress, and tive politics, or consent of instructor. the relations of Congress with the Executive Branch.

131 246b International Organization (I) S-3 corporate America. Prerequisite: One course in politi· R. Mortimer cal theory or American politics or consent of This course examines the role of the United Nations instructor. and regional organizations in the settlement of inter· 326a, b Topics in American Politics (A) S-3 national disputes; patterns of global bargaining in international institutions and regimes are considered. Staff This course covers selected problems in institutional, Prerequisite: A course in international politics. com­ behavioral and public policy analysis in the American parative politics. or consent of the instructor. political system. Prerequisite: Political Science 121, or 248b Nuclear Weapons and Arms Control (I) S-3 201, one course in American politics or consent of Staff instructor. This course is a critical examination of strategies of 335 Topics in Development Theory and Practice nuclear deterrence. nuclear warfighting, limited (C) S-2, V-1 nuclear war, and arms control. The course analyzes the various attempts to live with or escape from the H. Glickman Topic of 1988-89: Transitions toward Democracy. nuclear predicament. Some attention will also be course directs research toward selected problems given to the role of the president, the military, Con­ This of the politics of economic development, such as mili­ gress and the public in American policy-making on regimes, foreign corporate investment, rural re­ nuclear questions. tary organization, radical movements; major contemporary 255a American Democratic Theory and Practice theories or country cases of development are also con­ (A) V-1, S-2 sidered. Prerequisite: One course in comparative gov­ S. Shumer ernment or consent of instructor. This course is an examination of the structure of 346b Topics in International Politics (I) S-3 political power in America. Readings include the plu­ ralist theorists, various critics and case studies of the R. Mortimer course examines selected problems in interna­ politics of those seeking to enter or change the struc­ This tional conflict and cooperation such as international tures of power. Prerequisite: Political Science 12la, b relations in the Middle East and North Africa, North­ or Bryn Mawr Political Science 201, or consent of relations or detailed study of a selected state's instructor. South foreign policy. Prerequisite: A course in international 256a Contemporary Political Theory (T) V-2, S-1 or comparitive politics or consent of instructor. S. Shumer 356a Topics in Modern Political Theory (T) V-2, This course covers the theory of the modern state with emphasis on Marx and selected 20th century S-1 S. Shumer Marxist and non-Marxist theorists. Prerequisite: One for 1988-89: Theories of Justice course in political theory. Topic This course covers selected conceptual problems in 257a Theories of Liberation: Feminist Political contemporary politics such as pluralism, technology, Theory (T) V-2, S-1 violence or revolution, or the thought of one or more S. Shumer political theorists of the 19th and 20th centuries. Pre­ This course covers the contribution of women's move­ requisite: Political Science 151 or 152 or 209a or b, or ment on our understanding of theories of domination consent of instructor. and liberation, on how gender roles and how the pri­ 357a Political Anthropology (C) S-3 vate/public split have shaped our political life and finally on the broader implications of feminist politi­ W. MacGaffey course description see Sociology I Anthropology cal theory for theory in general. Prerequisite: One For course in political theory or consent of instructor. 357a 391a Research Seminar in American Politics (A) 266b American Political Thought to the Civil War S-1, L-2 S-3 Staff Also called General Programs 266b Topic for 1988-89: Public Policy Analysis. S. Shumer This course is intended primarily for Political Science This course examines selected texts by political think­ majors, but open to others with consent of instructor. ers, novelists and poets read as expressions of a national identity with characteristic habits of thought 392b Research and Writing on Political Problems and topics of concern. Prerequisite: One course in V-1, S-2 political theory or American politics or consent of Staff instructor. This course consists of tutorials, research projects, culminating in a senior thesis. Open to Political Sci­ 268b American Political Thought After the Civil Open to others with consent of War L-2, S-1 ence seniors. S. Shumer instructor. This course critically examines the political action and the thought of the post-Civil War rise of modern

132 3

480a. b Independent Study 393a Research Seminar in International Politics R. Mortimer (I) S-3 Topic for 1988-89: U.S. Policy toward the Third Staff World. This course is conducted through individual consulta­ This course is intended primarily for Political Sci­ tion; supervised independent reading and research is ence majors, but open to others with consent of the expected; research papers and oral reports on special instructor. topics are based upon the individual interests of advanced students. Enrollment only by consent of 394a Research Seminar in Comparative Politics instructor. (C) S-3 A. Isaacs POLITICAL SCIENCE COURSES AT BRYN Topic for 1988-89: Women and Development. MAWR This course is intended primarily for Political Science majors. but open to others with consent of instructor. 205 Government and Politics in Western Europe S. Halpern 396a Research Seminar in Political Theory (T) V-1, S-2 206 Conflict and Conflict Management: A Cross­ S. Shumer Cultural Approach This course is intended primarily for Political Science M. Ross majors, but open to others with consent of instructor. Not offered in 1988-89 216 The Chinese Village M. Nylan 398 Senior Research Seminars M. Allen 236 Plato: Early and Middle Dialogues Topic for 1988-89: International Political Economy. S. Salkever, R. Dostal Offered at Bryn Mawr College S. Salkeuer 241 The Political Culture of Chinese Americans Topic for 1988-89: The American Regime: the Con­ M. Nylan ceptual Basis of American Politics. 307 Religion and Politics Offered at Bryn Mawr College M. Ross 460a, b Political Analysis: Association in Teach­ 316 ing S-1, E-2 The Politics of Race and Ethnicity M. Ross Staff Students associate with the staff in the Political Sci­ 395 Origins of Political Philosophy: China and ence 121-151 series. Open to selected senior majors Greece only. M. Nylan, S. Salkever

133 Psychology

he Psychology program is mechanisms of motivation, emotion, learning, percep­ tion, thinking, and memory. designed to help students understand the causes, func­ 113b Introduction to Psychological Statistics A-2, S-1 tions, development and M. Boltz T of behavior and experience. This course presents descriptive and inferential statis­ evolution tical techniques; it is an introduction to the logic of It aims to integrate this understand­ hypothesis testing and to the use of the computer in ing with biological, socio-cultural and data analysis. philosophical perspectives on behav­ 208a Social Psychology S-3 ior. The Department also emphasizes S. Perloe the development of competence in all This course considers the individual aspects of social behavior with examination of the following topics: the aspects of psychological research, evolution of social behavior, the perception of persons ranging from the creation of research and the self; social interaction; social attitudes, with and report­ emphasis on ethnic and political attitudes. Prerequi­ questions to the analysis site: An introductory course in Psychology or consent ing of research findings. of the instructor. Offered in 1988-89 only. Professor Sidney I. Perloe, Chairperson 209b Foundations of Personality and Social Associate Professor Douglas A. Davis Behavior S-3 Assistant Professor Marilyn G. Boltz D. Davis, S. Perloe Assistant Professor Jonathan I. Schull Three hours of lecture Visiting Assistant Professor Randy Milden This covers human personality and the intrapersonal aspects of social behavior. The first portion of the MAJOR REQUIREMENTS course treats theories of personality, with emphasis on psychodynamic approaches and their applications. 109a and 209b; 113a, and 212d, 212e, 212g, 212h, (in Attempts to measure such person variables as intelli­ that order); 113a may be taken concurrently with gence, emotional needs, and character traits are his­ 212d and 212e. These courses should be completed by torically reviewed in light of general psychology. After the end of the junior year. Four additional psychology a consideration of the relation between individual and courses beyond the introductory level, with at least social levels of analysis, the second part of the course one taken from each of the following groups; focuses on how people percieve and interpret their a)Complex human behavior - 220a, 309a, 31la, b) social environments. Prerequisite: Psychology 109a, Biological Psychology - 217a, 221a or 318b, c) Cogni­ its equivalent or, for juniors and seniors, consent of tion - 238b or 300b. As well as, one of the following: the instructor. a)two semesters of empirical senior research or b)a one semester senior thesis and an additional psychol­ 211a Theories of Personality V-1, S-2 ogy course beyond the introductory level. Equivalent D. Davis courses at other institutions are accepted as fulfilling This course is an introduction to theories of personal­ major requirements, with permission of the Depart­ ity beginning with Freud, and including readings in ment. Students expecting to do graduate study in any Erikson, Gilligan, Sullivan and neo-Freudian theorists. area of psychology are strongly advised to choose the The sociocultural context in which psychodynamic senior research option. personality theory evolved is critically examined using feminist and social learning alternatives. Not open to REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS students with Psychology 215b. Honors will be awarded to majors who show excep­ 212d Animal Learning and Adaptation N-1, E-lf2 tionally high attainment in their course work and J. Schull whose work in Senior Research or Senior Thesis and Three hours of lecture and one laboratory period related research courses are of superior quality. Can­ This course covers traditional reinforcement didates for Honors may be asked to take a written or approaches to learning and plasticity compared with oral examination. modern ecological appraoches. Students will learn techniques and collect data from experiments 109a Foundations of Behavior and Experience designed with both perspectives in mind. Prerequisite: N-1, S-2 Psychology 109a or its equivalent and Psychology J. Schull, M. Boltz 113a; the latter may be taken concurrently. Three hours of lecture This course covers selected core problems in the sci­ 212e Cognition S-1, E-1/2 ~ntific study of how humans and other animals adapt M. Boltz to their environments. The course includes discus­ Three lectures and one laboratory period sions of the evolutionary functions and biological

134 3

This course studies the psychological processes This course is an interdisciplinary course concerned involved in knowing, addressed from an ecological with linguistic theory, language evolution, and the perspective. Lab experiments will examine attending psychological processes involved in using language. and remembering processes associated with naturalis­ Some of the topics will be: speech perception and pro­ tic events. Prerequisite: Psychology 212d. duction, processes of comprehension, language and the brain, language learning, language and thought, 212g Social Cognition S-1, E-V2 linguistic diversity, and nonverbal communication. S. Perloe Prerequisite: an introductory psychology course or Three hours of lecture and one laboratory period consent of the instructor. This course covers perceiving, judging and thinking about people and socially relevant stimuli. Special 300b Advanced Cognition S-3 attention is given to social stereotypes and responses M. Boltz to controversial communications. Prerequisite: Psy­ Three hours of lecture chology 209b and 212e or their equivalents. This course examines the processes of knowing from various paradigmatic perspectives. The course focuses 212h Personality Assessment S-1, E-V2 on the topics of perception; attention; memory; inter­ D. Davis nal representations and use of world knowledge; Three hours of lecture and one laboratory period mental imagery; and comprehension. A special This course covers historical philosophical and mathe­ emphasis is placed on evolutionary factors and experi­ matical bases for measurement of personal character, mentation with natuaralistic events. Prerequisite: Psy­ abilities, values, and needs. Descriptive, "objective," chology 212e and projective/interpretive approaches to personality measurement are compared and applied to sample 309a Abnormal Psychology S-2, E-1 data; students design and carry out an original study. Staff Prerequisite: Psychology 209b (or BMC Psychology Three hours of seminar and three hours of fieldwork 210) and 312g or their equivalents. This course reviews major clinical and theoretical literature pertaining to the definition and treatment 217b Biological Psychology N-1, S-2 of important forms of neurosis and psychosis; working Also called Biology 217b contact with patients in a mental health setting. Stu­ J. Schull dents spend a minimum of three hours per week in This course examines interrelations between brain, one of several local hospitals or clinics assisting in the behavior and subjective experience. The course already existing therapy program. Prerequisites: Psy­ introduces students to physiological psychology chology 209b or equivalent or consent of instructor. through consideration of current knowledge about the mechanisms of mind and behavior. Prerequisite: an 3lla Advanced Personlity Psychology S-3 introductory course in Psychology or Biology, or con­ D. Davis sent of instructor. Three hours of lecture/discussion This course covers psychoanalytic and other theories 220a Social Psychology S-3 of personality as the basis for interpreting personal S. Perloe data in cultural perspective. Thematic emphasis will Three hours of lecture/discussion vary from year to year depending on instructor and This course considers the individual aspects of social student interests. The first special topic will be: The behavior with an examination of the following topics: psychodynamics of Gender in Cultural Perspective. social interaction, behavior in groups, the evolution of Prerequisite: Psychology 209 or equivalent. social behavior and social attitudes. Prerequisite: Psy­ chology 209b, its equivalent or consent of the 318b Animal Behavior N-2, S-1 instructor. Also called Biology 318b J. Schull 221a The Primate Origins of Society N-1, S-2 This course covers ecology, evolution and develop­ Also called Biology 221a and Sociology 221a ment of animal behavior. Historical, adaptive and S. Perloe mechanistic explanations are contrasted and related Social systems formed by monkeys and apes are through examination of special topics. Empirical examined as a means of understanding the origins of research projects are encouraged. Prerequisite: an human societies. The course considers the relations introductory course in Psychology or Biology or con­ among sexual behavior, dominance, territoriality, kin­ sent of the instructor. ship and socialization in a variety of species as well as Not offered in 1988-89 the influence of ecology and phylogeny. Prerequisite: an introductory course in Anthropology, Biology, Psy­ 351a, b Experimental Research and Fieldwork chology or Sociology, or consent of instructor. Projects in Psychology S-1, E-2 Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years. Staff This course covers advanced level problems of 238b Psychology of Language S-3 hypothesis formation and definition, data collection Also call General Programs 238b and analysis and report writing in laboratory and field M. Boltz settings. Before taking the course, students must have selected the problem on which they wish to work.

135 They may enroll in Psychology 480 for half-credit as a COURSES OFFERED AT BRYN MAWR means of preparing for their research project. Prereq­ uisite: consent of instructor. The following courses at Bryn Mawr count towards the major at Haverford 390a,b Senior Thesis Psychology 101, 102 Experimental Psychology Staff Complex Human Behavior Courses: Open to Senior Psychology Majors Psychology 301 Emotion 391a,b Senior Research Tutorial in Cognition Psychology 305 Psychological Testing Psychology M. Boltz Psychology 309 Abnormal 398 Cognitive Issues in Personality and Open to senior Psychology Majors Psychology Social Psychology 392a,b Senior Research Tutorial in Personality Human Development 207 Adolescent Development D. Davis Human Development 309 Developmental Open to senior Psychology Majors Psychopathology Human Development 350 Developmental Cognitive 393a,b Senior Research Tutorial in Social Disorders Psychology Cognitive Psychology Courses: S. Perloe Psychology 204 Sensation and Perception Open to senior Psychology Majors Psychology 207 Language and Cognition Human Development 206 Developmental Psychology 394a,b Senior Research Tutorial in Biological Psychology Biological Psychology Courses: J. Schull Psychology 201 Learning Theory and Behavior Open to senior Psychology Majors Psychology 202 Comparative Psychology Psychology 218 Physiological Psychology 460f,i Teaching Assistance Psychology 393 The Comparative Psychology of This is a one-half credit course conducted each Learning semester for a maximum of one course credit for lead­ Psychology 395 Psychopharmacology ing discussion sections or helping with other course Psychology 399 Advanced Topics in Learning work in introductory and laboratory courses in associ­ Biology 202 Neurobiology and Behavior ation with course instructors. Open to selected majors. Biology 302 Neurobiology and Behavior: Advanced 480 Independent Study Topics Staff Students should normally plan to take this course for half-credit.

136 Religion 3

he Department of Religion senior year in the context of the Senior Seminar seeks to involve the student Religion 399b. e. Where necessary for the major program, the in both reflective and criti­ Department strongly urges the study of appropriate T cal study of religious texts foreign languages. and traditions in 1) their historical, REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS institutional and cultural contexts; and 2) their philosophical, theological Honors in Religion are awarded on the basis of work in the Senior Seminar (399b), in courses in the and hermeneutical implications. The Department, and in courses in the general College Department emphasizes the reading program. of texts, understood as any artifacts llOa Sacred Texts and Religious Traditions L-2, which require careful, systematic and V-1 disciplined ways of "reading," A. McGuire, M. Sells along Using texts from a wide range of world religions, the with those tools and skills necessary course introduces: issues of reading and interpreta­ to that task, especially a command of tion; the relation of text to community and culture; critical and comparative methods of study. Reading language in both its lexical and cul­ may include selections from Biblical literature, the tural senses. Qur'an, the Bhagavad Gita, and other Asian and Afri­ can texts.

Associate Professor Richard Luman, Chairperson 1llb Religious Life and Thought: Augustine to Assistant Professor Anne M. McGuire the Present V-2, H-1 Assistant Professor Michael A. Sells R. Luman, D. Dawson Assistant Professor David Dawson Through an examination of classics of Jewish and Margaret Gest Visiting Professor Azim Nanji Christian thought since late Antiquity, the course introduces: the analysis of theological texts; the vari­ MAJOR REQUIREMENTS eties of religious expression, thought, and experience; the history of traditions; the origins and impact of The exact structure of the student's program must be modernity on believing communities. Readings may determined in consultation with the major advisor, include works of Augustine, Anselm, Maimonides, whom the student (with the agreement of the Aquinas, Luther, Teresa of Avila, Spinoza, chairperson) selects from among the regular members Schleiermacher, Marx, Kierkegaard, Buber, Cone, of the Department. The program must satisfy the fol­ Gutierrez, or others. lowing requirements: a. Religion llOa, Religion 111b and 399b. I. Religions of Antiquity and Biblical Literature b. Seven additional half-year courses. Introductory courses (100 level) will not fulfill this requirement. 205a New Testament History and Literature Three courses must be distributed as follows: each H-2, L-1 religion major must take at least one course in each of A. McGuire three of the following areas which the department This course covers the history, literature and theology offers: (1) Religions of Antiquity and Biblical Litera­ of earliest Christianity in its social setting, from the ture; (2) History of Christianity/Medieval-Reforma­ ministry of Jesus through the end of the New Testa­ tion (3) Modern Religious Thought; other advanced ment period. courses to complete the seven course requirement may Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years be taken in either the Haverford Religion Department 206b Varieties of Christianity, 100-350 H-2, L-1 or the Bryn Mawr History of Religion Department. A. McGuire c. Where necessary for the major program, two This course covers the history, literature and theology courses--with permission of the department--may be of Christianity from the end of the New Testament upper level courses in related departments (including period to the rise of imperial Christianity under foreign languages). The department requires a mini­ Constantine. mum of six courses in residence for the major; stu­ Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years dents studying abroad should plan their programs so as to meet this requirement by consulting IN 210a Christianity and Classical Culture H-2, V-1 ADVANCE with the department, and by keeping the A. McGuire department adequately informed during absence. In This course studies the relation between Christianity some rare cases, exceptions may be granted by peti­ and classical culture in the first three centuries, with tion (presented in advance) to the department. special attention to the role of Greco-Roman philoso­ d. Final evaluation of the major program will consist phy, religion and society in the development of of written work and oral examinations during the Christianity. Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years

137 215a The Letters of Paul H-2, L-1 226b Building the Christian Community A. McGuire (800-1300) H-2, S-1 This course studies the thirteen letters attributed to R. Luman the Apostle Paul and the place of Paul in the develop­ This course covers the birth of Europe, the conver­ ment of early Christianity. sion of Europe, the inception of and carrying through Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years of the idea of a Christian commonwealth, leading to papal dominance, Benedictine reform, intellectual 216b Jesus and the Gospels H-2, L-1 renewal, and the beginnings of challenge and decay. A. McGuire Readings will be in original sources. The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, Luke and John are Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years critically examined and interpreted through this course. Attention will be given to the development of 227a Crisis and Reform 1, 1300-1550 H-3 traditions about Jesus and the literary and theological R. Luman contributions of the Evangelists. This course studies the development of the late medi­ Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years eva! Church from Boniface VIII to the Lutheran Ref­ ormation. Readings include Luther, Marsilius of 221a Women in Early Christianity H-1, L-2 Padua, and other original sources. A. McGuire Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years This course studies the images and roles of women in early Christianity and their implications for contem­ 228b Crisis and Reform 11, 1517-1648 H-3 porary Christianity. Interpretations of Genesis 1-3, R. Luman images of women and sexuality in early Christian This course further studies the Protestant and Catho­ literature, the roles of women in various Christian lic reforms down to the peace of Westphalia. Readings communities are also discussed. will be done in Calvin, Zwingli, the "Left Wing" Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years ("Radical") reform, the Anglicans and Roman Catholics such as Loyola. 222a Gnosticism H-1, L-2 Offered in 1989-90 A. McGuire This course investigates the phenomenon of Gnosti­ 23la Christian and Non-Christian, 100-1700 cism through close reading of primary sources, includ­ H-2, V-1 ing the recently discovered texts of Nag Hammadi. R. Luman Topics include the relation of Gnosticism to Greek, This course studies the medieval and Reformation Jewish, and Christian thought; the Gnostic challenge missionary enterprise from Gregory the Great's mis­ to authority; the variety of Gnostic schools and sects. sion to Britain to the occupation of the New World, Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years considering methods (evangelism, Crusade, monasti­ cism) and legal and theological reflection on the 224a Readings in Early Christian Literature H-2, enterprise and on the status of both the non-believer L-1 and the convert. Islam, pagan religions, non-Roman A. McGuire forms of Christianity are also considered. This course is a exegetical and literary study of Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years selected writings from the first three centuries of Christian history. Readings may include Revelation, 232a Icelandic Sagas L-2, V-1 Ignatius, Justin, Nag Hammadi texts, other apocry­ R. Luman phal and patristic writings. This course looks at literary and religious dimensions, Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years pagan and Christian, of 13th century Icelandic sagas. Original texts, such as Njal's Saga, and appropriate II. History of Christianity/Medieval-Reformation critical literature. Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years 225a The Christian Revolution (250-800) H-2, S-1 237b Life and Theology of Martin Luther H-2, R. Luman V-1 This course studies the history of Christian thought R. Luman and institutions from the 3rd century through the 8th, This course studies the biography and major theologi­ with emphasis on the massive changes in both Church cal works of Martin Luther (1483-1546), with concen­ and Empire following upon Imperial recognition, and tration on the relation of his thought to ancient and then the collapse of Roman order; and the great theo­ medieval antecedents, the major controversies and logical controversies concerning the Trinity and the statements of his mature life and the relation of his nature of Christ. Readings in Eusebius, Athanasius, thought to that expressed in the Lutheran Augustine, and other original materials are included. Confessions. Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years

138 3

240a History and Principles of Quakerism H-2, 265a African Christianity V-2, H-1 V-1 V. Mudimbe E. Bronner This course looks at the history and practice of Chris­ For course description see History 240a tian missions, independent churches, and modern III. Comparative Religion African theology. 269b Cultural Identity in Third World 214a Islam H-2, V-1 Literatures Also called General Program 214a M. Sells A. Nanji This course covers the encounter of traditional relig­ This course covers the development of Islam from the ious and cultural values with the modern West as time of Muhammad to the present day. Special atten­ reflected in non-Western novels, short stories, poetry tion is paid to the interaction between the various and folk tales. aspects of Islamic cultures: credal Islam, Arabic phi­ losophy, scholastic theology (kalam), Shi'ism, Sufism IV. Modern Religious Thought and the world view of the poets; modern Islamic soci­ ety viewed through contemporary Islamic novels and essays. 277a Religion in the Age of Reason H-1, V-2 Also called Philosophy 277a 251a The Literary Expression of Islam in Africa D. Dawson L-2, V-1 This course looks into the thought of major religious Also called General Program 251a figures of the 17th and 18th centuries, e.g., Pascal, A. Nanji Spinoza, Hume. An exploration of Islam in Africa as reflected in Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years novels, the oral tradition and other forms of cultural expression. 278b The Theology of the Nineteenth Century H-1, V-2 252b Religions of the East V -3 Also called Philosophy 278b M. Sells D. Dawson This course emphasizes the classical texts of Hindu, This course examines the writings of 19th century Buddhist, Taoist and Confucian thought: the Upan­ theologians, e.g., Schleiermacher, Kierkegaard, ishads, the Bhagauad Gita, the Dhammapada, the Troeltsch. Vimalakirti Sutra, Lao Tzu, Chuang Tzu, the Ana­ Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years lects, the Platform Sutra. 279a Contemporary Religious Thought H-1, V-2 255a Anthropology of Religion A-1, S-2 Also called Philosophy 279a W. MacGaffey D. Dawson For course description see Sociology I Anthropology This course examines the representative theological 225a positions of the 20th century, e.g., liberalism, neo­ orthodoxy, liberation theology. 262b Muhammad H-2, V-1 Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years M. Sells This course examines the contrasting views of the 284b Philosophy of Religion V-3 Islamic prophet in pre-Islamic writings, the Qur'an, Also called Philosophy 284b Sunnism, Shi'ism, Arabic philosophy, Sufi thought, D. Dawson Islamic modernism and medieval and contemporary In this course students read and discuss contemporary Western writings. religious philosophers and their insights into funda­ mental conceptual problems encountered in the prac­ 263a Islamic Literature L-2, V-1 tice and study of religion. M. Sells This course covers the literary tradition ( adab) in 285a Religion and the Hermeneutics of Suspicion Islam as a vehicle for dissent, change, self-examina­ D. Dawson tion, satire and mystical expression. The Qur'an, early This course examines modern interpretations of the Arabic poetry, the satires of a!- Ma'arri, Omar "true" but masked essence of religion. Readings will Khayyam and modern poetry, novels and short be in Feuerbach, Marx, Nietzsche, Freud and others. stories. Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years Not offered in 1988-89 286a Religion and Morality V-3 264a Sufism V-2, H-1 D. Dawson M. Sells This course covers various major secular and religious This course examines the historical, literary and phil­ systems of ethics, approached through readings from osophical studies in Islamic mysticism from the mys­ primary sources. tical passages in the Qur'an through mystical poets Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years. such as Rumi to the role of the mystic in contempo­ rary novels. Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years

139 290a Feminist Critique of the Christian Theologi­ Mircea Eliade, P. Ricoeur, H. Corbin, Gershom cal Tradition V-2, L-1 Scholem and Wendy O'Flaherty. Staff Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years The past 15 years have seen an explosion of writing b Seminar in Comparative Mysticism V -3 by authors who can loosely be called "feminist" on 358a, the role and images of women in Christianity. This M. Sells readings in Jewish, Christian and course will survey the field, from Biblical interpreta­ This course covers Islamic mystical thought, with a focus on the Zohar, tion to post-Christian spirituality. Major authors to Meister Eckhart and the Sufi Master Ibn 'Arabi. The be read include Rosemary Radford Reuther, Phyllis basis for discussions of comparative mysti­ Trible, and Mary Daly. texts are a cism and of the relationship of mysticism to modern interpretive and critical theories. V. Seminars 360a, b Seminar in Modern Religious Thought 343a, b Seminar in Religions of Antiquity and H-1, V-2 Biblical Literature H-2, S-1 D. Dawson A. McGuire This course takes a specialized look at the works of a This course is an advanced study of some period or some major philosopher or theologian, or work on set of problems in the field. The course may be major theological problem. May be repeated for credit repeated for credit with change of content. Prerequi­ with change of content. Prerequisite: consent of site: consent of instructor. instructor; reading knowledge of appropriate lan­ guages is desirable. 345a, b Seminar in Western Religious History H-3 399b Senior Seminar and Thesis H-1, V-2 R. Luman Staff of This course studies a major thinker or movement in Research for and writing of senior thesis. Required Western religious history. This course may be senior majors. for credit with change of content. Prerequi­ repeated 460f, i Teaching Assistance site: consent of instructor. One-half course credit per semester for a maximum of 353a, b Islamic Philosophy and Theology V-3 one course credit for supervised teaching and leading M. Sells small discussion sessions in Religion llOa and 111b This course covers selected topics and figures in when enrollment in those courses warrant their use. Islamic philosophy, scholastic theology (kalam) or 480a, b Independent Study The relation of Islamic philoso­ mystical philosophy. Staff phy to Greek, Jewish and Indian thought also are This course is conducted through individual consulta­ discussed. tion as an independent reading and research project. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 355a, b Seminar in Myth and Symbol V-2, L-1 M. Sells This course examines modern interpretations of myth and symbol, including those of Jung, Rene Girard,

140 Russian at Bryn Mawr College 3

he Russian major is a multi­ Bryn Mawr or elsewhere, and regular academic study disciplinary program in the Soviet Union. Each year Russian majors com­ pete for positions in the summer, semester, and aca­ designed to provide the stu­ demic-year programs of advanced study at the dent with a broadly based Pushkin Institute in Moscow. T Senior conference is required of all Russian majors. understanding of Russian and Soviet It is an interdisciplinary seminar offered in the spring literature, thought, and culture with a semester each year and represents an occasion for strong emphasis on the development joint inquiry into a subject area which goes beyond any one specific discipline. Some recent topics include of functional proficiency in the Rus­ the Soviet 1920s, the City of St. Petersburg, and the sian language. Language study is era of Alexander the Second. Senior comprehensives combined with a specific cover the area of concentration, the senior conference area of con­ topic, and Russian language competence and are centration, normally to be selected administered in late April. from among the fields of Russian literature, philosophy, history, or eco­ REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS nomics, and an allied field (other Students with a distinguished record in the major (an than that chosen for concentration). average of 3.5 or higher) are encouraged to consider pursuing honors work in Russian. There are no addi­ Under special circumstances allied or tional set requirements for honors; interested students concentration work may be arranged should contact the chairman late in the junior year. in political science or linguistics as 001, 002 Elementary Russian well. The concentration requires a Staff Five times a week total of four semester units, two at This course introduces basic grammar with enough the 200 level and two at the 300 level. vocabulary to enable the student to speak and under­ The allied field consists of two semes­ stand simple Russian and to read simple texts. Credit will not be given for Russian 001 without the comple­ ter units of work at the 200 level. tion of Russian 002. Offered at both Haverford and Bryn Mawr Colleges At Bryn Mawr College: 001, 002 Elementary Intensive Russian Professor Dan E. Davidson D. Davidson, Staff Associate Professor Anna Ljunggren The course requires nine hours of work per week Associate Professor George S. Pahomov, (with laboratory and computer work). Grammar and Chairperson vocabulary content is similar to non-intensive, but Assistant Professor Nina M. Baranova emphasis on active control and proficiency develop­ Visiting Lecturer Richard D. Brecht ment is greater. Credit of 1.5 units per semester will Visiting Lecturer Elliot Mossman be given upon successful completion of Intensive Rus­ Visiting Soviet Lecturer to be announced sian 002. Instructor Ekaterina V. Moskver Professor of Philosophy George L. Kline 102, 103 Intermediate Russian L-1, E-2 At Haverford: N. Baranova, Staff Five times Professor of History Linda G. Gerstein a week This course is a Professor of Economics Holland Hunter continuation of grammar study, con­ versation and vocabulary building. Readings in Rus­ sian classics and contemporary MAJOR REQUIREMENTS materials are required. 200, 201 Advanced Training in The Russian language the Russian Lan­ requirement for the major is guage L-1, E-2 defined as a minimum of three years of Russian or G. Pahomav, Staff the equivalent. In practice, the 200-level advanced This course provides intensive practice in oral self­ Russian courses, successfully completed, represent the expression and comprehension based on literary and level of proficiency required of all majors. Each year a non-literary sources of Modern Standard Russian. number of Russian majors, especially those who plan The course is conducted in Russian. to use their language in employment, graduate study, or study in the Soviet Union enroll in the fourth- and 202, 203 Advanced Reading and Grammar fifth-year level Russian language courses. Majors are D. Davidson, Staff encouraged to take advantage of opportunities for lan­ This course studies advanced grammar and the devel­ guage learning support such as the weekly Russian opment of reading strategies, using both literary and tables, residence in the Russian House (Batten), non-literary texts. It may be taken for full or for half intensive/immersion summer programs offered at

141 credit by students enrolled concurrently in Russian This course examines close readings in Russian and 200, 201 or Russian 305, 306. Soviet prose from Gorky to the present day. The class is conducted in Russian 204, 205 Russian Literature in Translation L-3 G. Pahomov, S. Davydov 307 Russian Poetry in the Nineteenth Century This course is a study of Russian literature from its A. Ljunggren beginning. Readings in representative works in vari­ This course covers selected works of representative ous schools and genres with special empasis on the writers from Lomonosov to Gogo!. Lectures and read­ 19th and 20th centuries are discussed. ings are conducted in Russian. 206 Dostoevsky in Translation L-3 308 Russian Prose in the Nineteenth Century G. Pahomov G. Pahomov This course examines extensive readings in the vari­ This course studies selected prose writings of major eties of psychological narrative explored by Dostoev­ Russian authors of the period. Lectures and readings sky with emphasis on close study of the major works are in Russian. with Russian and European contexts. 311, 312 Fourth Year Russian: Syntax, Stylistics, 207 Tolstoy in Translation L-3 and Expression L-1, E-2 D. Davidson Staff This course covers readings of selected fictional and This course provides intensive practice in reading, non-fictional works with emphasis on Tolstoy's strug­ writing, and speaking, and advanced training in syn­ gle to adjust experimental and ideological perceptions tax and stylistics; the course studies texts of both lit­ to reality. Texts and study of Tolstoy's Russian and erary and cultural interest. European background are closely analyzed. 313, 314 Fifth Year Russian: Syntax, Stylistics, 245, 255 Russian Culture and Civilization L-3 and Expression L-1, E-2 G. Pahomov Staff This course offers a bilingual approach to the study of This course provides further intensive practice in Russian culture from its origins to the present. Works reading, writing, and speaking and an advanced train­ of literature, art, and music will be examined in their ing in syntax and stylistics ; the course studies texts historical context. Particular emphasis will be devoted of both literary and general cultural interest. to the improvement of oral and written skills. Each 398-399 Senior Conference course in the sequence may be taken independently. Staff 277 The Art of Vladimir Nabokov in Translation The senior conference is intended to supplement L-3 course work. Format and topic vary from year to year Also called Bryn Mawr College Interdepartmental 277 according to the needs and interests of the students. A. Ljunggren The work of the conference will be evaluated by This course studies the "perverse" aesthetics of this examination. Russo-American writer. This course will expose the hidden plots under the surface of Nabokov's fiction, follow and arbitrate the ongoing contest between the 403 Supervised Work author and his writer-heroes, and search for the roots Staff of Nabokov's poetics in Western and Russian literary traditions. An attempt will be made to show the con­ COURSES IN ALLIED DEPARTMENTS tinuity between the Russian and the English works of this bilingual and bicultural writer. All readings and at Bryn Mawr College: lectures are in English. Economics 206 International Economic Theory 302 Pushkin and His Time and Policy S-3 Staff Economics 216 Topics in International Trade and This course is a study of Pushkin's lyric and narrative poetry and prose with an emphasis on the innovative Finance nature of Pushkin's experiments with the Romantic Economics 225 Developing Economies S-3 tradition. The course is conducted in Russian. Economics 306 Advanced International Economic 303 Twentieth-Century Russian Literature V-1, Policy S-3 L-2 A. Ljunggren, G. Kline Philosophy 333 Russian Philosophy V-2, H-1 This course examines close readings of Russian poetry from the Symbolists to the present day. The course is Philosophy 334 Marx and Russian Marxism conducted in Russian. at Haverford College: 304 Twentieth-century Russian Literature V-1, Economics 211 The Soviet System H-1, S-2 L-2 G. Pahomov, Staff

142 Sociology and 3 Anthropology

History 244 Russian History H-2, L-1 student majoring in this History 245 Russia in the Twentieth Century department selects a H-2, L-1 member of the full-time History 252 Literature in Social Context A staff as advisor and devel­ History 356 Topics in Russian History H-2, L-1 ops a program of study which fulfills the College's general education aims History 480 Independent Study and includes a coherent major pro­ gram. The department expects such a program to lead to an understanding of past and present theories of social action, of their application to con­ crete examples of interpersonal rela­ tions and the methods of research.

Professor Wyatt MacGaffey Professor Mark Gould, Chairperson Associate Professor William F. Hohenstein

MAJOR REQUIREMENTS Sociology-Anthropolo{!y 155a and b; at least one course in Sociology or Anthropology on another cam­ pus; 450a and/or b (senior thesis or equivalent); and a minimum of six other courses in the department. Any course in Sociology or Anthropology at Bryn Mawr College can meet the off-campus requirement if it is consistent with the rest of the student's major program. Sociology-Anthropology majors are required to include in their programs work in at least two of the department's fields of interest: social anthropology (MacGaffey); theoretical sociology (Gould); urban sociology (Hohenstein). Social Anthropology. One semester introductory course 105b or 155a or b, or Bryn Mawr Anthropology 102; 203b; 234b, 255a, or Bryn Mawr Anthropology 313; Bryn Mawr Anthropology 250 or 260, or a com­ parable ethnographic course taken elsewhere; 315 (two semesters) or the comparable sequence in research methods in Sociology at Bryn Mawr College; 355b or Bryn Mawr Anthropology 303; 357a·or 358b; 450a or b thesis. Competence in French, German or Spanish is rec­ ommended for both Sociology-Anthropology and Social Anthropology majors and at the graduate level will be indispensable. 105a Oedipus Complex S-2. L-1 Also called General Programs 105a W. MacGaffey This course studies gender and generation as constitu­ ents of personality and social experience cross-cultur­ ally. It uses sociological, structuralist and psychoana­ lytic approaches. Sophocles, Talcott Parsons, Freud and Levi-Strauss are among the works studied.

143 106b Shamanism and Schizophrenia S-3 251a Sociology of Crime S-2, E-1 W. MacGaffey W. Hohenstein Mental illness and social process are studied cross­ This course takes a historical overview of criminologi­ culturally, emphasizing analytical considerations. Not cal theory from Lombroso to the present; social class, open to students who have completed Sociology 105. race, age and sex are studied as factors in crime; the Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years place of statistical and individual case studies in the development of theory are considered; and contempo­ 155a, b Foundations of Social Theory H-1, S-2 rary trends in treating the offender are studied. Staff This course introduces the key questions addressed by 252b Social Change H-1, S-2 the major figures common to the anthropological and W. Hohenstein sociological traditions, and the practical possibilities This course examines major theories of social change of a theoretical perspective on such concepts as free­ current in contemporary sociology. Prerequisite: Soci­ dom, responsibility, alienation, class, power and pro­ ology and Anthropology 155a or b, or consent of gress. This course is normally taught each semester in instructor. at least two sections. Students may take either part for credit, but majors should have taken both. 155a 255a Anthropology of Religion A-1, S-2 deals primarily with the concepts of society or social Also called Religion 255a system and the problems of comparison and change. W. MacGaffey work 155b deals primarily with the interface between indi­ This course studies contemporary ethnographic most important vidual and society. in the field of religion related to the theoretical contributions; symbolism, ritual process, 180b Theory and Action S-2, E-1 comparative definition of religion are also discussed. M. Gould Not open to freshmen. This course inquiries into the institutional conditions within which a viable body of sociological theory 262b Black Americans H-1, S-2 might be constructed, including an analysis of two or Staff pertinent to the three of the following situations: medical practice, the This course examines selected issues particular atten­ psychoanalytic relationship, college classrooms and sociology of Black America, paying the revolutionary party. tion to areas of theoretical controversy. Topics include slavery, culture, family structure, stratification 204a Comparative Race and Ethnic Relations and politics. H-1, S-2 Staff 277a Political Sociology H-1, S-2 This course is a theoretical analysis of the origin of M. Gould the study of political racism, slavery, discrimination, colonialism, imperial­ This course is an introduction to the polity and ism and neo-colonialism, in an attempt to understand systems; the interrelationships between studied. the significance and consequences of race and the other societal sub-systems are ethnicity. 297b Economic Sociology S-3 Not offered in 1988-89 M. Gould analysis of 205b Social Anthropology A-1, S-2 This course introduces the sociological 155a or b, W. MacGaffey economic systems. Prerequisite: Sociology This course introduces the distinctive concerns and Economics 101, or consent of instructor. methods of social anthropology through the study of 315a Research Methods S-1, E-2 systems of production, social reproduction and W. Hohenstein exchange in Africa. This course is conducted as a centrally-supervised, emphasizing the 207a Internal Disorder: Deviance and Revolution team-oriented research enterprise S-3 methods of participant observation. M. Gould 354a Sociology of Knowledge H-2, S-1 This course explores the theories of deviance and W. Hohenstein revolution; it examines the generating conditions of This course analyzes European and American theories disorder, focusing upon the reasons why some groups of the social factors which influence and affect the participate in deviant and others in revolutionary development of knowledge. Particular consideration is actions. taken with the role of the intellectual in contemporary assumptions 221a The Primate Origins of Society N-1, S-2 American and to the epistemological rules in the social sciences. Prereq­ S. Perloe behind procedural and Anthropology 155a orb, or For course description see Psychology 221a uisite: Sociology equivalent with consent of instructor. 233b Topics in Sociology H-1, S-2 355b History, Theory and Method in Social M. Gould Anthropology H-1, S-2 237a Topics in Historical Sociology H-1, S-2 W. MacGaffey M. Gould

144 Spanish 3

This course covers the structural analysis of the social he sciences, emphasizing the work of Tylor, Morgan, Department of Spanish Boas, Benedict, Durkheim and Malinowski, and the aims to give students a rise and fall of functionalism, 1870-1960. Prerequisite: thorough knowledge of the one 200-level course in Sociology or Anthropology, or consent of the instructor. T Spanish language and an understanding of Spanish and Span­ 356a, b Seminar in Social Theory A-1, S-2 M. Gould ish-American thought and culture. This course covers selected topics in sociology. The From the start emphasis is placed course may be repeated for credit with a change of on language as a vehicle for interna­ topic. Prerequisite: one 200-level course in Sociology or Anthropology, or consent of instructor. tional solidarity, which is an impor­ tant aspect of the liberal tradition 357a Political Anthropology S-3 of Also called Political Science 357a the College. At an early stage of their W. MacGaffey training students are exposed to This course covers the theory of corporations, social films, poems, stories, morphology and social change; selected topics in the and magazine comparative study of government and law are also articles in the original language, with discussed. the aim of simultaneously developing Offered in 1988-89 and alternate years linguistic proficiency and cultural 358b Economic Anthropology S-3 awareness. The department also W. MacGaffey This course examines substantivist, formalist and encourages students to have personal Marxist perspectives applied to noncapitalist econo­ contact with people of the Hispanic mies and to contemporary problems of development. world. For this purpose, conferences, Prerequisites: One 200-level course in Sociology or Anthropology or consent of instructor. films, and lectures are scheduled on Offered in 1989-90 and alternate years campus, and study programs in Spain 450a, b Senior Departmental Studies and Spanish America are coordinated Staff for varying lengths of time. Students This course concentrates on thesis work, one or two interested in using semesters, which is required of majors in their senior the language every year. day may also live in "La Casa His­ 460a, b, f, i Teaching assistance panica." Advanced courses may be Staff taken by non-majors with adequate Students may act as teaching assistants in certain training who wish to learn about the courses which they themselves have already com­ pleted. With consent of the instructor, the teaching issues and conditions of Spanish and assistant's responsibilities may include the opportu­ Spanish American society from the nity to give lectures and lead discussions, informal Middle Ages to the present. teaching assistance, a short list of advanced reading and a paper on an agreed topic. Associate Professor Ramon Garcia-Castro, 480a, b, d Independent Study Chairperson Staff Associate Professor Israel Burshatin This course provides for research papers and reading Assistant Professor Antonio J. Cussen courses on special topics based upon the individual interests of advanced students. Prerequisite: the MAJOR REQUIREMENTS instructor's approval of a research or reading proposal. The normal sequence in the major is Spanish 200, 201, 203, one other course at the 200-level, at least three semesters of advanced courses (300-level) and the Senior Departmental Studies. Students whose precollege training included work similar to that offered in 200, 201, or 203 may, with permission of the Department, substitute more advanced study in literature in place of these courses. Students are also encouraged to consider enrolling in one semester of 480 Independent Study. Courses in General Programs do not count for the major.

145 REQUIREMENTS FOR HONORS This course examines Hispanic films and provides practice in various modes of oral expression with Students who are considered qualified will be invited review of selected points in grammar in order to to become candidates for Departmental Honors dur­ improve active command of the language; acquisition ing the second semester of their junior year. Honors of idiomatic usage and improvement of linguistic candidates will be expected to do superior work in skills are a point of concentration. Written film analy­ literature courses and to complete at least one sis. discussions. and oral reports are required. Prereq­ advanced research project. High Honors are awarded uisite: Spanish 102 or consent of instructor. on the basis of the quality of their research work. 205a Studies in the Spanish-American Novel H-1, 001 Elementary Spanish L-2 R. Garcia-Castro R. Garcia-Castro This course covers the development of the basic pho­ This course is designed to acquaint students with netic and structural skills to introduce fundamental various representative 20th century Spanish-American Spanish. Greatest emphasis is placed on spoken Span­ novelists. ish, with some grammar and written exercises, to Not offered in 1988-89 enable students to understand and maintain a conver­ sation. For students with no previous training in 207b Spanish-American Theater H-1, L-2 Spanish R. Garcia-Castro This course examines theater as a reflection of social 003 Advanced Elementary Spanish realities, the dynamics of play and audience, and the A. Cussen theater of the absurd. The development of the Latin­ For students with some previous training in the lan­ American stage analyzed through an exploration of its guage, this course reviews basic structures with cultural, historical and religious contexts are also emphasis on oral proficiency, reading, and writing discussed. skills. Not offered in 1988-89 lOla Intermediate Spanish L-1, E-2 208a Mexico: Culture and Civilization H-1, L-2 Staff 102h Intermediate Spanish L-1, E-2 This course studies Mexican history, politics, culture, R. Garcia Castro; I. Burshatin art and literature from pre-Columbian times to the This course reviews conversational skills and gram­ present, using Laberinto de la soledad (0. Paz) as a and Span­ mar. First semester: readings from Spanish basic text. Students will also read Azuela, Los de as ish-American social sciences and history, as well abajo and Fuentes, La muerte de Artemio Cruz. Pre­ from magazines and newspapers of the Hispanic requisite: Spanish 101 or equivalent. liter­ world. Second semester: readings from Hispanic Not offered in 1988-89 ature. Films are used in both semesters. Students are expected to involve themselves with Hispanic culture 209a Contemporary Spanish Theater H-1, L-2 in order to improve and test their ability to use Span­ I. Burshatin ish. Prerequisite: Spanish 001, 003 or the equivalent. This course studies Spanish drama since 1900: Benavente, Valle-Inclan, Garcia-Lorca, Unamuno, 200a Readings in Spanish Literature H-1, L-2 Buero Vallejo, Arrabal, Ruibal, Gala, Fernan-G6mez. I. Burshatin This course is an introduction to Spanish literature 220b Spanish-American Contemporary Literature from the Middle Ages through the Golden Age; lec­ V-1, L-2 tures, written and oral reports are required. Prerequi­ Also called General Programs 220b site: Spanish 101 or equivalent. R. Garcia-Castro This course introduces students to a cosmopolitan, 200b Readings in Spanish Literature, 18th to universal world largely unknown to North Americans; 20th Centuries H-1, L-2 20th century Spanish-American writers in translation, Staff selected from contemporaries and the vanguardia Offered at Bryn Mawr College including Garcia Marquez, Parra, Soto, Puig and the writers studied. 203b Introduction to Spanish-American Litera­ Borges are among ture H-1, L-2 243a Chroniclers and Narrators of America: Dis­ A. Cussen covery and Conquest H-1, L-2 This course surveys Spanish-American literature from Also called General Programs 243a the colonial period to modern times; lectures, written A. Cussen and oral reports are required. Prerequisite: consent of This course provides a literary and historical exami­ instructor. nation of chronicles and narrations of discovery, con­ Offered at Bryn Mawr College quest and colonization of the New World through selected readings in translation from Columbus, Cor­ 204b Advanced Language Training and Conver­ religious authors and thinkers. Topics sation L-1, E-2 tes, Pizarro, include: prehispanic cultures, the role of the Church, I. Burshatin

146 3

slavery, the European image of America and the 317a Spanish American Prose H-1, L-2 struggle for justice in America. R. Garda-Castro This course is intended to further familiarize students 304b Spanish Drama of the Golden Age: One-Act with the contemporary fiction of Spanish America. Plays L-2, H-1 Reading list includes Ernesto Sabato, Jose Agustin, I. Burshatin Gabriel Garcia Marquez, Carlos Fuentes and Jose This course covers works of Juan del Encina, Donoso. Cervantes, Lope de Vega, Calderon de Ia Barca, Tirso Nat offered in 1988-89 de Molina and other dramatists from the beginning of the Spanish drama to the end of the 17th century. 319b Spanish American Independence: History Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. and Culture H-1, L-2 Not offered in 1988-89 A. Cussen This course surveys the main events and ideas of this 306a The Novella and Short Story in Spain H-1, period. Authors include Bolivar, Bello, Blanco White, L-2 Mier and Olmedo. Two topics are emphasized: the I. Burshatin decline of the Roman-Spanish imperative of power This course covers the major Spanish contributions to and culture, and the rise of liberalism and the genre--frame, picaresque, Moorish, and erotic nar­ romanticism. rative--in their historical and social context. Readings include Juan Manuel, El Conde Lucanor, Lazarillo de 335b Spanish Poetry of the Golden Age L-3 Tormes, El Abencerraje, Cervantes, Novelas ejem­ I. Burshatin plares, Quevedo, El busc6n, Maria de Zayas, Novelas This course covers the development of poetic language amorosas, and works by Clarin, Valle-Inclan, in Spain: the popular tradition, mysticism and Unamuno and Goytisolo. Prerequisite: Spanish 200 or humanism. Close reading of Garcilaso, Fray Luis de consent of instructor. Leon, San Juan de Ia Cruz, Santa Teresa, Lope de Not offered in 1988-89 Vega, Quevedo, Gongora are required. Prerequisite: Spanish 200 or consent of instructor. 310a Cortdzar L-3 R. Garda-Castro 340b The Moor in Spanish Literature L-2, H-1 This course examines Julio Cortazar's novel I. Burshatin Rayuela is read in connection with his short stories This course examines the discourse concerning "Las armas secretas," "Final de juego," "Todos los Spain's Muslims and their descendants: the Moor as fuegos el fuego" and Historias de cronopios y famas. "other" (sensual, fanatical or exemplary but flawed) His book of essays Ultimo round contributes to an and as a metaphor of power, from the Christian understanding of one of the most acclaimed modern reconquest and the expulsion of the Moriscos to Juan writers of the Spanish language. Prerequisite: consent Goytisolo's Reivindicaci6n del conde don Julian. Pre­ of instructor. requisite: Spanish 200 or consent of instructor. Nat offered in 1988-89 Nat offered in 1988-89 313b Literature of the Caribbean L-3 384b Essay in Spanish America L-2, H-1 R. Garda-Castro A. Cussen This course covers a selection of essays, novels and This course investigates the problems and struggles of plays, including Carpentier, Rene Marques and others. Latin America emerging as a new world in the essays Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. of outstanding writers from the 19th and 20th centu­ ries. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 315b Novisima Literatura Hispanoamericana Not offered in 1988-89 H-1, L-2 R. Garc(a-Castro 480a, b Independent Study This course is intended to show the latest develop­ Staff ments in Spanish-American literature. Recent novels by Garcia Marquez and Carpentier are read together 490b Senior Departmental Studies with the most recent of Julio Cortazar's prose. Pre­ Staff requisite: consent of instructor. Not offered in 1988-89

147 AREAS OF CONCENTRATION African-American Studies

reas of Concentration are The African-American Area of Concentra­ designed to institutionalize tion encourages a student to bring the certain interdisciplinary methods and insights of the major depart­ studies and to integrate ment and two other departments to bear A on the study of the experiences of people their distinctive concerns and per­ of African descent in Africa and the spectives with major programs. Diaspora. Courses forming elements of a Con­ The Area of Concentration is adminis­ centration are also normally available tered by a committee of two or three to all students as offerings of the faculty members teaching and doing Departments or of General Programs, research in relevant areas. The committee subject only to such prerequisites as is charged with ensuring the intellectual approved by the faculty. coherence of student programs, and with An Area of Concentration is helping seniors plan their theses. anchored in two or more major pro­ Students are required to take six courses from the list below or from a list grams on the assumption that an of new courses to be periodically approved interdisciplinary topic is best treated by the committee. At least two but no from a disciplinary perspective rather more than three courses to be counted than from no particular perspective, towards the Concentration will be taken although the number of courses in the major department. The three or required is not sufficient to develop four remaining courses to be counted the sort of skills associated with a toward the Concentration will be taken disciplinary major. On the other from qualifying courses offered in two hand, a student whose major program other departments. is not related to the Area of Concen­ If a student majors in a department requiring a senior thesis, the topic must tration may take any number of be approved by the department and by courses in the area consistent with the committee administering the Area of major requirements and distribution Concentration. If the major department requirements. No requirement for an does not require a senior thesis, an Area of Concentration may supersede equivalent written exercise--a seminar­ major requirements, distribution length essay--is required for the Concen­ requirements or any other prerequi­ tration. This essay may be written within sites for the Haverford degree. the framework of a particular Topics An Area of Concentration is course or as an Independent Study pro­ devised and administered by an infor­ ject. Its subject is to be approved in advance by the instructor in question and mal committee of the faculty drawn by the Committee administering the from at least two departments of the Concentration. College. To merit notice of an Area of Concentration on the transcript, a Paul Jefferson, Coordinator student majors in any one of the two or more departments with which the Courses Regularly Taught: Area of Concentration is linked, and Ecbnomics completes six courses, as prescribed 2r5a Urban Economics by the Committee. No less than two 223b History of Inequality and Work in the United States and no more than three of these 228b Economics of United States' Third World courses also form part of the major. Peoples

148 Comparative Literature 3

English The Concentration 361a Afro-American Literature in Comparative Liter­ 279 Modern African Fiction (at Bryn Mawr College) ature is supported by the Departments of History Classics, English and the Foreign Lan­ 234a History of Modern Africa guages. Students wishing to complete an 243a Afro-American Political and Social Thought Area of Concentration in Comparative 343a Topics in American Intellectual History Literature (depending on topic) request of their major depart­ 343b Topics in Afro-American Intellectual ment chairperson the formation of a com­ History mittee consisting of the chairperson of Music Comparative Literature and one commit­ 126a Introduction to the History of Jazz tee member from each of the two or three 326b Seminar in Jazz History fields of interest which will form the Area Philosophy of Concentration. 234a African-American Philosophy 235a African Philosophy The committee works out with each Political Science candidate a coherent program of three 236b African Politics courses in each of the departments con­ 394a Research Seminar in Comparative Politics cerned, with some focus on a period, a Bryn Mawr College Political Science genre, a line of literary influence or a par­ 343 Problems and Cases in Liberation, Develop­ ticular literary ment and Foreign Policy issue. In the case of a tri­ lingual concentration, Sociology I Anthropology these arrangements 204a Comparative Race and Ethnic Relations are suitably modified. The committee 233b Topics in Sociology makes up a comprehensive examination 255a Anthropology of Religion and certifies the candidate's achievement Bryn Mawr College Sociology to the Recorder. 207 Nature of Prejudice: Intergroup Relations 218 Modernization: Problems of Development in Third World Societies Antonio Cussen, Coordinator 230 Urban Sociology Bryn Mawr College Anthropology: 103 Afro-American Heritage 253 Africa: Sub-Saharan Ethnology Spanish 243b Chroniclers and Narrators of America: Dis­ covery and Conquest 301b Mexican, Chicano and Puerto Rican Litera­ ture and Society 313b Literature of the Caribbean Other Courses Taught in 1987-88: General Programs 251a Literary Expression of Islam in Africa 330a Ideas, Ideologies, and Social Change

149 East Asian Studies

The Concentration in East Asian Studies and supervised basis. Because the success­ is offered in response to the growing ful operation of the Concentration interest in East Asian cultures in the Bi­ depends on close cooperation between College community. It is designed to pro­ associated departments on two campuses, vide general but focused instruction in the students are urged to declare their intent major East Asian cultures, promote cross­ to concentrate by the end of the first cultural analysis, and address the needs of semester of their junior year. students who plan to specialize in East Asia in their professional careers. The Michael Nylan (BMC), Paul Smith (HC), Concentration is administered jointly by Coordinators Haverford and Bryn Mawr Colleges, and Courses (interdisciplinary courses cross-listed between is supported by the History, Religion, and several departments are listed only once): Political Science Departments at Bryn Mawr College Anthropology Haverford, and the History, Anthropol­ 216 Anthropology of the Chinese Village ogy, Political Science, and Economics Departments at Bryn Mawr. Students in 239 Archeology of Ancient China other departments at Bryn Mawr may 261 Peoples and Cultures of Southeast Asia participate with the consent of their 292 Myth and Ritual in China department chairpersons. Many students may perfer to work on one target culture. 313 Linguistic Anthropology At the moment the majority of courses Bryn Mawr Cities Program center around early and modern China. 353 Time and Space in Chinese Houses, Gardens, However, the two campuses plan to and Cities expand their course offerings in the lan­ Bryn Mawr Economics guages and cultures of Japan and Korea. 238 Economic Development of Pacific Asia East Asian Concentrators must fulfill a Bryn Mawr General Studies language requirement in one of three 001 Elementary Chinese ways: native fluency, two years of satis­ factory classwork in the language of the 230 Literature of Disent in Modern China target culture, or the successful comple­ 264 Social Stereotypes in China as Seen Through tion of a proficiency examination geared Literature to the second-year level. Bryn Mawr and Haverford General Programs Haverford now offer three years of the 002 Intermediate Chinese Chinese language on the joint campuses. 003 Advanced Chinese At present students may take Japanese and Korean at the University of Penn­ 245a Literature and the Social History of China sylvania. In addition, students are and Japan encouraged to take advantage of intensive Bryn Mawr History language programs in the United States 285 China: The Early Period and abroad. Haverford History As foundation for more advanced work, 261a History of Japan concentrators are required to take a two­ 280a Korea and the World Powers semester survey of their target culture. In addition, students are required to take 286a China: The Modern Period four additional courses in the Concentra­ 347a,b Topics in Chinese History: tion, including at least one course on Asia Regularly taught topics include The Chinese Revolu­ (East, Southeast, or India) outside their tion; Power and Fame in Traditional China; Eco· target culture. It is expected that depart­ nomic Development in Historical Perspective: China, mental senior theses will address issues in Europe, and Japan. the Concentration, and a forum will be Bryn Mawr Political Science provided for seniors to meet on a regular

150 Gender and Women's 3 Studies

217 Early Chinese Philosophy: The Five Classics The Concentration in Gender and of Confucianism Women's Studies encourages students to 260 The Political Culture of Chinese Americans bring an interdisciplinary study of the 395 Comparative Origins of Philosophy: Greece experience of women and feminist criti­ and China cism to bear on the work of their own major discipline, and also to bring that Haverford Political Science 13la Comparative Government and Politics discipline to bear on the study of the experiences of women and the social con­ 132b Comparative Politics of the Third World struction of gender. Each student's pro­ Bryn Mawr Religion gram will be expected to include courses 233 History of Taoism yielding experience in theory and method, Haverford Religion and familiarity with a basic corpus of 225b Religions of the East texts and propositions as preparation for the culminatory Seminar. Students participating in the Concen­ tration choose as supervisors one person from the major department and one from a secondary department, both of whom teach courses in the area of the Concen­ tration; they will assure the coherent and interdisciplinary character of the student's program. Requirements for the concentra­ tion are five courses in Gender and Women's Studies of which two should be in the major, and GP 391a, the senior seminar in Gender and Women's Studies.

Ann McGuire, Coordinator At least one course must be drawn from each of the following three clusters: a. Social Sciences: "women's relations to instituted forms of power."

Economics 223b History of Inequality and Work in the United States 226a Cliometric History of the United States 228b Economics of United States' Third World Peoples General Programs 263 Gender Relations in Comparative Perspective Sociology I Anthropology 252b Social Change History 219b Women in Pre-industrial Europe 340a Topics in American History 356b Topics in Modern European History: The Woman Question, Socialism and the Russian Intelligentsia Political Science

151 236a African Politics: Women in the Politics of French Development 250a Literature of the Francophone World Psychology/GP Bryn Mawr College French 272b The Psychology of Women 315 Women Writers: George Sand, Collette, Simone de Beauvoir Bryn Mawr College Anthropology 106 Sex, Culture and Society 352 La Vision de Ia femme dans Ia litterature francaise 350 The Anthropology of Gender German Bryn Mawr College Sociology 251a Women in the German Literary Tradition 201b The Study of Gender in Society Religion 225a Women in Contemporary Society: Third 231a Women in Early Christianity World c. Theory and method: "how to ask questions about Bryn Mawr College History cultural experience." 246 Medieval Women General Programs 391-392 Topics in the History of European 105b Oedipus Complex Women Sociology Bryn Mawr College Interdepartmental 354a Sociology of Knowledge 246 Women in the Middle Ages Philosophy b. Humanities: "women as makers of their own 313b Contemporary Problems: Philosophy and history." Feminism English Political Science 257a Female Gothic 25 7 a Theories of Liberation: Feminist Political Theory 261a Afro-American Literature Religion 278a Contemporary Women Writers 239a Feminist Critique of Christian Theological 288a The Woman Within Tradition In any given year, the concentration also includes 381b Women Writing/Women Working other courses added to or substituted for those listed above. Students may also offer other courses whose 217a Women in Ancient Greece content they believe qualifies them to count toward 253a Black Women Writers the concentration, and advisors will consider these courses carefully. Bryn Mawr College English In the fall semester of the senior year, concentrators 284 Women's Poetry and Feminist Prose are expected to take: 358, 359 Women of Talents General Programs 381b Global Herstory: Women's Literature 391a Senior Seminar in Gender and Women's Studies

152 Inter-Cultural Studies 3

The Concentration in Inter-Cultural 263a Gender Relations in Comparative Studies has two primary objectives: the Perspectives study of a "non-Western" cultural tradi­ 4 70b Seminar in Intercultural Studies tion, and an introduction to theoretical, conceptual, History and interpretive issues in 261 History of East Asia inter-cultural encounters and compari­ sons. Students are encouraged to study 347b Topics in East Asian History the relevant languages required for an Philosophy understanding of a cultural community 208b Hindu Philosophy (e.g. Arabic, Chinese, Sanskrit, or an Afri­ 209a Buddhist Philosophy can language). Emphasis is placed on "reciprocity": that is, not just to study 210b Jewish Philosophy and Theology different traditions through typically 235a African Philosophy Western categories (e.g. scientific ration­ 252b Philosophy of Logic ality), but to develop sensitivity to how and Language Western traditions are understood from 256a Metaphysics and Epistemology the perspective of other cultures. The Political Science senior seminar will be primarily con­ 132b Comparative Politics of the Third World cerned with these reciprocal theoretical issues. 236b African Politics Students will normally major in philos­ 346b Topics in International Politics ophy, religion, or sociology/anthropology, Religion though the concentration is open to other 210a Islam majors upon petition. Each student will 225b Religions take at least six courses in the area of of the East concentration, one of which will be the 238a Medieval and Reformation Encounters with senior seminar, and at least two of which the Non-Christian World should be outside the student's major 250b Muhammad department. Details of the program will 251a Islamic Literature be worked out through consultation with the concentration coordinator and the 265a African Christianity major advisor. 267a Sufism Each student will submit a senior essay. If the major advisor agrees, the same 335a Myth and Symbol essay may be submitted to satisfy major 348a Seminar in Comparative Mysticism and concentration requirements. 375b Islamic Below are listed some of the suitable Philosophy and Theology Haverford courses. Other courses at Sociology and Anthropology Haverford, Bryn Mawr, or neighboring 205b Social Anthropology institutions might well fit into a particu­ 234a History and Sociology of Colonialism lar program. 234b The Invention of Africa 249a Structuralism, Language and Societies Elizabeth Eames, Coordinator 255a Anthropology of Religion General Programs 355b History, Theory and Method in Social OOla Elementary Chinese--Mandarin Anthropology 002 Intermediate Chinese Spanish 301b Mexican, Chicano and Puerto Rican Litera­ 003 Advanced Chinese ture and Society 253a Black Women Writers 313b Literature of the Caribbean

153 Peace Studies

The concentration in Peace Studies is the major. As in other areas of concentra­ composed of a six-course cluster centering tion, no more than three of the courses on theories of conflict and cooperation may count toward the student's major, within and between nations. Peace Stud­ and the thesis requirement might, with ies draws on the longstanding interest in prior approval, count for both the depart­ war and peacemaking that has been at mental major and the area of the core of this field, but also draws on concentration. questions associated with social psychol­ Sidney Waldman, Coordinator ogy, history, economics and sociology. It draws on these fields for theoretical History understanding concerning matters such as 225 Europe since 1789 bargaining, negotiation, the internal 234a The History and Sociology of Colonialism causes of conflict, conflict and cooperative 240a History and Principles of Quakerism strategy, intergroup relations, and eco­ nomic relationships among sub-national 341b Violence in American History groups. 370. 371 The Great Powers and the Middle East With the direction of a faculty advisor, a student with an area of concentration in Political Science 241 Politics of International Law and Peace Studies will major in a department Institutions with two or more courses approved for the concentration. At present these 245a International Political Systems include Political Science, History, and 246b International Organizations Sociology and Anthropology. The concen­ 248b Nuclear Weapons and Arms Control tration begins with two one-semester courses on the theory and nature of con­ 307 Religion and Politics flict among human groups: (1) Conflict 316 The Politics of Ethnicity and Race and Conflict Management (Bryn Mawr Political Science/ Interdepartmental 206), 343 Liberation, Development, and Foreign Policy an interdisciplinary course focusing on 366 Theories of Conflict and Cooperation (at Bryn conflict and cooperation in small commu­ Mawr College) nities in pre-industrial societies and Sociology within modern nations; and (2) Interna­ 205 Social Inequality Politics (Political Science 141 or tional 207 Nature of Prejudice: Intergroup Relations 208), which deals with questions of inter­ national war and peace. The first course 212 Sociology of Poverty must be completed before the end of the 218 Modernization: Problems of Development in junior year, and it is advised that both be Third World Societies then. completed by 222 Power in Contemporary American Society The concentration will end with a one­ semester thesis requirement supervised by Sociology and Anthropology one of the members of the faculty specifi­ 204a Comparative Race and Ethnic Relations cally charged with the concentration in 207a Internal Disorder: Deviance and Revolution The rest of the concentra­ Peace Studies. 234a History and Sociology of Colonialism tion will include courses chosen from the list below. Two or three courses from the 237a Topics in Historical Sociology - approved list will be chosen from outside

154 3

155

Health Program 158 Counseling Services 158 Career Development 158 Women's Center 159 Eighth Dimension 159 Minority Affairs Office 160 Student Government 160 Extracurricular Organizations and Publications 162

Student Services and Activities 4 HEALTH PROGRAM the student's medical record and is he Haverford College Health Ser­ absolutely confidential. Students fail­ T vice provides clinical care for ing to comply with this policy will not minor illnesses and injuries and the be permitted to register. monitoring of chronic conditions as well as health counseling and educa­ COUNSELING SERVICES tion. It is certified by the National averford College counseling ser­ Accreditation Association for Ambu­ H vice, composed of four part-time latory Health Care. clinical psychologists and one consult­ The health care staff consists of ing psychiatrist, offers counseling for one part-time physician, one part­ personal, educational or vocational time family nurse practitioner, and problems. Many students who seek two registered nurses under the direc­ help see a counselor a few times, tion of the College health nurse while some students see the counselor practitioner. for a more extended series of inter­ Out-patient A walk-in clinic oper­ views. When appropriate, students ates daily at the Morris Infirmary. are referred for outside treatment in The College physician, women's metropolitan area clinics or with pri­ health coordinator, and alcohol and vate therapists. Except in some situa­ drug abuse counselor may be seen by tions assessed to be life-threatening, appointment. These services are all counseling contacts with the staff available to all Haverford students are held in strict professional confi­ living on or off campus. dence, as well as the names of stu­ dents counseled. In-patient All in-patient care is The counselors have two addi­ referred to the Bryn Mawr College tional functions: to develop or Infirmary, located a short distance encourage programs and policies from the Haverford campus. The which foster an atmosphere in which Haverford College physician attends personal problems are less likely to all Haverford in-patients daily and is develop, and to encourage and offer on 24-hour call. programs that contribute to the gen­ Health Insurance The College eral emotional well-being of students. requires that all students arrange insurance coverage for medical BI-COLLEGE CAREER DEVELOP­ expenses. Students have two options MENT OFFICE regarding accident and health insur­ he Bryn Mawr-Haverford Bi-Col­ ance: (1) coverage may be purchased T lege Career Development Office through the College Insurance Plan; is designed to aid students in career (2) the student may provide proof of exploration; to teach students how to other adequate health insurance make career or employment choices; coverage. to enable them to understand the Medical Records The College strength of a liberal arts education as requires each entering student to preparation for a career or employ­ complete a health questionnaire and ment; to help create employment physical examination prior to matric­ opportunities; and to give advice and ulating. This information is part of support to alumni. The Director,

158 4

Associate Directors and a career or by spending a few days during counselor are specifically qualified to spring vacation observing a field and/ counsel students in analyzing per­ or executing short-term projects on sonal skills and values as they pre­ site in our Extern Program. pare for careers or employment. A bi-weekly bulletin, carrying The Colleges maintain up-to-date news items, job listings, and a sched­ resource libraries of career literature, ule of events on both campuses, is employer brochures, over 700 active circulated to each student at Bryn internship files, full-time, part-time Mawr and Haverford. Network News, and summer job listings, and a wide a jobs listing newsletter, also pub­ range of other materials pertaining to lished bi-weekly, is available to summer, part-time and full-time alumni seeking entry level positions employment. or a job change at more advanced The Bi-College Recruiting Coor­ levels. To assist the application pro­ dinator is responsible for arranging cess for employment or graduate/pro­ employment interviews on the cam­ fessional study, a full credentials ser­ puses, resume referrals for off-campus vice provides a centralized file for recruitment, and also for coordinating letters of recommendation and the off-campus recruiting events in major mailing of those letters at the candi­ eastern cities. date's request. A computer-assisted Career Gui­ dance Research Program (SIGI­ WOMEN'S CENTER PLUS) is available to students, and he Women's Center is open to workshops are scheduled weekly on T the students of Haverford and such topics as career research, job Bryn Mawr as the arena where infor­ search strategies, summer job and mal discussion, educational and cul­ internships, resume writing and inter­ tural functions are provided to help view skills. The office has video alleviate the myths and judgments equipment for both taping and made about each other based on gen­ replaying mock interviews, and for der. The Center and its library's prin­ viewing commercially prepared cipal emphasis is on information for, employer information tapes. by and about women. The Bi-College Career Develop­ ment Office co-sponsors, with neigh­ EIGHTH DIMENSION boring colleges, a Graduate and Pro­ he Eighth Dimension Program, fessional School Admissions Forum in T initiated by students, is a com­ which over 80 institutions participate. plement to the seven academic Throughout the year, seminars, con­ dimensions in the curriculum. This ferences and informal meetings with program provides off-campus oppor­ alumni in a variety of fields are tunities for many types of volunteer presented. service. Students participate in tuto­ Students may also investigate rial projects, museums, hospitals, careers of interest by speaking to legal and health service, peace and Career Advisors, alumni, parents and social action groups, and civil liber­ friends of the College who volunteer ties, to name a few areas needing to host students in their workplaces, volunteers.

159 A student is expected to volun­ Students' Council supervises teer a minimum of four hours a week, many extracurricular activities and once the student and agency have allocates to each organization a per­ agreed mutually upon an assignment. centage of the student activity fee. The work schedule is carefully Through its several committees, and planned around the course load and as the representative body of the Stu­ academic priorities. dents' Association, the Council is involved in every aspect of student MINORITY AFFAIRS OFFICE life and campus governance. The n response to the concerns of Council cooperates extensively with I minority and other students, the the Self-Government Association of College created the Office of Minority Bryn Mawr College on all matters Affairs late in the academic year of that affect the interests of the two 1976-77. Under the guidance of a colleges. The two student govern­ Director, this office carries out the ments meet together on a regular following responsibilities: implement­ basis, and the student body presi­ ing the College's commitment to dents cooperate closely. diversity; working with the Faculty Committee System and Administration to increase the The Students' Council appoints stu­ number of minority students, faculty dents to serve as members of faculty and administrators; improving the committees responsible for all aspects quality of life for all minorities on of college life. The major committees campus; and increasing the Commu­ include: (1) the Educational Policy nity's understanding of and sensitiv­ Committee, which is responsible for ity to the minority experience the contents of the curriculum and through activities, lectures, and par­ curricular requirements; (2) the ticipation on faculty, administrative, Administrative Advisory Committee, and student committees. which helps to develop the College budget and advises the College STUDENT GOVERNMENT administration (3) the Committee on he Students' Association is made Student Standing and Programs, T up of all students enrolled at which examines cases of students in Haverford College and all Bryn Mawr academic difficulty and responds to College students living on the requests for flexibility. Other stu­ Haverford campus. The College has dents, appointed by Students' Coun­ delegated to the Students' Associa­ cil, advise the Physical Education tion-and the Association has Department on general policies, par­ accepted-the responsibility for ticipate in the selection and funding nearly all aspects of student conduct of invited speakers, serve on all and of student organizations on the search committees for new faculty campus. The Students' Association in and administrators, and, in general, turn delegates authority to the Stu­ participate in the total life of the Col­ dents' Council and to the Honor lege at all levels. Council to carry on its executive, leg­ An internal Students' Council islative, and judicial functions. committee which reviews the student budget. Another committee, chaired

160 4

by the Second Vice-President, makes be dealt with in a spirit of mutual all committee appointments. Numer­ respect. ous hi-College clubs and committees The Honor Pledge is called to the direct the social life and keep the attention of each applicant for admis­ Arts active on both campuses. sion to Haverford College: A junior and a senior, selected in "I hereby accept the Haverford their respective sophomore years for College Honor System, realizing that two-year terms, serve as representa­ it is my responsibility to uphold the tives to the Haverford College Board Honor System and the attitude of of Managers, which also forms sub­ personal and collective honor upon committees on which students may which it is based." serve. Prospective students must feel The Honor Council administers confident before entering Haverford all aspects of the Honor System and that they can give their active sup­ has the responsibility of interpreting port to the Honor System and sub­ specific matters pertaining to the scribe to this pledge. Honor System. The chairperson of Specifically, students who enter the Honor Council also serves as Haverford pledge themselves to fulfill First Vice-President of the Students' three responsibilities: (1) to govern Association, and is a member of the their own conduct according to the Students' Council. principles which have been adopted Honor System by the Students' Association; (2) in The Honor System at Haverford is case of a breach of the Honor Sys­ based on the belief that students can tem, to report themselves to the successfully take the responsibility of Honor Council; (3) if a student establishing and maintaining stan­ becomes aware of a violation by dards in social and academic life. It is another student, to ask the offender founded on the principle of collective to fulfill the Honor Pledge by report­ responsibility whereby each individual ing to a member of the Honor Coun­ shares in a mutual concern for others cil; if the offender refuses, to report within the college community. In the the matter to the Honor Council. In academic area the Honor System this manner each individual becomes stipulates that one should distinguish personally responsible for the success­ clearly between original work and ful operation of the entire Honor material from any other source. System. Under Haverford's Honor Code, hour­ The following statement has been examinations and semester-examina­ prepared by the Honor Council: tions have not been supervised by "The Honor Code is an ethical proctors since 1897, and since 1962 system of order which affects all students have been free to schedule aspects of the Haverford environ­ semester-examinations at times most ment. The Honor Code is adminis­ convenient to themselves. In the tered by a Council of 16 students who social realm, it is expected that a con­ are elected by their peers. This Coun­ cern for others will be shown and cil's purpose is to interpret the spirit that problems, should they occur, will

161 of the Code in order to foster reflec­ "The Honor Code often under­ tion and bring about constant evalua­ goes serious re\evaluation by the stu­ tion of community values and dent body. Such a reevaluation may standards. bring about basic changes in the "As with any set of ideals, there Code, its ideals, and the way its ide­ are instances when practice does not als are put into practice. This is not measure up to the established stan­ undesirable; a healthy Code must dards. At these times the Honor prompt constant evaluations of indi­ Council serves to mediate the discrep­ vidual and group interrelations within ancies between ideals and practice. the College as well as a reevaluation This process of mediation is called of the Code itself, since it both confrontation. Confrontation under defines and reflects these interrela­ the Honor Code means subjecting tions. Indeed, an absence of individ­ one's beliefs and those of others to ual and group confrontations is re-examination. viewed as an indication that the Code "The Code represents an attempt is unimportant to the College. Con­ by students to mediate the tensions frontations are taking place, and the between themselves as free individu­ College is attempting to respond. The als and the restrictions imposed on quality of that response will be, as them by their living together, and always, the best indicator of the pos­ their commitment to academic work. sibility of an Honor System working If a student believes that another's successfully at Haverford. An Honor actions may be in conflict with the System is a very complex and chal­ principles of responsibility and lenging form of self-government; we respect inherent in the Code, the hope that individuals at Haverford matter must be discussed with the College can rise to it." individual concerned. Confrontation often takes the form of a dialogue EXTRACURRICULAR ORGANIZA­ between persons with different stan­ TIONS AND PUBLICATIONS dards. If, after discussion, either stu­ he Haverford community sup­ dent finds the actions or beliefs in T ports a wide variety of social and question to be in possible conflict cultural organizations in which stu­ with the Code, the matter must be dents have an opportunity to partici­ presented to a member of the Honor pate. The Students' Council funds Council. If the matter cannot be more than 50 organizations and clubs, resolved on this level, then it goes most of which function year after before a jury composed of eight mem­ year while others flourish only when bers of Honor Council and four mem­ there is sufficient interest. The Stu­ hers of the community. The Code dents' Council encourages interested also prescribes guidelines for aca­ students to organize themselves and demic honesty, integrity in social apply for an appropriate budget. relationships, and responsibility in Recent appropriations have covered the use of drugs and intoxicants. everything from the Ultimate Frisbee Upon entering the College, the stu­ Club to the Outing Club. dent pledges to uphold the principles Most of the student organizations of confrontation, respect and concern. are sponsored and funded jointly with

162 4

Bryn Mawr College. Most student each campus, and are available by publications-the weekly Bryn Mawr­ appointment. Catholic Campus Min­ Haverford News, the literary maga­ istry sponsors religious programs, lec­ zine, and the yearbook Accord-are tures, social activities, and commu­ joint productions. The same is true of nity outreach programs. The Newman extracurricular music activities. Ad Association is open to all students hoc groups are formed for jazz and regardless of religious background. rock performances and, with the The meeting room/office in Founders Drama Club, for musicals. Certain of Hall is available to students on a the curricular musical organizations daily basis for study, consultation, or accept participants on an extra-cur­ relaxation. ricular basis. Drama, dance, and a The Haverford-Bryn Mawr Chris­ film series also enjoy extensive fol­ tian Fellowship meets regularly at lowings. WHRC, the radio station Haverford and Bryn Mawr. While founded at Haverford in 1927, whose there are adult advisors, the Fellow­ antecedents date back to 1915, is now ship is completely run by students funded by both Colleges and offers air who sponsor a retreat each semester time to virtually all interested as well as speakers, movies and an students. occasional social function. Four-fifths of all students partici­ Both conservative and reform pate in sports, with extensive intra­ services are held weekly on campus mural as well as intercollegiate com­ for Haverford and Bryn Mawr mem­ petition. All students have access to bers of Hillel. The organization spon­ all athletic facilities as described on sors a kosher co-op in Yarnall House, page 100. where it also has an office and meet­ Several religious organizations ing room, and offers a complete pro­ initiated by students reflect various gram of cultural and religious events. traditions and faiths and practices. An advisor maintains regular office The College makes facilities available hours at Yarnall House. to them. In addition, a Friends Meet­ The Bryn Mawr /Haverford Gay ing open to the College community is People's Alliance holds weekly meet­ held on Thursday mornings. The ings and maintains an office with a Quaker Activities Committee meets library. The group publishes a news­ every other Sunday evening for din­ letter and sponsors lectures and social ner and discussion and serves as a events for the whole College place where the Quaker concerns of community. the student body are considered and, Students are active in Kids Con­ on occasion, acted upon. The mem­ nection, an off-campus tutoring pro­ hers sponsor a spring retreat and are gram for students in low income concerned with Fifth Day Meeting. neighborhoods of Philadelphia, and a Catholic Campus Ministry, or Big Sister /Big Brother Program for Newman Association, meets at both children in the local neighborhood. Haverford and Bryn Mawr. The Min­ Minority students have formed a istry conducts Mass on Sundays and Minority Coalition composed of the Holy Days. In addition, campus min­ Black Students' League, Puerto Rican isters spend several hours a week at Students at Haverford, and the Asian

163 Students' Association. The Black Stu­ facilities and a small library at La dents' League has meetings and Casa. All three organizations sponsor entertainment facilities at the Black cultural, educational, and social Cultural Center along with a distin­ events for the entire College guished Black Studies Library. The community. Puerto Rican Students at Haverford There are no fraternities or soror­ has meeting facilities, entertainment ities at Haverford.

164 4

165

Phi Beta Kappa 168 Endowed Fellowships for Haverford Graduates 168 Prizes and Awards 168

FELLOWSHIPS AND PRIZES 5 PHI BETA KAPPA two anonymous friends "in recogni­ The Haverford College Chapter of the tion of the scholarly attainments of Phi Beta Kappa Society of America Augustus Taber Murray, a distin­ was chartered in 1898 as Zeta of guished alumnus of Haverford College Pennsylvania. Undergraduate mem­ of the Class of 1885." bers of good character are elected on These fellowships are for further the basis of academic performance study in English literature or philol­ with attention to the degree of origi­ ogy, the classics, or German literature nality, creativity and imagination of or philology in other institutions, thought, the range and depth of intel­ toward the degree of Doctor of Phi­ lectual interests, the sensitivity of losophy or its future equivalent. Only ethical commitment and the precision unmarried students are eligible. Fur­ and elegance of intellectual work. ther considerations are the candi­ President, John B. Hayter '60; date's promise of success in graduate Secretary, R. Bruce Partridge; Trea­ work and the availability of other surer, Holland Hunter '43. financial assistance in the proposed ENDOWED FELLOWSHIPS FOR field of study. Taber Mur­ HAVERFORD GRADUATES Usually one Augustus is nominated by Clementine Cope Fellowships, estab­ ray Research Fellow of the lished in 1899 by Clementine Cope, the faculty on recommendation Honors and granddaughter of Thomas P. Cope, Committee on College stipend is member of the Board of Managers Fellowships. Individual may be from 1830 to 1849. $900. The same student for two or These fellowships are to "assist awarded the fellowship worthy and promising graduates of three years. application, transcript Haverford College in continuing their Letters of of reference must be studies at Haverford or at some other and two letters the Committee on institute, in this country or abroad, in the hands of and Fellowships, care approved by the Board of Managers." College Honors by April 1. First and Second Cope Fellows of the Dean's Office, are nominated by the faculty on rec­ PRIZES AND AWARDS ommendation of the Committee on John B. Garrett Prizes for Systematic College Honors and Fellowships and Reading A first prize of $150 and a ratified by the Board of Managers. second prize of $75 will be given at Individual stipends are determined by the end of the sophomore, junior or the Board senior year to the two students who, besides creditably pursuing their reg­ Letters of application, accompa­ ular course of study, shall have car­ nied by relevant statements of extra­ ried on the most profitable program curricular activities, transcript and of reading in a comprehensive topic two letters of reference must be in during a full college year. the hands of the Committee on Col­ Candidates for these prizes must lege Honors and Fellowships, care of register with the chairperson of the the Dean's Office, by April 1. department under whose supervision The Augustus Taber Murray Research the work will be performed. is responsible for guiding Fellowships, established in 1964 by department

168 5

the work and, not later than April 15, the Chairperson of the Classics . for reporting the achievement to the Department, this prize may be omit­ Committee on College Honors and ted in any year. Fellowships for final judgment. Either Mark Hepps Prize In memory of or both of these prizes may be omit­ Mark Larry Hepps, Class of 1979, a ted if, in the judgment of the Com­ prize book is offered annually by the mittee, the work does not justify an Department of Classics for dili~ence award. in the study of Elementary Latm. Interested students should apply directly to a relevant department for Department Prize in Mathematic~ A information. first prize of $30 and a second pnze of $20 are awarded on the basis of a Class of 1896 Prizes in Latin and three-hour examination on selected Mathematics Two prizes of $10 each, topics in Freshman Mathematics. in books, to be known as the Class of The examination is held annually on 1896 Prizes in Latin and Mathemat­ a date in April announced by the ics, were established by the bequest of Mathematics Department. It is open Paul D. I. Maier of the Class of 1896. to freshmen only. They are awarded at the end of the sophomore year to the students who The Albert Harris Wilson have done the best work in the Award established by the Class of departments concerned. 1919 and awarded annually to that member of the freshman class in Lyman Beecher Hall Prize in Chemis­ mathematics who during the year has try An annual prize of $100 was proved by character, scholarship and established by the Class of 1898 on need to be the one whom Dr. Wilson the 25th anniversary of its graduation would have most enjoyed helping. in honor of Lyman Beecher Hall, Professor of Chemistry at Haverford Elliston P. Morris and Elizabeth P. College from 1880 to 1917. Smith Peace Prizes have been com­ This prize may be awarded to a bined into a single competition offer­ student who has attained a high ing three awards of $400, $200 and degree of proficiency in chemistry $100 respectively. It is open to all and who shows promise of contribut­ full-time students. ing substantially to the advancement The prizes are awarded for the of that science. It may be awarded to best essays bearing on the general a junior, senior, or graduate of topic of "Means of Achieving Inter­ Haverford College within three years national Peace." Essays should be after graduation. It may be awarded deposited with the Committee on more than once to the same student, College Honors and Fellowships, care or it may be withheld. of the Dean's office, not later than April 15. Prizes will not be awarded Class of 1902 Prize in Latin A prize if in the opinion of the judges, a suf­ of $10 in books is offered annually by fi~iently high standard of merit has the Class of 1902 to the freshman not been attained. whose work in Latin recitation and examinations combined, shall be the Prizes in Philosophy A first prize of most satisfactory. At the discretion of $40 and a second prize of $25, in books, are offered annually to the

169 students who, in the judgment of the in voice and in the articulation of the Chairperson of the Philosophy English language. Department, do the most satisfactory George Peirce Prize in Chemistry or outside reading in Philosophy in con­ Mathematics A prize of $50 in mem­ nection with the courses in that ory of Dr. George Peirce, Class of Department. 1903, is offered annually to a student Religion Prize A prize of $65 for the of chemistry or mathematics who has purchase of books is offered annually shown marked proficiency in either or to the senior religion major who, in both of these studies and who intends the judgment of the faculty of the to follow a profession which calls for Religion Department, presents and such preparation. Preference is to be defends the best thesis written in the given to a student who has elected context of Religion 399b during the organic chemistry, and failing such a year. student, to one who has elected Scholarship Improvement Prizes A mathematics or some branch of first prize of $50 and a second prize chemistry other than organic. Should of $45 are awarded at the end of the there be two students of equal prom­ senior year to the two students who, ise, the one who is proficient in in the opinion of the judges Greek shall be given preference. The appointed by the President of the prize is offered, however, exclusively College, show the most steady and for students who have expressed the marked improvement during their intention of engaging in research. college course. American Institute of Chemists S. P. Lippincott Prize in History A Award An award presented annually prize of $100 is offered annually for to an outstanding senior in an essay of not less than 5,000 words Chemistry. on a subject approved by the History American Chemical Society Scholastic Department. Typewritten copy shall Achievement Award Given annually be deposited with the Chairperson of to the senior who is judged to have the History Department not later made the most significant advance in than April 15. the study of chemistry and who Newton Prize in English Litera- shows promise for continued excel­ ture A prize of $50 established by A. lence in chemical research. Edward Newton may be awarded Edmund J. Lee Memorrial annually on the basis of Departmen­ Award Classmates of Edmund Jen­ tal Honors in English, provided that nings Lee, Class of 1942, who lost his the work of the leading candidate, in life in the service of his country, have the judgment of the English Depart­ established in his memory a fund, the ment, merits this award. income of which is to be given annu­ William Ellis Scull Prize A prize of ally to that recognized undergraduate $50 established in 1929 by William organization which has contributed Ellis Scull, Class of 1883, is awarded most toward the furtherance of aca­ annually to the junior or senior who demic pursuits, extracurricular activi­ spirit has shown the greatest achievement ties, spiritual growth, or college in individuals or in the College as a

170 5

whole during the year. The award is William Docherty Awards Presented made by the Students' Council and is by the Physical Education Depart­ to be used in continuing to render ment at the close of each intramural such service. basketball season to the individuals William W. Baker Prize in Greek A who best exemplify the traditions of prize of $25 in books established in fair play and competitiveness associ­ 1954 in memory of William W. Baker, ated with Bill Docherty's name at professor of Greek at Haverford Col­ Haverford. lege from 1904 to 1917, is given in Gertrude Albert Heller the study of Greek and is adminis­ Award Stipends for research or vol­ tered by the Classics Department. unteer service on behalf of the neuro­ Kurzman Prize in Political Science A logically impaired, including work prize of $125, established in 1958 by done during the summer, are awarded Harold P. Kurzman, is awarded to one or more students each annually for the senior who has per­ semester. formed best and most creatively in The Charles Schwartz Memorial Prize Political Science, except when in the in Philosophy Presented in memory judgment of the Department no stu­ of a graduate of the Class of 1979. It dent has done work of sufficient is awarded annually to that student merit to warrant such award. whose senior research thesis best Martin Foss Award Presented by the exemplifies the care, precision and Students' Council to that member of creativity in philosophical inquiry the Haverford College community which Chuck Schwartz so ably whose life speaks directly to the lives demonstrated. of others by its powerful harmony of Andrew Silk Summer Internships in intellect, compassion and courage. Journalism Established in memory of The Varsity Cup An award given by Andrew Silk, Class of 1976, a summer the Physical Education Department internship on one of the papers for to the member of the Senior Class which he worked is awarded annually who excels in leadership, sportsman­ to a Haverford or Bryn Mawr student ship and athletic ability. who is active on campus publications Stephen H. Miller Memorial and interested in a career in journalism. Award Friends of Stephen H. Miller, Class of 1962, have established in his The Kaye Prizes in Theatre Arts are memory an award given to that grad­ awarded to two students who have, uating Political Science major who through excellence of their extracur­ best exemplifies the ideal of political ricular work in theatre arts during involvement and social service the current year, done the most to expressed in the life and career of make theatre arts an important part Stephen H. Miller, who lost his life of the Haverford/Bryn Mawr commu­ while taking part in village develop­ nity. These prizes were established by ment in Vietnam. Laurence Kaye '83 and his parents, Cynthia and William Kaye '54. The Jonathan Mohrig '86 Memorial Prize was created to honor a

171 Haverford sophomore who died in The Herman M. Somers Prize in 1984. It is awarded annually to that Political Science Friends, Students student at Haverford who embodies and Colleagues of "Red" Somers have Jonathan's enthusiasm, warmth, established an award given to the humor and quiet generosity to those graduating senior who presents the around him, and who, like Jonathan, best thesis in Political Science, makes a special contribution to the reflecting the interest in policy, the quality of life at Haverford. respect for evidence and the humane that The Michael M. Weinstein Prize in concern for improving society teach­ Economics, to purchase books, characterized the research and offered annually to a Junior whose ing of Red Somers. work in Economics merits recogni­ The Orpheus Prize is given by the tion. This prize was established to Department of Music for student honor Michael M. Weinstein, Associ­ composition showing mastery of the ate Professor of Economics at principles of tonal harmony. Haverford.

172 5

173

Faculty 176 Academic Council 181 Administration 181 College Visitors on Special Funds 184 Corporation and Board of Managers 187

FACULTY AND ADMINISTRATION Faculty

Tom G. Kessinger, President Clayton W. Holmes, Professor of Engineering, B.A., Haverford College; M.A., and Ph.D., University of Emeritus Chicago B.S. in M.E., University of New Hampshire; M.A., Haverford College EMERITI John Ashmead Jr., Professor of English, Emeritus Cletus 0. Oakley, Professor of Mathematics, B.A., M.A., and Ph. D. Harvard University Emeritus B.S., University of Texas; M.S., Brown University; Manuel J. Asensio, Professor of Romance Lan~ Ph.D., University of Illinois; D.Sc. Haverford College guages, Emeritus B.A., University of Granada; M.A. and Ph.D., University Harry W. Pfund, Professor of German, Emeritus of Pennsylvania B.A., Haverford College; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University Thomas A. Benham, Professor of Engineering, Emeritus Frank J. Quinn, Professor of English, Emeritus B.S. and M.S., Haverford College B.A., M.A., and B.Litt., Oxford University

Hugh Borton, President, Emeritus William H. Reese, Professor of Music, Emeritus B.S., Haverford College; M.A., Columbia University; B.A., Amherst College; M.A., Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Leyden; LL.D., University of Penn~ Ph.D., University of Berlin sylvania; LL.D., Haverford College; LL.D., Temple University Edgar S. Rose, Francis B. Gummere Professor of English, Emeritus William E. Cadbury Jr., Professor of Chemistry, B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; M.A. and Ph.D., Emeritus Princeton University B.S. and M.A., Haverford College; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania; LL.D., Haverford College Douglas V. Steere, T. Wistar Brown Professor of Philosophy, Emeritus Howard Comfort, Professor of Classics, Emeritus B.S., Michgan State College; B.A. and M.A., Oxford B.A., Haverford College; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University; D.D., University Lawerence College; L.H.D., Oberlin College; L.H.D. Earlham College; S.T.D., General Theological Bradford Cook, Professor of French Emeritus Seminary; B.A., Williams College; Ph.D., Yale University Howard M. Teaf Jr., Professor of Economics, Paul J.R. Desjardins, Professor of Philosophy, Emeritus Emeritus B.S. in Economics, M.A. and Ph.D., University of B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., Yale University Pennsylvania

Thomas E. Drake, Professor of American History, ACTIVE Emeritus B.A., Stanford University; M.A., University of Michi~ gan; Ph.D., Yale University Manfred Baum, Fulbright Professor of Philosophy Ph.D. University of Cologne Louis C. Green, Professor of Astronomy, Emeritus B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., Princeton University Kimberly Benston, Professor of English B.A., M.A., M. Phil. and Ph.D., Yale University Marcel M. Gutwirth, John Whitehead Professor of French, Emeritus Neil Berch, Instructor in Political Science on joint B.A., Columbia College; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia appointment with Bryn Mawr College University B.A., Princton University; M.A., University of Washington Douglas H. Heath, Professor of Psycholol{y, Emeritus Richard J. Bernstein, T. Wistar Brown Professor of B.A., Amherst College; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard Philosophy University B.A., University of Chicago; B.S., Columbia University; M.A. and Ph.D., Yale University Theodore B. Hetzel, Professor of Enl{ineering, Emeritus Norman Bock Visiting Instructor in English B.S., Haverford College; B.S. in M.E., University of M.A. and Ph.D., University of Connecticut Pennsylvania; M.S. and Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University

176 6

Marilyn G. Boltz, Dana Faculty Fellow and Assis­ Vernon J. Dixon Associate Professor of Economics tant Professor of Psychology B.B.A., Manhattan College; M.S., Columbia University; B.A. and M.A., The University of Toledo; Ph.D., Ohio M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton University State University Andrew J. Dougherty, Visiting Assistant Professor Stephen P. Boughn, Associate Professor of of Physics Astronomy B.S., St. Joseph's University; Ph.D. University of B.A., Princeton University; M.S. and Ph.D., Stanford Pennsylvania University Mary Kaye Edwards, Assistant Professor of Francis T. Bright, Instructor in French Biology B.A. University of Notre Dame B.S., Indiana University; Ph.D., University of Colorado

Edwin B. Bronner, Professor of History Julia Epstein, Associate Professor of English B.A., Whittier College; M.A., Haverford College; Ph.D., A.B., Washington University; M.A. and Ph.D., Cornell University of Pennsylvania University

Israel Burshatin Associate Professor of Spanish John Fay, Associate Professor of Mathematics B.A., Queens College; M.A., M.Phil. and Ph.D., Colum­ A.B., Harvard College; Ph.D., Harvard University bia University Irving Finger, Professor of Biology Robert H. Butman, Professor of English, on joint B.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., University of appointment with Bryn Mawr College Pennsylvania B.A. and M.A., University of North Carolina C. Stephen Finley, Assistant Professor of English Curt Cacioppo, Assistant Professor of Music B.A., Baylor University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of M.B., Kent State University; A.M., New York Univer­ Virginia sity; A.M. and Ph.D., Harvard University Samuel Fleischacker, Instructor in Philosophy R. Christopher Cairns Professor of Fine Arts B.A., M.A., and M.Phil, Yale University B.A., Oberlin College; M.F.A., Tulane University Richard Freedman Visiting Assistant Professor in John R. Cary, Professor of General Programs Music B.A., Haverford College; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins M.B., University of Western Ontario; M.A., University University of Pennsylvania

John P. Chesick, Professor of Chemistry Asoka Gangadean Professor of Philosophy B.S., Purdue University; Ph.D., Harvard University B.A., City College of New York; Ph.D., Brandeis University Antonio Cussen Assistant Professor of Spanish B.A., Indiana University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Ramon Garcia-Castro, Associate Professor of California Spanish B.E., University of Chile; M.A., Harvard University; Vinni Datta, Visiting Instructor in French, on joint Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania appointment with Bryn Mawr College A.B., Bryn Mawr College; M.A., New York University Linda G. Gerstein, Professor of History B.A. and M.A., Radcliffe College; Ph.D., Harvard William C. Davidon, Professor of Mathematics University B.S., M.S. and Ph.D., University of Chicago Daniel A. Geselowitz, Assistant Professor of Douglas A. Davis, Associate Professor of Psychology Chemistry B.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of B.S., Haverford College; Ph.D., Stanford University Michigan Daniel J. Gillis, Professor of Classics John H. Davison, III Ruth Marshall Magill Profes­ B.A., Harvard College; M.A. and Ph.D., Cornell sor of Music University B.A., Haverford College; M.A., Harvard University; Ph.D., University of Rochester Harvey Glickman, Professor of Political Science B.A., Princeton University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard J. David Dawson, Assistant Professor of Religion University B.A., Towson State University; M.Div, Duke University; M.A. and M.Phil., Yale University Christopher G. Goff, Professor of Biology B.A., Amherst College; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University

177 Faculty

Jerry P. Gollub, William R. Kenan, Jr. Professor of Eric R. Johnston Assistant Professor of Chemistry Physics B.A., Amherst College; Ph.D., University of California B.A., Oberlin College; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University Peter Kasius, Visiting Instructor in Mathematics Sc.B., Brown University; M.A., Princeton University Regina Gordon, Director of Chorus and Lecturer of Music James C. Keil, Visiting Instructor in English B.M., Temple University; M.M., Westminster Choir B.A., University of Colorado, Boulder; M.A., Brandeis College. University

Mark Gould, Professor of Sociology Duane W. Kight Visiting Instructor in French B.A., Reed College; Ph.D., Harvard University B.A., Hobart College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania

Curtis Greene, Professor of Mathematics Brent Kigner, Visiting Instructor in Economics B.A., Harvard College; Ph.D., California Institute of B.A., State University of New York..at Albany. Technology Vladimir Kontorovich, Dana Faculty Fel­ Matthews Hamabata, Assistant Professor of Gen­ low-Assistant Professor of Economics eral Programs University Diploma, Novosibirsk University; Ph.D., A.B., Cornell University; A.M. and Ph.D., Harvard University of Pennsylvania University L. Aryeh Kosman, John Whitehead Professor of Elaine Hansen Associate Professor of English Philosophy B.A., Mount Holyoke College; M.A., University of Min­ B.A. and M.A., University of California; Ph.D., Harvard nesota; Ph.D.,University of Washington University

Frances Stokes Hoekstra Assistant Professor of Roger Lane, Benjamin Collins Professor of Social French Sciences A.B., Smith College; A.B. and Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College B.A., Yale University; Ph.D., Harvard University

William F. Hohenstein, Associate Professor of John Shyr-Horng Lin Visiting Assistant Professor Sociology of Chinese B.A., Maryknoll Seminary; M.A. and Ph.D., University B.A., National Taiwan Normal University; Ph.D., Upi­ of Pennsylvania versity of Washington

Woon-Ping Chin Holaday, Visiting Assistant Pro­ Steven Lindell, Assistant Professor of Computer fessor of English Science B.A., University of Malaya; M.A. and PH. D., University B.A, M.A., and Ph.D., University of California of Toledo Ariel G. Loewy, John and Barbara Bush Professor Jamie F. Howell, Dana Faculty Fellow-Assistant in the Natural Sciences Professor of Economics B.S. and M.S., McGill University; Ph.D., University of B.A., Boston University; M.A., M.Phil. and Ph.D., Pennsylvania Columbia University Richard Luman Associate Professor of Religion Holland Hunter, Professor of Economics B.A., M.A. and Ph.D., University of Iowa B.S., Haverford College; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University Wyatt MacGaffey, John R. Coleman Professor of Social Sciences Dale H. Husemoller, Professor of Mathematics B.A. and M.A., Cambridge University; Ph.D., University B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard of California, Los Angeles University Colin F. MacKay, John Farnum Professor of Joanne Hutchinson, Associate Professor of English Chemistry B.A., M.A. and Ph.D., Temple University B.S., University of Notre Dame; M.S. and Ph.D., Uni­ versity of Chicago Anita J. Issacs, Assistant Professor of Political Science Robert L. Martin, Visiting Professor of Philosophy B.A., McGill University; M.Phil. and D.Phil., Oxford B.A., Haverford College; B.Music, The Curtis Institute University of Music; M.A. and Ph.D., Yale University

Paul C. Jefferson Associate Professor of History Slavica S. MataCic Associate Professor of Biology B.A., Harvard College; Ph.D., Harvard University M.S. and Ph.D., University of Zagreb

178 6

Anne Marie McGuire, Assistant Professor of Debborah Lynn Richert Visiting Assistant Profes­ Religion sor of Fine Arts B.A., Barnard College; M.A., Columbia University; M.A. B.A., Hamline University; M.F.A., Maryland Institute and Ph.d., Yale University College of Art

Edmund D. Meyers, Professor of General Programs Deborah H. Roberts, Associate Professor of Classics A.B., Union College; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., Stanford University; Ph.D., Yale University Randy S. Milden Assistant Professor of Psychology and General Programs Lyle D. Roelofs, Associate Professor of Physics B.A., Radcliffe College; M.A., and Ph.D., University of B.S., Calvin College; M.S. and Ph.D., University of Michigan Maryland

Robert A. Mortimer, Professor of Political Science Anton Rosenthal, Visiting Instructor in History B.A., Wesleyan University; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia B.A., University of California, Berkley; M.A. and Ph.D., University University of Minnesota

V. Y. Mudimbe Professor of General Programs James E. Ross, Director of Haverford-Bryn Mawr B.A., Lovanium University; Ph.D., Louvain University Orchestra and Lecturer in Music B.A., Harvard University; Masters Diploma, Academy Mbulamuanza Mudimbe-Boyi Visiting Assistant of Arts, East Berlin Professor of General Programs and French B.A., Lovanium University; Ph.D., National University Joseph A. Russo, Professor of Classics of Zaire B.A., Brooklyn College; M.A. and Ph.D., Yale University

Michael Myers Visiting Instructor in German Melvin Santer, Professor of Biology B.A. and M.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison B.S., St. John's University; M.S., University of Massa­ chusetts; Ph.D., George Washington University Azim Nanji, Emily Judson Baugh Gest and John Marshall Gest Visiting Professor of Religion Beatrice Santorini, Visiting Instructor in General B.A. Makerere University, Uganda; M.A. and Ph.D., Programs McGill University B.A., University of Tuebingen

Terry Lynn Newirth, Assistant Professor of Robert C. Scarrow, Assistant Professor of Chemistry Chemistry A.B., Bryn Mawr College; Ph.D., Massachusetts Insti­ B.A., Oberlin College; Ph.D., University of California, tute of Technology Berkeley

Lucius Outlaw, Associate Professor of Philosophy Jonathan I. Schull, Dana Faculty Fellow-Assistant B.A., Fisk University; Ph.D., Boston College Professor of Psychology B.A., Reed College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Judith A. Owen, Assistant Professor of Biology Pennsylvania B.A. and M.A., Cambridge University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania Michael A. Sells Assistant Professor of Religion and Gest Lecturer in Comparative Literature Heidi Owren, Assistant Professor of German A.B., Gonzaga University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of M.A.T., Padagogische Hochschule, Oldenburg, Ger­ Chicago many; D.A., University of Washington Debora Sherman Assistant Professor of English R. Bruce Partridge, Bettye and Howard Marshall A.B., Vassar College; Ph.D., Brown University Professor of Nat ural Sciences B.A., Princeton University; D.Phil, Oxford University Sara M. Shumer Associate Professor of Political Science Sidney I. Perloe, Professor of Psychology B.A., Barnard College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of B.A., New York University; Ph.D., Univeristy of California, Berkeley Michigan Paul J. Smith Assistant Professor of History David J. Pine Assistant Professor of Physics A.B., Bard College; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania B.S., Wheaton College; M.S. and Ph.D., Cornell University John P. Spielman, Audrey Dusseau Memorial Pro­ fessor in the Humanities James C. Ransom Associate Professor of English B.A., University of Montana; M.A. and Ph.D., Univer­ B.A., University of New Mexico; M.A. and Ph.D., Yale sity of Wisconsin University

179 Faculty

Charles Stegeman, Professor of Fine Arts Claude E. Wintner, Professor of Chemistry Academie Royale des Beaux Arts, Brussels B.A., Princeton University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University Carol A. Stillman, Assistant Professor of English B.A., New College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Martha Wintner Lecturer in English Pennsylvania B.A., Carleton College; M.A., Harvard University; M.A., Fulbright grant, Freie Universitat; M.Phil., Yale Susan M. Stuard, Professor of History University B.A., Smith College; M.A., University of Rochester; Ph.D, Yale University Kathleen Wright, Associate Professor of Philosophy B.A., Vassar College; M.A., University of Heidelberg; Nilgun Sungar Visiting Assistant Professor of Ph.D., Boston College Physics B.S., Middle East Technical University; Ph.D., Univer­ Christina Zwarg, Assistant Professor of English sity of Missouri A.B., Mount Holyoke College; A.M. and Ph.D., Brown University Yung-sheng Tai, Associate Professor of Mathematics B.S., National Taiwan University; Ph.D., Harvard SPECIAL APPOINTMENTS University John E. Butler, Assistant in Biology Chioko Takahashi, Visiting Instructor in Japanese B.A., International Christian University, Tokyo; M.A., William E. Cadbury Jr., Premedical Advisor Yale University B.S. and M.A., Haverford College; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania; LL.D., Haverford College Jeffrey Tecosky-Feldman, Instructor in Computer Science Thomas Davis, Assistant in the Science Division B.A., Harvard University; M.A., Columbia University Carol C. Heller, Research Assistant in Biology and Sidney R. Waldman, Professor of Political Science Chemistry B.A., Oberlin College; Ph.D., University of North B.A., Wilson College Carolina Thomas French, Assistant in Physics Michael M. Weinstein, Associate Professor of B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.S., Universtiy of Economics Wisconsin. B.A., Stanford University; Ph.D., Massachusetts Insti­ tute of Technology Douglas Gwyn, T. Wistar Brown Fellow A.B., Indiana University; M.Div. and S.T.M., Union William E. Williams, Associate Professor of Fine Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Drew University Arts B.A., Hamilton College; M.F.A., Yale School of Art

180 Academic Council 6 Administration

he Academic Council con­ Tom G. Kessinger President B.A. Haverford College, M.A., Ph.D., University of sists of the President as Chicago Chairman; the Provost; three elected divisional rep­ Mary Louise Allen, Director of Eighth Dimension T and Women's Center resentatives of the faculty, one to be B.A., M.A., Antioch University, Philadelphia; M.L.S.P., elected yearly; and the two faculty Bryn Mawr College representatives to the Board of Man­ Albert L. Anderson, Maintenance Manager agers. The Academic Council, (1) appoints the standing committees of Louis C. Bayne, Housekeeping Manager B.S., Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania; the faculty except as noted below, (2) M.Ed., Temple University makes recommendations to the Presi­ Liza Bernard, Director of Bryn Mawr-Haverford dent on faculty appointments, reap­ Career Development pointments, promotions, and tenure A.B., Wilson College; M.Ed., College of William and in accordance with accepted proce­ Mary dures, and (3) may consider matters Alan H. Grosman, Business Manager having College-wide academic impli­ B.A., Earlham College cations which are referred to it by the John C. Diaz, Associate Director of Physical Plant President and/or members of the B.A. and B.S., Columbia University council. The elected members of the Academic Council for the academic Vernon Dixon, Deputy Dean of the College B.B.A., Manhattan College; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton year beginning September 1, 1988, are University D. Roberts (Humanities), C. Wintner Jerry Gollub, Provost and William R. Kenan Jr., (Natural Sciences), H. Glickman Professor of Physics (Social Sciences), K. Benston and I. B.A. Oberlin College, M.A. and Ph.D. Harvard Burshatin(Faculty Representatives to University the Board of Managers). Matthews Hamabata, Acting Dean of the College, and Assistant Professor of General Programs A.B., Cornell University; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard STANDING COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY University (The President and Provost are ex-officio members of all committees.) G. Holger Hansen, Vice President for Institutional Advancement Administrative Advisory B.A., Earlham College; B.D., S.T.M., Yale University S. Perloe, Chairperson; J. Chesick, V. Kontorovich Divinity School Educational Policy David J. Hoy, Director of Financial Aid R. Mortimer, Chairperson; S. Baughn, A. McGuire B.A., St. Mary's Seminary and University Distinguished Visitors Gregory Kannerstein, Associate Dean of the College E. Bronner, Chairperson; A. Gangadean, S. Lindell and Director of Athletics B.A., Haverford College; M.A., University of Penn­ Student Standing and Programs sylvania; Ed.D., Harvard University R. Luman, Chairperson; M. Boltz, E. Johnston Steven Kavanaugh, Director of Deferred Giving College Honors B.A., Earlam College M. Weinstein, Chairperson; M. Santer, C. Stegeman Jody Kennard, Director of Annual Giving Special Faculty Assignments B.S., University of Vermont Clerk of the Faculty, John Spielman Secretary of the Faculty, John Davison Dorothy Labe, Director of Conferences and Facilities Faculty Marshall, Joanne Hutchinson Rental B.A., William Smith College

181 Mary Ellen Lyons, Director of Administrative G. Richard Wynn, Vice President for Finance and Computing Administration B.S., St. Joseph's University B.A., College of Wooster; M.B.A., Michigan State Uni­ versity; Ph.D., University of Michigan Jonathan Magruder, Assistant Director of Admissions MEDICAL STAFF A.B., Hamilton College

Donna Mancini, Associate Dean of the College William W. Lander, Physician B.S., St. Joseph's University; M.S., Shippensburg B.S., Ursinus College; M.D., University of Pennsylvania University Margaret L. Gledhill, Director of Health Services Maureen McDonald, Director of Publications R.N., Maine Eye and Ear Infirmary; C.H.P., University B.A., Chestnut Hill College of Massachusetts (Amherst)

Edmund D. Meyers Jr., Director of Academic COUNSELING STAFF Computing A.B., Union College; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University Richard E. Webb, Director of Counseling Services Delsie Z. Phillips, Director of Admissions B.S., Denison University; Ph.D., Temple University B.A., Clark University; M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania Melvin L. Rogers Jr., Psychological Counselor B.A., Kalamazoo College; M.A., Temple University; Norman G. Ricker Jr., Director of Physical Plant M.A., Ph.D., Adelphi University B.S., Tufts University; M.S., Naval Postgraduate School Wendy 0. Smolen, Psychological Counselor Pamela M. Sheridan, Director of College Relations B.A., Pennsylvania State University; M.S., University of B.A., Syracuse University Pennsylvania and Hahnemann Medical College; Psy.D., Hahnemann Medical College George N. Stavis, Director of Alumni Relations B.A., Haverford College Jack L. Solomon, Psychiatric Consultant B.S., Villanova University; M.D., Hahnemann Julie Summerfield, Bookstore Manager University B.A., University of Pennsylvania Jane C. Widseth, Psychological Counselor Dana W. Swan II, Assistant Director of Admissions B.A., University of Minnesota; A.M. and Ph.D., Boston B.A., Swarthmore College University

Stephen A. Tessino, Controller LIBRARIANS B.B.A., Siena College; M.S., Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania; C.P.A., Pennsylvania Michael S. Freeman, Librarian Carolyn K. Tolles, Associate Director of Develop­ B.A., Brooklyn College of the City University of New ment, Director of Foundation and Corporate Support York; M.A. and M.A.(L.S.), University of Wisconsin A.B., Wheaton College; M.Ed., Salem State College Edwin B. Bronner, Curator of the Quaker Collection Gail Vogels, Associate Director of Bryn Mawr­ B.A., Whittier College; M.A., Haverford College; Ph.D., Haverford Career Development University of Pennsylvania B.A., Eastern College; M.Ed., Boston University Diana F. Alten, Manuscripts Cataloger JoAnne Washington, Associate Director of B.A., University of Maryland Admissions B.S., Tufts University Linda G. Bills, Coordinator, Tri-College Library Automation Project Lee Watkins, Registrar B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.A., Uni­ B.S. Pennsylvannia State University, M.S. State Uni­ versity of Hawaii; A.S.L.I.S., Case Western Reserve versity of New York at Albany University

Steven J. Watter, Associate Dean of the College Elisabeth Potts Brown, Quaker Collection A.B., Oberlin College; M.Ed., Colorado State University Bibliographer B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.S. (L.S.), Drexel University

182 6

Robert H. Kieft, Coordinator, Reference Services Thomas P. Donnelly, Men's Cross Country and and Collection Development Track Coach B.A., Hope College; M.L.I.S., University of California, B.A., Villanova University Berkeley; Ph.D., Stanford University Deborah Gallagher, Women's Lacrosse Coach Kathleen E. Knox, Reference/Documents Librarian B.S. and M.Ed., West Chester State University B.A., Yale University; M.S.L.S., Columbia University Penelope C. Hinckley, Associate Director of Athlet­ Susanne K. Newhall, Science Bibliographer ics and Field Hockey Coach Wellesley College B.S., Boston University, Sargent College; M.A., Univer­ sity of Connecticut Martha N. Payne, Coordinator, Technical Services and Automation David T. Hooks, Men's Basketball and Men's L.W.C.M.D., Welsh College of Music and Drama; Certif· Lacrosse Coach icate in Education, Cardiff College of Education; M.L.S., B.A., Guilford College; M.Ed., University of North Indiana University Carolina, Greensboro.

R. Bruce Robertson, Cataloger Lawrence S. Imgrund, Wrestling Coach B.A. and M.L.S., Louisiana State University; M.A., Uni­ B.S., Lock Haven University versity of Southwestern Louisiana Gregory Kannerstein, Director of Athletics and Lois I. Rowell, Music Librarian Baseball Coach B.A., Pacific Union College; M.M., University of South­ B.A., Haverford College; M.A., University of Penn­ ern California; M.S.L., Western Michigan University; sylvania; Ed.D .• Harvard University Ph.D., Ohio State University Kamran Rashid Khan, Cricket Coach Margaret Schaus, Reference Librarian M.A., Punjab University, Pakistan; M.A., Villanova B.A., University of Illinois; M.A., University of Toronto; University M.L.I.S., University of California, Berkeley Ann Koger, Women's Tennis and Volleyball Coach Shirley Stowe, Reference Librarian/Bibliographer B.S. and M.S. in Recreation, Morgan State University B.A., Radcliffe College; M.S. (L.S.), Drexel University Charles Kramer, Women's Soccer Coach COACHING STAFF B.S., Kansas State University

James C. Murray, Fencing Coach Joseph A. Amorim, Men's Soccer Coach B.A., Iona College B.A., LaSalle College; M.A., Villanova University Lisa Peoples, Athletic Trainer James C. Caldwell, Women's Cross-Country and B.S., Miami of Ohio University; M.S. West Virginia Track Coach University B.S. and M.Ed., Temple University Sue Stahl, Women's Basketball Coach Albert W. Dillon Ill, Men's Tennis Coach B.S. Ursinus College B.S., Pennsylvania State University

183 College Visitors on Special Funds 1987-88

Andrew Odlyzko WILLIAM PYLE PHILIPS FUND VISITORS Director, Math Research Department AT&T Bell Laboratories Jacqueline Barton Associate Professor of Chemistry Darwin Prockop Columbia University Chairman, Department of Biochemistry Winner of the Alan T. Waterman Award, 1985 Jefferson Medical School

Barbara Callaway Joan Ruderman Provost Department of Zoology Professor of Political Science Duke University Rutgers University F.M. Scherer Michael P. Cancro Professor of Economics Associate Professor of Pathology Swarthmore College University of Pennsylvania Graeme Segal Konrad Dannenberg Oxford University, England Emeritus Rocket Scientist Institute for Advanced Study Marshall Space Flight Center, Huntsville, Alabama Princeton University

William Dove Allan Spradling Streisinger Professor of Experimental Biology Professor of Biology McArdle Laboratory for Cancer Research Carnegie Institute of Washington University of Wisconsin Medical School K.R. Screenivasan Gerd Faltings Professor of Engineering and Applied Science Professor of Mathematics Yale University Princeton University R.M. Tromp Richard H. Finne[ Staff Scientist Department of Veterinary and Comparative Anatomy, IBM T.J. Watson Research Center Pharmacology and Physiology Washington State University Howard Wiarda Research Fellow Margaret Geller American Enterprise Institute Center for Astrophysics Hooper Fellow Harvard University Foreign Policy Research Institute Astronomer Smithsonian Observatory Clifford Will Professor of Physics Kendall Houk McDonnell Center for Space Sciences Professor of Chemistry and Biochemistry Washington University University of California, Los Angeles Michael Yarus Lynn Jelinski Professor of Cell Biology Director of Polymer Research Department Washington University Medical School Bell Laboratories THE EMILY JUDSON BAUGH AND JOHN MAR­ Linda Kerber SHALL GEST PROGRAM FOR THE CROSS-CUL­ Professor of History TURAL STUDY OF RELIGION University of Iowa City Abdulaziz Sachedina Elizabeth Loftus Gest Visiting Professor Professor of Psychology Associate Professor University of Washington Department of Religious Studies University of Virginia Hazel Markus Associate Professor of Psychology HamisAlgar University of Michigan Department of Near Eastern Studies Research Associate University of California University Institute for Social Research Vincent Crapanzano Porfessor of Comparative Literature CUNY Graduate Center

184 6

John Esposito Alexander Nehemas Director-International Studies Professor of Philosophy College of the Holy Cross University of Pennsylvania

Micheal Fischer LINCOLN FOUNDATION FUND VISITORS Associate Professor of Anthropology Rice University Vincent Desiderio Artist Dorinne Kondo Institute for Advanced Studies Carmen Lugo Filippi Princeton University Author Professor of French Hy Van Luong University of Puerto Rico Assistant Professor of Anthropology Johns Hopkins University Ana Lydia Vega Author Farzaneh Milani Professor of French Department of Oriental Languages University of Puerto Rico University of Virginia WILLIAM GIBBONS RHOADS FUND VISITORS Azim Nanji Department of Religious Studies Howard Greenfeld Oklahoma State University - Stillwater Author of the 1987 release "The Devil and Dr. Barnes" Regenia Perry Professor of Art History Weston J. Naef Virginia Commonwealth University Curator of Photography J.P. Getty Museum James Piscatori School of Advanced International Studies THE MOORE FUND VISITORS The Johns Hopkins University Peter Arnott Jonathan Rieder Marionette artist Assistant Professor of Sociology Professor of Drama Yale University Tufts University Lamin Sanneh Pamela Jordan and Anthony Stark Center for the Study of World Religions Soprano Vocalist Harvard University Composer/Concert Pianist

Walter Spink Martha Nussbaum Professor of Art History Professor of Philosophy and Classics University of Michigan Brown University Maurice Tuchman ALAN R. MORSE FUND VISITORS Senior Curator Los Angeles County Museum of Art David Krell Senior Lecturer in Philosophy Mike Weaver University of Essex, England Reader of American Literature Oxford University Zogorka Golubovic Professor KEITH PORTER LECTURE SERIES VISITORS Center for Philosophy and Social Theory DAVID LEVIN MEMORIAL FUND VISITORS University of Belgrade, Yugoslavia Martha Charoudi ELLIS T. WILLIAMS MEMORIAL FUND Associate Curator of Photopraphy VISITORS Philadelphia Museum of Art The Charleston String Quartet Negussay Ayele Quartet in Residence Professor, Addis Ababa University Brown University Member of Shengo (Parliament) of Ethiopia Fulbright Fellow in USA at SAIS Poli Delano Johns Hopkins University President Chilean Writers Association

185 SCHOLARS IN THE HUMANITIES FUND Chaim Potok VISITORS Author Marilyn Arthur John Winkler Associate Professor of Classics Professor of Classics Weslyan University Stanford University

Michael Crowder MARY FARNUM BROWN LECTURE SERIES Professor of Black Studies Amherst College Caroline Bynum Department of History Bernard Daunhauer University of Washington Department of Philosophy University of Georgia Brian Gerrish Divinity School Elizabeth Heisinger University of Chicago Professor of English University of Chicago SYMPOSIA 1987-88 Asian-American Poetry Festival Judith Newton The Cultures of Brazil: Latin American Symposium Professor of English Kirkland Historical Studies Conference: LaSalle University Feminist Studies of Science and Technology Literature and Culture Editor Linguistics Forum sponsored by Haverford College Feminist Studies (journal) Committee on Linguistics Women, Language, and Power Conference Dith Pran Photographer "The New York Times"

186 Corporation Officers and Board of Managers of 6 Haverford College as of September 1988

OFFICERS James Wood '50 Prescott Ball and Turben John B. Jones Jr., President 57 S. Moger Avenue Covington & Burling Mt. Kisco, NY 10549 1201 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W. Post Office Box 7566 Thomas A. Wood '53 Washington, D.C. 20044 1111 Remington Road Wynnewood, Pa. 19096 J. Howard Marshall '26, Vice President P.O. Box 428 OSL Terms Expire 1989 Houston, TX 77042 *Ellsworth C. Alvord, Jr., M.D.'44 RJ-05, Room RR 836-HSB Robert P. Roche '47, Secretary The Neuropathology Laboratory Barnes & Roche, Inc. University of Washington Medical School 1084 East Lancaster Avenue Seattle, W A 98195 Rosemont, PA 19010 Ernest L. Boyer BOARD OF MANAGERS Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching 5 Ivy Lane OFFICERS Princeton, NJ 08540 John B. Jones Jr., Chair Lovida H. Coleman Jr. 1286 Ballantrae Farm Drive George P. Keeley, Vice Chair McLean, VA 22101

ACTIVE MANAGERS tJames F. Gary '42 Pacific Resources Inc. Terms Expire 1988 P.O. Box 3379 Mary Esther Dasenbrock M.A. '45 Honolulu, HI 96842 3957 Cloverhill Road Baltimore, MD 21218 *A. Clark Johnson, Jr. '52 Union Texas Petroleum Corp. J. Morris Evans '43 P.O. Box 2120 408 Plymouth Road Houston, TX 77252 Gwynedd Valley, PA 19437 George G. C. Parker '60 tGeorge P. Keeley '56 Director of Executive Education Keeley Management Company Graduate School of Business Fidelity Court Building Stanford University Radnor-Chester Road Stanford, CA 94305 Radnor, PA 19087 tNorman Pearlstine '64 tMarian E. Koshland The Wall Street Journal Room 3578 Life Science Building World Financial Center University of California, Berkeley 200 Liberty Street Berkeley, CA 94720 New York, NY 10281

tGerald M. Levin '60 Richard E. Schramm '58 76 Summit Road 33 Old Guyencourt Road Port Washington, NY 11050 Wilmington, DE 19807

tJ. Howard Marshall II '26 tJoseph H. Taylor, Jr. '63 P.O. Box 428 OSL 272 Hartley Ave. Houston, TX 77042 Princeton, NJ 08540

Jonathan E. Rhoads, M.D.'28 tAlexander C. Tomlinson '43 3400 Spruce Street!G12 3314 'P' Street, N.W. Philadelphia, PA 19104 Washington, DC 20007

*Thomas J. Ryan '46 Tom G. Kessinger '65 ISU International President of the College Post Office Box 2822 Haverford College San Francisco, CA 94111 Haverford, P A 19041

Terms Expire 1990

187 Elizabeth Sue Cohen '80 Garrett S. Haag '23 Equitable Capital Management Corp. Foley, Hoag & Eliot 1285 Avenue of the Americas 1 Post Office Square 19th Floor Boston, MA 02109 New York, NY 10019 Arthur R. Kane Jr. '36 Wallace T. Collett, M.A. '37 1629 Old Gulph Road P.O. Box 8035 Villanova, PA 19085 Cincinnati, OH 45208 Robert MacCrate '43 Robert M. Collins '52 40 The Terrace Cobe Laboratories, Inc. Plandome, NY 11030 1185 Oak Street Lakewood, CO 80215 Philip G. Rhoads '24 108 School Road Eliza Cope Harrison Wilmington, DE 19803 137 Furnace Street Lebanon, P A 17042 John A. Silver '25 Route 1, Box 11-A tJohn B. Hurford '60 Pipersville, PA 18947 B.E.A. Associates, Inc. #1 Citicorp Center F. Joseph Stokes Jr.'35 153 East 53rd Street 1012 Westview Street New York, NY 10022 Philadelphia, PA 19119

Andrew L. Lewis, Jr. '53 FACULTY REPRESENTATIVES TO THE BOARD Union Pacific Corporation OF MANAGERS 345 Park Avenue New York, NY 10154 Kimberly Benston Carole Cannady Marks Israel Burshatin 26 Tally Ho Circle Newark, DE 19711 Alternates Ariel Loewy *Stephen H. Sachs '54 R. Bruce Partridge 2426 Brambleton Road Baltimore, MD 21209 STUDENT REPRESENTATIVES TO THE BOARD OF MANAGERS Donald E. Stokes Woodrow Wilson School of Public and International Term expires 1989 Affairs Alexander Leventhal '89 Princeton University Arthur H. Rosenfeld '89 Princeton, NJ 08544 STAFF REPRESENTATIVE TO BOARD OF *David L. Wilson Jr. '67 MANAGERS 601 Montgomery Ave. Apt. 105 Term expires 1990 Bryn Mawr, PA 19010 Diane Renfro

MANAGERS EMERITI *Alumni representative Maxwell Dane tNominated by the Board of Managers 650 Park Avenue New York, NY 10021

Henry C. Evans '26 6300 Green Street, W -409 Philadelphia, Pa. 19144

188 6

189

Alumni Association 192 Alumni Clubs 193

Alumni 7 The Executive Committee of The Alumni Association as of July 1988

*Russell R. Reno Jr. '54 706 Joppa Road West Officers Baltimore, MD 21204

Carlos A. Rodriguez-Vidal '79 PRESIDENT 1406 Vila Mayo, Apartment 3-A Joel R. Lowenthal, M.D. '59 Santurce. PR 00907 9 Bambi Lane Timothy L. Rose '63 Haverford, PA 19041 97 Bartlett Hill Concord, MA 01742 VICE PRESIDENT Craig S. Saxer '69 Deborah Ann Lafer '80 1037 Singer Lane 20 West 86th Street Eagleville, PA 19408 New York, NY 10024 STUDENT REPRESENTATIVE EXECUTIVE SECRETARY Michael Kane '89 George N. Stavis '67 Haverford College 537 Hilaire Road St. Davids, PA 19087 Members *Ex -officio

*Omar Bailey '49 632 Bair Road Berwyn, PA 19312

Douglas C. Bennett '68 ALUMNI REPRESENTATIVES TO THE BOARD 101 Alapocas Drive OF MANAGERS Wilmington, DE 19803 Ellsworth C. Alvord Jr., M.D. '44 Charles J. Durante '73 5601 NE Ambleside Road 1904 Baynard Boulevard Seattle, WA 98105 Wilmington, DE 19802 A. Clark Johnson Jr. '52 Michael Jenkins '75 3702 Del Monte Drive 16 Santa Cruz Court Houston, TX 77019 Manhattan Beach, CA 90266 Thomas J. Ryan '46 *William G. Kaye '54 ISU Companies, Inc. 11717 Magruder Lane Post Office Box 2822 Rockville, MD 20852 San Francisco, CA 94126. Ted Wendell Love, M.D. '81 Stephen A. Sachs '54 335 South Huntington Avenue, #6 2426 Brambleton Rd. Jamaica Plain, MA 02130 Baltimore, MD 21209

John D. Margolis '63 David L. Wilson Jr. '67 900 Greenwood 802 Castlefinn Lane Evanston, IL 60201 Bryn Mawr, PA 19010

Garth R. Parker Sr. '55 1520 Avenue Lugo Gables by the Sea Coral Gables, FL 33156

192 Alumni Clubs as of July 1988 7

HAVERFORD CLUB OF CHICAGO HAVERFORD SOCIETY OF NEW YORK

Bertram C. Frey '69, President Robert T. Unterman '76, President 326 Delta, Highland Park, IL 60035 282 West End Avenue, New York, NY 10023

John D. Margolis '63, Alumni Council HAVERFORD SOCIETY OF NORTHERN 900 Greenwood, Evanston, IL 60201 CALIFORNIA

HAVERFORD SOCIETY OF CONNECTICUT Thomas J. Ryan '46, President ISU Companies, Inc., P.O. Box 2822, San Francisco, D. Norton Williams '39, President CA 94126 30 Grantham Road, Wallingford, CT 06492 HAVERFORD SOCIETY OF THE NORTHWEST HAVERFORD SOCIETY OF DELAWARE Robert G. Hoskins, M.D. '49, President Dana P. Robinson '68, President Overlake Internal Medical Assoc., 1011 116th Street, R.R. #1, Box 155, Avondale, PA 19311 NE, Bellevue, WA 98004

HAVERFORD SOCIETY OF ERIE HAVERFORD CLUB OF PHILADELPHIA

David D. Dunn, M.D. '35, President George J. Shotzbarger '73, Convenor Gen. Surgical Assoc. Clinic, 104 E. 2nd Street, Erie, 614 W. Godfrey Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19126 PA 16507 HAVERFORD SOCIETY OF PUERTO RICO HAVERFORD SOCIETY OF JAPAN Carlos A. Rodriguez-Vidal '79, President Bun-/chi Kagami '37, President 1406 Vila Mayo, Apartment 3-A, Santurce, PR 00907 Hiyoshi Transport Company, Inc., 6-66 Sumiyoshi, Naka-Ku Yokohama 231, JAPAN ROCKY MOUNTAIN HAVERFORD CLUB

HAVERFORD SOCIETY OF MARYLAND Allen W. Stokes Jr. '69, President 990 S. Jackson Street, Denver, CO 80209 E. Dale Adkins 3rd '68, President Anderson, Coe and King HAVERFORD SOCIETY OF ROCHESTER 800 Fidelity Building, Baltimore, MD 21201 Stanley M. Dye '40, President Edward H. We/bourn III '78, Vice President 1730 Highland Ave., Rochester, NY 14618 317 Chattolanee Hill Road, Garrison, MD 21055 HAVERFORD SOCIETY OF SOUTHERN HAVERFORD SOCIETY OF THE MIDWEST CALIFORNIA

Horatio C. Wood, 4th, M.D. '50, President Malcolm E. A. Kaufman '60, President 222 Greendale, Cincinnati, OH 45220 2600 Colorado Avenue, Suite 420, Santa Monica, CA 90404 HAVERFORD SOCIETY OF MISSOURI HAVERFORD SOCIETY OF SOUTHERN J. Peter Schmitz '53, President FLORIDA 6401 Wydown, St. Louis, MO 63105 Michael K. McLemore '71, President HAVERFORD SOCIETY OF NEW ENGLAND 9430 S.W. 181st St., Miami, FL 33157 Henry J. Dane '58, President HAVERFORD SOCIETY OF THE SOUTHWEST Dane & Greenberg, P.O. Box 540, Concord, MA 01742 David L. Emanuel '72, Alumni Council Leigh M. Geiser '58, Vice President 4828 South Quaker Avenue, Tulsa, OK 74105 20 Emerson Road, Wellesley Hills, MA 02181 HAVERFORD SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, DC HAVERFORD CLUB OF NEW JERSEY Arthur W. Leibold Jr. '53, President James B. Hastings, M.D. '50, President 3604 Prospect Street N.W., Washington, DC 20007 15 Tyson Lane, Princeton, NJ 08540 HAVERFORD SOCIETY OF WESTERN EUROPE

John F. Crawford '58, Convenor

193 HAVERFORD SOCIETY OF WESTERN FLORIDA

A. Wilson Jones '50, Convenor 4501 Rosemere Road, Tampa, FL 33609

HAVERFORD SOCIETY OF WESTERN PENNSYLVANIA

William McC. Houston '44, President Backbone Road, Sewickley Heights, PA 15143

194 7

195

Index 198 Directory for correspondence 201 Campus Map 202

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION 8 Index

Academic Buildings ...... 11 Bryn Mawr-Haverford News ...... 163 Academic Council ...... 181 Buildings ...... 11 Academic Flexibility ...... 49 Business Office ...... 25 Academic Regulations ...... 39 Calendar ...... 6 Accident and Health Insurance ...... 158 Campus Map ...... 196 Accord, Yearbook ...... 163 Canaday Library, Bryn Mawr College ...... 11 Activities, Student ...... 157 Career Guidance Research Program (SlGI) ..... 159 Administration, Members of...... 181 Career Development Office ...... 158 Admission ...... 22 Catholic Campus Ministry ...... 163 Admission-Advanced Standing ...... 23 Chamber Music Program ...... 117 Admission-Early Decision ...... 22 Chase Hall ...... 11 Admission-Examinations ...... 22 Chemistry ...... 73 Admission-Foreign Students ...... 23 Chemistry Department Facilities ...... 13 Admission-Honor Code ...... 23 Choruses, Haverford-Bryn Mawr ...... 117 Admission-Requirements for ...... 22 Christian Fellowship, Haverford-Bryn Mawr .... 163 Admission-Transfer Students ...... 22 Civil Rights ...... 22 Advanced Placement...... 56 Class Attendance ...... 4 7 Advanced Standing ...... 23 Classics...... 7 6 Alumni Association ...... 192 Coaching Staff...... 125, 183 Alumni Clubs ...... 193 Collections, Library Special ...... 10 Alumni Field House ...... 125 College Avenue, 710 ...... 1 7 Anthropology, Sociology and ...... 143 College Entrance Examination Board ...... 22 Application for Graduation ...... 43 College Honors ...... 47 Archaeology ...... 65 See also Departmental statements Areas of Concentration ...... 37, 148 College Level Examination Program (CLEP) .....35 Art Collection ...... 15 College Purpose, Statement of ...... 8 Arts, Fine ...... 89 College Responsibility ...... 25 Asian Students Association ...... 131 Comfort Gallery ...... 15 Astronomy ...... 67 Comfort Hall ...... 17 Astronomy Department Facilities ...... 14 Committee System ...... 160 Athletic Facilities ...... 15, 12 5 Communication, Written and Oral ...... 34 Audited Courses ...... 43 Comparative Literature ...... 149 Autograph Collection, Roberts ...... 10 Comprehensive Examination ...... 38 Bachelor's Degree Requirements ...... 34 See also Department statements Bachelor's Degree in less than eight semesters ... 51 Computer Center ...... 14 B.A.-M.A. Program ...... 52 Concentrated Program ...... 42 Barclay Hall ...... 16 Conference Office ...... 17 Bibliographic Instruction Services ...... 11 Cope Field ...... 125 Big Sister Big Brother Program ...... 163 Continuing a Failed Course ...... 43 Biology ...... 68 Corporation ...... 187 Biology Department Facilities ...... 13 Counseling Services ...... 158 Black Cultural Center ...... 17 Counseling Staff ...... 182 Black Students League ...... 164 Course Changes ...... 41 Board of Managers ...... 187 Course Intensification ...... 42 Bookstore ...... 17 Course Load and Credit ...... 40 Brown, T. Wistar, Fellowship ...... 61 Course Numbering System ...... 64 Bryn Mawr College, Cooperation with ...... 59 Courses of Instruction ...... 63 See also Departmental statements Credit for Non-Collegiate Academic Work ...... 50 Bryn Mawr /Haverford Cooperative Library Credit Requirements ...... 39 Program ...... 11 Cricket Pavilion, John A. Lester ...... 17, 125

198 Index

Curriculum ...... 34 Geology ...... 96 Customs Week ...... 25 German ...... 99 Deadlines ...... 46 Gest Center for Religion ...... 12, 61 Degree, Bachelor's ...... 34, 48 Gest Program Visitors ...... 184 Departmental Major Requirement ...... 38 Government, Student ...... 162 Dimension Descriptions ...... 36 Grading ...... 44 Dining Center ...... 17 Graduate Fellowships ...... 168 Directory for Correspondence ...... 195 Graduation Credit Options ...... 51 Distribution Requirements and Code ...... 36 Greek ...... 76 Diversity Requirements ...... 36 Growth and Structure of Cities ...... 102 Dormitories ...... 15 Guidelines for Liberal Education ...... 34 Double Major ...... 38 Gummere Hall ...... 16 Drama ...... 162 Gymnasium ...... 17, 125 Drawing and Graphic Arts ...... 89 Hall, Lyman Beecher, Building ...... 12 Drinker House ...... 1 7 Harris, J. Rende!, Collection ...... 10 Early Decision-Admission ...... 22 Haverford Park Apartments ...... 16 East Asian Languages ...... 80 Haverford Union- ...... 11 East Asian StudiesJln! 150Economics ...... 81 Health Program ...... 158 Eighth Dimension ...... 159 Hilles Annex ...... 17 Electives, Non-Collegiate Academic ...... 50 Hilles Building ...... 14, 17 Endowed Fellowships for Haverford Graduates .. 167 History ...... 106 Engineering Cooperative Program...... 52 History of Art ...... 108 English ...... 85 History of Religion ...... 111 Enrichment and Independent Study ...... 50 History of the College ...... 8 Examinations for Admission ...... 22 Honor Code ...... 23, 160 Exhibition Program and Art Collection ...... 17 Honor Pledge ...... 161 Expenses ...... 23 Honor System ...... 161 Extensions and Incompletes ...... 4 7 Honors, Final Departmental and College ...... 4 7 Extracurricular Organizations and Publications .162 Independent Study Courses ...... 55 Faculty, Members of ...... 176 Infirmary, Morris ...... 17 Faculty, Special Appointments ...... 180 Insurance, Health ...... 23, 132 Faculty, Standing Committees of ...... 181 Intercollegiate Cooperation ...... 59 Fees and Special Charges ...... 23 See also Departmental statements Fellowships ...... 168 Intercollegiate Sports ...... 125 Field House, Alumni ...... 17, 125 Inter-Cultural Studies ...... 153 Film Series ...... 162 Interdepartmental Major ...... 38 Final Honors ...... 47 Interdepartmental Program ...... 49 See also Departmental statements Interlibrary Loan (OCLC) ...... 11 Financial Aid ...... 25 Italian ...... 113 Fine Arts ...... 89 Jewish Religious Services ...... 163 Foreign Languages ...... 35 Jones Hall ...... 16 See also Departmental statements Jones, Rufus M., Collection on Mysticism ...... 10 Foreign Students ...... 23 Jones, Rufus M., Study ...... 10 Founders Hall ...... 17 Kids Connection ...... 163 French ...... 91 Laboratory Courses ...... 42 French House ...... 16 La Casa Hispanica (Spanish House) ...... 16 Freshman Program ...... 39 Language Facilities ...... 15 Friends Meeting, Haverford ...... 163 Latin ...... 76 Gay People's Alliance ...... 163 Leaves of Absence ...... 57 General Programs ...... 94 Lectures and Lectureships ...... 60

199 Index

Leeds Hall ...... 16 Preperation for Graduate Study ...... 53 Lester, John A., Cricket Pavilion ...... 17, 125 Prizes and Awards ...... 168 Librarians ...... 182 Psychology ...... 134 Library ...... 9 Psychology Department Facilities ...... 14 Library Collections ...... 10 Publications, Student...... 163 Library Cooperative Program ...... 11 Puerto Rican Students at Haverford ...... 163 Limit on Courses Taken Quaker Activities Committee ...... 163 at Cooperating Institutions ...... 43 Quaker Collection ...... 10 Lloyd Hall ...... 16 Quaker Education, Statement on ...... 8 Locker Building ...... 17, 125 Radio Station WHRC ...... 163 Lockwood, Dean P., Collection ...... 10 Refunds ...... 25 LuntHall ...... 16 Registration ...... 44 Lyman Beecher Hall Building ...... 12 Regulations, Academic ...... 39 Macerate Recital Hall ...... 18 Religion ...... 137 Magill, James P., Library ...... 9 Religious Organizations ...... 163 Major Program ...... 38 Repeating Courses ...... 42 Managers, Board of...... 187 Requirements for the Degree ...... 34 Marshall Auditorium ...... 17 Residence Fee ...... 23 Mathematics ...... 114 Residence Halls ...... 15 McCabe Library, Swarthmore College ...... 11 Residence Requirement ...... 48 Medical Records ...... 158 Resources ...... 9 Medical Staff ...... 182 Roberts Collection ...... 10 Microforms Room ...... 11 Roberts Hall ...... 17 Minority Coalition ...... 163 Room and Board ...... 23 Monthly Payment of College Bills ...... 25 Russian...... 141 Morley, Christopher, Collection ...... 10 Scholarship Funds ...... 26 Morris, C. Christopher, Cricket Library and Science Facilities ...... 12 Collection ...... 10 Sharpless Hall ...... 11, 12, 13 Morris Infirmary ...... ; ...... 17 Skating House ...... 15 Music ...... 117 Sociology and Anthropology ...... 143 Music Center, Union ...... 18 Spanish ...... 145 No-Numerical Grade Option ...... 40 Spanish House (La Casa Hispanica) ...... 16 Non-Collegiate Academic Work ...... 50 Sports, Extracurricular ...... 126 Numbering and Grading System for Courses .....64 Sports Program ...... 126 OCLC (Interlibrary Loan System) ...... 11 Staff, Administrative ...... 181 Off-campus courses ...... 24, 50 Statement of the College's Purpose ...... 8 Observatory, Strawbridge Memorial...... 11, 14 Stokes Hall ...... 11, 12 Orchestra, Haverford-Bryn Mawr ...... 117 Strawbridge Memorial Observatory ...... 14 Organizations, Student ...... 162 Student Aid ...... 25 Other Buildings ...... 17 Student Government...... 160 Parrish, Maxfield, Alcove ...... 10 Students' Association ...... 162 Payment Plans ...... 25 Students' Association Fee ...... 23 Phi Beta Kappa Society ...... 168 Students' Council ...... 162 Philips Collection ...... 10 Study at Other American Colleges ...... 54 Philosophy ...... 120 Study Abroad ...... 53 Physical Education ...... 38, 124 Summer School Study ...... 55 Physical Education Requirements ...... 38 Swarthmore College, Cooperation with ...... 59 Physics ...... 127 Transfer Students ...... 22 Physics Department Facilities ...... 12 Tuition ...... 23 Political Science ...... 130 Union Music Center ...... 18

200 Index

University of Pennsylvania, Cooperation with .... 60 Women Students ...... 9 Varsity, Junior Varsity, Sports ...... 126 Woodside Cottage ...... 12, 61 Visitors and Lecturers on Special Funds .....60, 184 Yarnall House ...... 16 Walton Field ...... 125 Year Long Courses ...... 42 Women's Center ...... 159

Directory for Correspondence

Academic and Faculty Affairs Medical Matters Tom G. Kessinger William W. Lander, M.D. President Physician Margaret L. Gledhill, R.N. Admission and Catalog Requests Director of Health Services Delsie Z. Phillips Director of Admissions Minority Affairs Matthews Hamabata Alumni Affairs Director of Minority Affairs and Associate Dean of George N. Stavis the College Director of Alumni Relations Personnel Athletics Alan Crosman Gregory Kannerstein Business Manager Director of Athletics Physical Plant Business Affairs Norman G. Ricker Jr. Stephen A. Tessino Director of Physical Plant Controller Records and Transcripts Publications and Public Affairs Lee Watkins G. Holger Hansen Recorder Vice President for Institutional Advancement Student Affairs Conferences Matthews Hamabata Dorothy Labe Acting Dean of the College Director of Conference and Facilities Rental Student Bills Equal Opportunity Business Office Mary Louise Allen Delsie Z. Phillips Telephone Equal Opportunity Officers (215) 896-1000 Admissions only Financial Aid (215) 896-1350 DavidJ. Hoy Director of Financial Aid Mailing Address Haverford College Gifts and Bequests Haverford, PA 19041-1392 G. Holger Hansen Vice President for Institutional Advancement

201 HAVERFORD COLLEGE CAMPUS MAP

202 \

Haverford College does not discriminate in education or employment on the basis of sex, sexual orientation, race, color, age, religion, national origin, physical disability or handicap. This policy is consistent with relevant governmental statutes and regulations, including those pursuant to Title IX of the Federal Education Amendments of 1972 and Section 504 of the Federal Rehabilitation Act of 1973. Inquiries concerning Title IX and other policies of non­ discrimination may be referred to the Affirmative Action Officer, or to the Director of the Office for Civil Rights, Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Washington, DC.